Home

KEI 2302, 2306 Service

Contents

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. M113 M111 5 E Ta EV C280 Q OOOO 0 0 0 OOOOO
7. COMPONENTS POR MODEL 2205 CONWPONENT TOR MODEL o PRIMARY SIDE COMPONENTS SIDE 02 SECONDARY SIDE COMPONENTS SIDE 01 PRIMARY SIDE COMPONENTS SIDE 02 SECONDARY SIDE COMPONENTS SIDE 01 MC 612 LABEI MC 612 LABE Q BAR CODE Q Q Q BAR CODE XXXXXXXX 5 1 1 62 lt XXXXXXXX 521 IO 2 9 R619 21860600 9 ET 0660 gt 0 617 I R608 gt 61 608 N Q Q 11 R615 gt p Q 61 610 gt R 61 cS L602 4 602 C605 C606 O C605 C606 Goce lt o 2 gt ce ere DO
8. ERE ES de REVISION ENG DATE cep qug E 373120 MARK APPROPRIATE MODEL NUMBER MEA eI DEES COMPONENTS LAREI M110 112 BAR CODE XXXXXXXXx MODEL 2306VS gt 41008 C14 41010 21909 41007 2302VS 00000 5 E Soo Om e OD OD OO Or OD MODEL 2300 0000 X OnGIDSOUORONYONO oS MODEL 2302 e CR2099 S3 692 0220 CR109 32 4192 2 U1000 Dn 8 1 55500 ctr Bb sz PU dg Rm BELL 0219 HVE pm a RI NM SS 5100 110 E 25 REGES 212 ILL U103 Se SS m 0119 m Y100 6303 Ln n ee ey R105 E E HE gt M E 111 je QO Q e Cod EHE nam 00 c3 05 gt O 22 B B ESO O O 2 jJ O 4 E T THAT C197 as J1004 e E en SASN RV103 n Sb SOR oa diss RES MEAS 2 u EIE iui ip ME Te gs VIM 38h
9. 5 gt C615 5 UU E E gt n TE 2 72 _ T 5 np oe S o m 5 7 Mu DO E A PDO CO dE HI c A 3 7 gt T eret D 5 o Us 4 Ae S E a E E m ia 16603 H B i O 2 y 1 C 7 m L MP 5 Oo oo 8 US E gt 56 SO CE BB os co 55 co 29 1940111 2098111 0940 Ll C Co gt lt 5520 qu 2241 SEE P aS
10. gt on 2 Q S
11. C O 5526 Q Q Q Q am m 35 DM 4444 Jae COMPONENTS xx DO NOT POPULATE THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS ONS 20042 o red bu Sur De edo co NT EXE Pel qe ug 9 0 O O gg 2 5 m e MARK APPROPRIATE MODEL Bm 259000 p SS HH O m O e 00000000000 o wi o bago ge 0 088 Ws Or E 6 3 ca a UH mo SH 5000 O E TE 38 EE Noe 3 pipe 80 BE ob Bo Be P dui MODEL NEXT ASSEMBLY 0 00000000000 o 0 mine SH 45 9 2 OOOOOO De OE scs USED ON ORO E C n TIRE DIM ARE IN IN UNLESS OTHERWISE NoTED PATE 8 27 98 C t 2 1 COMPONENT LAYOUT Dp D E MULTI PATTERN LAYOUT DIM TOL UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED PRN PE 5616 4229 KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC TN lesan 6 BOARDS PER PANEL CLEVELAND OHTO 4448 es BO e Loaded
12. amp Usine the ER amp Generating an SRQ on calibration complete C 8 Calibration Program TOUCH 2 Computer hardware requirements D 2 Sellwareiedunmenieris dades ade 2 Calibration equipment 2 General program instructions ee D 3 Applications Guide Simulating battery impedance E 2 Variable output impedance control on channel 1 E 2 Model 2302 Specifics General excess utet USE 2 44 2 Powersupply OVOLVIOW a Re 2 Operational erenmees F 2 Pront panel ON F 2 v 24 DUM o o F 2 3 488 1 Protocol GPIB 488 1protocO ee 2 Selecting the 488 1 protocol G 2 Protocol differentes esse G 3 Trigger on talk both channels G 5 BUS CORDIA G 5 Command HOTS G 6 Trigger continuous mode 6 Bus COMMMIANOS G 6 Command NOTES inu eua G 7 Using trigger continuous mode
13. 3 10 Determining correct trigger level pulse current 3 10 SCPI programming pulse current measurements 3 13 Command notes pulse current measurements 3 16 Using FAST SEARch and DETect 3 18 Pulse current digitization se 3 22 Pulse current step method 3 23 NI 3 23 Ticket 3 28 Integration 3 29 TG OCR CHUTE TT 3 29 Programming examples ss 3 29 Pulse current measurements pp 3 30 Pulse current digitization 3 31 Pulse current STEP method battery channel only 3 32 Long Integration Measurements Sca Rut 4 2 Tribe S 4 3 4 3 Re 4 4 Trigger level ee 4 4 OU E 4 4 Measurement configuration cccecccccecececeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeaeeees 4 6 COMMING TAINO accordo 4 6 Integration WNC sc 4 6 4 7 Trigger edge trigger level and trigger level range 4 7 Long integration display mode 4 0 Long integration measurement procedure 4 9 CCM EOS ERIT 4 10 Determining correct trigger level long integration 4 10
14. gt CANARARAJSe CRNARAARARRI TRIGGER 1 IN OU IN OUT CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2 LINE FUSE IEEE 488 SLOWBLOW 2 0A 250 100 120VAC 200 240VAC ME j 50 60 HZ 165VA MAX 5 7 SZ CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING B Rear Panel NOTE The output from each channel is isolated from the other channel Make sure that the maximum combined channel output is not exceeded see Specifications in Appendix A Also do not exceed 3A when using the power supply as a sink For output voltages exceeding 5V the maximum sink current is less than 3A derate the maximum sink current 0 2A for each volt over 5V 1 6 Getting Started NOTE When using the power supply as a sink negative polarity the power supply is dissi pating rather than sourcing power see Sink Operation in Section 2 A simplified diagram of the power supply is shown in Figure 1 3 Note that it can read back the output voltage V neter and current Display resolution for voltage readback 15 ImV Current Readback Range The Model 2306 has two ranges for current readback 5A and 5mA On the 5A range display resolution is 1 00 and the 5mA range resolution is 0 1UA The power supply also has a digital voltmeter DVM that is independent of the power supply circuit The DVM can measure up to 30V 1mV res
15. GO GO 68 C268 e HE Sale E 3 n7 ES D x Q gt DO 20 e P gt 2570 Cn O o XO C O o S282 0 EE 0 c NJ NJ C Suus 55 O US O O Og o gt D2 a e N DE 5 ee 000 000 ww oe Us kl OX Gd mg an O Do 255 Si oe wwe La e 5 C 2020 2 327 no Po OO 202 20 0 50 AN 6 O O O O Bec s Or UD De 36 5 E 20 ae a o eR E e 2 B e A T num Us NES 6 gt gt 5 mS ua m O O 5 S 1153 gt 80 O E gt gt zo i 2 gt no T 5 20 5 OO OO 2 OO OO b ED cx A gt gt Gr Se 22022022 M106 M105 6127 Q n x Cn DO INO 2200154 Sr un NOTES ROR COMPONENT
16. 3 25 Sample STEP Pulse 3 26 Pulse form with rise and fall steps ss 3 26 Pulse form with down steps first 600uUsec step duration 3 27 Long Integration Measurements Steady state for waveforms based on low pulse times 4 3 Long integration search and reading time comparison 4 5 TOUT and 4 15 Relay Control External source relay control ee 5 3 Internal source relay Control ouo i Pere 5 3 Relay connector 9 pin D sub 5 4 6 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 7 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 8 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 8 6 Figure 8 7 11 Figure 11 1 Figure 11 2 13 Figure 13 1 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 3 Figure 13 4 Figure 13 5 14 Figure 14 1 Figure 14 2 Figure 14 3 Figure 14 4 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Typical trigger sequence pe 6 3 Model 2306 VS rear panel trigger connectors 6 3 Trigger input signal T T 6 4 THIS SET OUDUL SIOMAL 6 4 GPIB Operation TEE E4835 CODDOCIOE 7 2 Daisy 7 3 Status Structure Status model SCEUCLDIEE 8 3 16sDit statisTeglster 8 5 Status b
17. Input Input LO KEITHLEY peu OUTPUT 1 connections shown Use OUTPUT 2 for Charger Channel 2001 MULTIMETER 000000900 2 z ad 3k Q Resistor AMPS 91 v Model 2001 DMM Sense Sense Source Source WARNING No INTERNAL OPERATOR SEF BLE PARTIb SERVICE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY DVM IN 30 VDC OUTPUT 2 4 sourci DVM IN SOURGE SENSE SOURCE DVM gt l mm UO RII RRP ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS n LINE FUSE SLOWBLOW RELAY 2 0A 250V LINE RATING CONTROL 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 24VDC ro ums 50 60 HZ 165 MAX IEEE 488 REMOTE ENTER IEEE ADDRE 55 FROM FRONT PANEL MENU PTI C CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZAI Note Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals KEITHLEY AEN RD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME AND RATIN Model 2306 Performance Verification 13 13 Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto range 3 Select Channel 1 by pressing the keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 then select the 5mA readback range and actual current reading data 4 Turn on the Model 2306 output 5 Verify 5mA range current readback accuracy for the currents listed in Table 13 6 For each test poin
18. eS Ep R27 BS 09 R231 E ES EQ S c gt 0 0200 C222 C106 0100 6122 ce 5 5 6000 0215 0115 Sa o culus 199 gt 112 S a TP111 33222 Seo 92 5 O R210 U206 O O O R110 4106 LJ a E 0109 C220 25VB C120 25 rc 2 p C 2 o 204 3 1200 C217 E o _ 104 1100 C117 B U127 o Ta 204 5 4202 76 is TP104 T 48 7392 Re ot M 36 E EC Jio sf M 1 50125 TE100 5 124 144 5 C231 ol Sele C13 oL d T a o T E 220 Soe 512 8 i CN 5 S 10000000000 gt SUS OVA 7 55 ES 3 a K A 6230 lt ca ca J C212 C213 No PIS CR C130 CT12 0113 m ue 0 201 204 gt E 00010004 So 7 lemma B Se 24122 AME E P 105 E TP103 O 4 5 t99 L197 0000 Ig um mu UTE 159 1285 0 0 i R212 R211 6216 194 C118 R102 R111 C116 TP102 ca o Es 6 Y102 C171 0 133 0129 O lo
19. Digital voltmeter input accuracy 2 14 15 16 Calibration 14 2 Environmental conditions 22222200 14 2 Temperature and relative humidity 14 2 14 2 ie 14 2 Calibration considerations 2 14 3 Calibration Cycle 14 3 Recommended calibration equipment suus 14 3 Resistor connections 0 00 14 4 Resistor considerations 22 2 2 14 4 Front panel calibration eee oa otc vo sour 14 4 Remote caliDEd TODO os iesu in 14 11 Remote calibration display 14 11 Remote calibration procedure 14 12 Changing the calibration code 14 17 Changing the code from the front panel 14 17 Changing the code by remote 14 17 Resetting the calibration code 14 18 Viewing calibration date and count 14 19 Viewing date and count from the front panel 14 19 Acquiring date and count by remote 14 19 Disassembly HO 15 2 Handling and cl
20. FILM 300W TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSOR ARRAY IC UNDERVOLTAGE SENSE CIRCUIT PROGRAMMED ROM IC DUAL RETRIG MULTIVIB 74VHC123AMTC CRYSTAL 4MHZ R 438 1 07K R 418 4 75K R 418 15K VR 13 1067 2306 800 01 1305 CR 36 4M 16 22 Replaceable Parts Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list Circuit designation C400 C403 C405 C406 C411 C413 C418 C420 C404 C407 C604 C607 C408 C549 C608 C749 C409 C609 C410 C415 C543 C544 C610 C615 C446 531 C412 C414 C416 CA47 C449 C566 C612 C614 C419 C523 C539 C619 C723 C739 421 424 442 448 487 529 537 C567 425 426 433 443 444 445 454 456 427 627 C429 C784 C785 C663 C667 C685 C686 C693 C431 C432 C631 C632 C434 C435 C634 C635 C436 C464 C636 438 439 440 441 557 559 C638 C641 C445 C454 C456 C457 C459 C462 C465 C468 C450 C45 1 C650 C65 1 C452 C652 C453 C653 C455 C458 457 459 462 465 468 469 471 473 C460 C592 C681 C461 C683 C699 C684 C692 C796 689 691 469 471 473 474 476 484 488 492 474 476 484 488 492 493 540 C569 Description CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 2200PF 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 1000PF 20 50V MONO CERAMIC CAP 100PF 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 22UF 20 25 V TANTALUM CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 10U 20 35V ALUMI
21. Q REL TRIG STORE RECALD FILTER MATH EED ENTERA 250V POWER RANGE AMPS CAL si INFO LOCAL 5 CONFIG MENU EXIT ENTER Vv e Sense Model 2001 DMM Sense Source Source INTERNAL OPERATOR 5 SERVICE Bv QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY DVM IN 430 VDC MAX UTPUT 2 SOURCE sense SOURCE DVM IN 5 H A J I e PI NAA FR FA NA ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS MAX Cu i LINE FUSE A SLOWBLOW 2 0A 250V RELAY LINE RATING CONTROL 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 24VDC ENS 50 60HZ 165 IEEE 488 REMOTE ENTER IEEE ADDRE 55 Oo FROM FRONT PANEL MENU TION MADE IN KEITHLEY Usa CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Note Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals 14 6 Calibration 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 At this point the unit will prompt for 5A Channel 1 full scale calibration output CAL 5 A CHAN 1 SET 1 90000 A Using the edit keys adjust the set value to 1 9000A then press ENTER The unit will prompt you for the DMM reading which calibrates the 5A current limit for Ch
22. 2 10 Output impedance et 2 11 Changing the battery channel s output impedance 2 11 SCPI programming outputting voltage and current 2 12 Command notes outputting voltage and current 2 13 Reading back 2 15 Actual V and I display mode pp 2 15 Measurement configuration 2 15 SCPI programming measure V and I input 2 17 Command notes measure V and I and DVM input 2 18 Independent voltage measurements 2 18 DVM input display mode sse 2 18 Measurement configuration 2 19 SCPI programming cernere 2 19 OPETAN OT 2 19 Programming examples pp 2 21 Outputting and reading back V and 1 2 21 DVM measurements pp 2 22 Pulse Current Measurements ea Me 3 2 diss 3 3 EVEN 3 3 3 3 Inte ST AMO ii 3 4 Average readings count ee 3 5 Measurement configuration 2 6 3 6 INEO TRE IU TOT 3 6 Tote eration Tines 3 6 Average readings 2 1 3 7 Trigger delay trigger level range and trigger level 3 7 Pulse current display mode 3 0 Pulse current measurement procedure
23. 42mV 19 Nov 199 50 0 10045 16 51 26 meum 1 42mV 19 Nov 199 50 0 100 5 16 52 02 D 6 Applications Guide NOTE Figure E 5 contains the effect of the variable output impedance control of the Model 2306 on the current and voltage performance of a GSM handset Two methods are used to determine the impedance value of the cell or battery pack The first method uses data from the battery manufacturer or another source and is simply entered into the Model 2306 from the front panel or over the GPIB bus The second method involves a simple series of measurements as follows Figure E 6 Li ion voltage drop during the transmit portion of the pulse Run 230K5 5 Average ee j PK PK 3dsmVv Vj Vj 0 348 V WD 200mV amp amp M 20008 dmV 10 Dec 1998 17 36 35 NOTE Figure E 6 shows the voltage drop during the transmit portion of the pulse of GSM phone with the supplied Li ion Figure E 6 shows the transient voltage response at the battery terminals with the handset battery Using the pulse current mode of the battery channel the measured current during the transmit portion of the data frame is Ij 1 536A and the idle portion of the data frame is Ij 0 082A To estimate from the measured voltage in Figure E 6 use 03487 0 2390 i Pu 1 4544
24. 0 00000 Model 2306 2306 2306 5A Current range 5A Full scale 5A 0 000A 1 0 000 100mA 0 0000mA Model 2306 PJ 500mA Current range 500mA Full scale 500mA 0 0000A 100mA 0 0000A 10 0 0000 Model 2306 2306 VS amp 2306 Not Applicable 0 000A Not Applicable Not Applicable Getting Started 1 13 Table 1 2 cont Factory defaults RST Reset RST default Setting Battery Channel 1 Charger Channel 2 Step delay Step range Step trigger level Trigger External Model 2306 VS Both Input edge Output edge Enable Step Voltage step End voltage Reading Points VPT Long integration Integration time Pulse timeout Trigger edge Trigger level NONE FALLING FALLING OFF 1 20 0S OFF OV AUTO 1 1 16 seconds RISING Same as Trigger level above NONE FALLING FALLING OFF 1 20 OV OS OFF OV AUTO 1 1 16 seconds RISING same as Trigger level above Global settings not channel specific Default is HIGH for firmware version B02 and lower 1 14 Getting Started Setups Save Power on and Recall Menu Setups are configured by SAVE SETUP POWER ON SETUP and RECALL SETUP items of the MENU which is accessed by pressing the MENU key When a setup is saved all settings that are channel specific settings will be saved to that setup Saving recalling a setup has
25. 100 us 100 us 200 us 200 us 500 us 500 us 1 PLC 1 PLC gt l PLC BURST MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT APERTURE 33 3us CONVERSION RATE 3650 second typical INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15us NUMBER OF SAMPLES 1 to 5000 TRANSFER SAMPLES ACROSS IEEE BUS IN BINARY MODE 4800 bytes s typical LONG INTEGRATION MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT Available on both 5A and 500mA current ranges MEASUREMENT TIME 850ms 840ms to 60 seconds 1ms steps DIGITAL VOLTMETER INPUT 2 Years 23 5 C INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 5 to 30VDC INPUT IMPEDANCE 2 typical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE either input terminal WITH RESPECT TO OUTPUT LOW 5V 30V READING ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READING RESOLUTION I mV CONNECTOR HI and LO input pair part of Output 1 s terminal block MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 8 31 ms typical 2306 PJ Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator OUTPUT 22 CHARGER DC VOLTAGE OUTPUT 2 YEARS 23 C 5 C OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 to 15VDC OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 05 10mV PROGRAMMING RESOLUTION 10mV READBACK ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READBACK RESOLUTION 1mV OUTPUT VOLTAGE SETTLING TIME 5ms to within stated accuracy LOAD REGULATION 0 01 2mV LINE REGULATION 0 5mV STABILITY 0 01 0 5mV MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 REA
26. G 7 1 Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Figure 1 5 2 Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 3 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 4 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 5 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 List of Illustrations Getting Started Model 2306 and 2306 PJ dual channel battery charger SW oie 1 4 Model 2306 VS dual channel battery charger simulator 1 5 Simplified power supply 1 6 2304 DISP Remote display option 2306 DISP similar 1 7 Fuse drawer JOCatIOli ea 1 9 Basic Power Supply Operation Four wire sense connections for battery and charger Channels 2 3 Local sense 60 66 013 2 4 2 20 Preterrec mie LOU A RE CR MUS 2 20 Pulse Current Measurements Pulse current 3 2 Trigger delay for high pulse current measurement 3 4 Determining voltage and current characteristics 3 11 PCURent and SEARch time for pulse high measurement 3 19 Sample pulse forms for step 3 25 Sample one shot only pulses for step method
27. TLEV2 400mA 100mA 3 28 Pulse Current Measurements To measure the up step values in this pulse sequence set the value for UP steps to equal the sum of actual UP steps plus one while setting the DOWN step value to zero In Figure 3 9 the UP steps are set to 4 and DOWN steps to O If UP steps are set to a non zero value the Model 2306 measures them first Also set TLEV1 for the initial step This value needs to be appropriate for detecting the first DOWN step as an UP step measurement in Figure 3 9 this value is set at 750mA For the UP steps set the trigger level to a value appropriate for each rising step The key to detecting this pulse sequence is setting the step timeout to a value high enough to bypass the remaining down steps after measuring the first step For Figure 3 9 the following expected measurement values and TLEVs were used Expected measurements UP 450mA 575mA and 700mA 4th 6th pulses DOWN 900mA 600mA 300mA 1st 3rd pulses TLEVs all rising TLEV1 1750 1st pulse TLEV3 500mA 5th pulse TLEV2 400mA 4th pulse TLEV4 625mA 6th pulse This pulse sequence can be measured using the continuous pulse method see the programming example Continuous pulse train on page 3 34 Similarly this pulse train could be measured using the one shot method For the one shot method the first step trigger level value could be any value for detecting the 900 milliamp step Timeout set
28. 100PF 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 0 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC 47 5 100V CERAMIC 150PF 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 22UF 2096 25V TANTALUM CAP 10U 20 35V ALUMINUM CAP 1500P 2096 700V CAP 1000P 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 2 2U 10 50V TANTALUM 220 20 25 TANTALUM 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 0 47 10 16V CERAMIC CAP 0 15UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 0 047U 10 50V CERAMIC 33PF 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 10 25 V CERAMIC CAP 22PF 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC 47 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 10 25 V CERAMIC CAP 0 015UF 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 35V TANTALUM CAP 2 2UF 20 35V TANTALUM CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 150 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 220PF 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 3300P 10 500V CERAMIC CAP 220PF 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 0 01 5 50V NPO CAP 2 2U 10 50V TANTALUM CAP 220UF 20 50V ALUM ELEC Replaceable Parts 16 7 Keithley part no 418 1 C 430 2200P C 418 1000P C 465 100P 491 01 C 465 47P C 465 150P C 440 22 C 562 10 C 560 1500P C 451 1000P C 563 2 2 C 535 22 C 418 1 C 565 47 C 418 15 491 047 C 465 33P C 495 C 451 22P C 418 1 C 465 47P C 495 491 015 494 1 476 2 2 495 1 495 1 465 150 C 451 220P C 497 3300P C 45 1 220P 495 1 514 01 563 2 2 C 5
29. DC VOLTAGE OUTPUT 2 YEARS 23 5 OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 to 15VDC OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 05 3m V PROGRAMMING RESOLUTION 1 READBACK ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READBACK RESOLUTION ImV LOAD REGULATION 0 01 2mV LINE REGULATION 0 5mV STABILITY 0 01 0 5mV MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS to 10 READING TIME 31ms typical TRANSIENT RESPONSE High Bandwidth Low Bandwidth Transient Recovery Time 40us or lt 60us 80us or 100yus Transient Voltage Drop 75mV lt 100mV 250mV 400mV REMOTE SENSE max drop in each lead Add 2mV to the voltage load regulation specification for each 1V change in the negative output lead due to load current change Remote sense required Integrity of connection continually monitored If compromised output will turn off automatically once settable window 0 to 8 volts around normal voltage exceeded VARIABLE OUTPUT IMPEDANCE RANGE 0 to 1 000 in 0 010 steps Value can be changed with output on if trigger external disabled on channel DC CURRENT 2 YEARS 23 5 C CONTINUOUS AVERAGE OUTPUT CURRENT Channel 2 Charger OFF I 50W Vset channel 1 6V 5A max Channel 2 Charger ON I 50W Power consumed by channel 2 Vset channel 1 6V max The power consumed by channel 2 15 calculated as Channel 2 sourcing current Power consumed Vset channel
30. FH200 8109 GNDA Es 5 ES i O o t 055 CREDI OO Cee O COU rh 2 of 1003 TP105 TP106 a C154 Vin GNDD F Or 4 aa unm 1105 erc TP109 lt W105 6 SVD W104 RIEN app o U 5vb 1 M 81101 1011 R124 j O W102 W101 je L104 C ib mi L116 O RV100 L102 GNDD ness e o du PS100 RT 100 100 200512 POR MODELE uoo GNET 20 NOI POPULATE SHADED PARIS ses D T D SMT C270 C271 C312 CR115 CR118 R259 R261 R273 U140 NOT UNE Si OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DATE SCALE Bee DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES 3 31 03 1 1 COMPONENT LAYOUT TOLERANCES DECIMALS ANGULAR D KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC XX 01 1 25 PLOUA Baar CLEVELAND OHIO 44139 T D LEANCEUDES INT OWED HOGE Sd E DO NOI SCALE DRAWING 6 _ CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY ND BOARD LAYER CONSTRUCTION e 3006 100 2 pO I OP 2 QSIF 227A 52 KT SULLO ENS Dus TE 001 9062 E oo SEGUNDO YS VL E COMPONENTS SIDE 01
31. Most command words have a query form exceptions are noted A query command is identified by the question mark that follows the command word A query command requests queries the programmed status of that command When a query is sent and the power supply is addressed to talk the response message is sent to the computer To send a SCPI command as a query append a 2 to the fundamental form of the command Make sure to add the immediately following the command on the same line NOTE For complete details see Programming syntax in Section 7 Basic Power Supply Operation Test connections Explains how to connect DUT to the power supply output and how to connect an external voltage to the DVM input e Outputting voltage and current Explains how to output voltage and current Output bandwidth Details Model 2306 output bandwidth control Output impedance Details Model 2306 variable output impedance feature e SCPI Programming outputting voltage and current Contains SCPI commands related to output voltage and current Reading back V and I Covers the actual V and I display mode which is used to measure and display the actual voltage and current being delivered to the DUT SCPI Programming measure V and I and input Contains SCPI commands related to measuring voltage and current Independent voltage measurements DVM Explains how to use the digital vo
32. Section 14 of this manual covers detailed calibration procedures Command summary Table C 1 summarizes calibration commands These commands are covered in detail in the following paragraphs Miscellaneous commands Miscellaneous commands are those commands that perform such functions as saving calibration constants locking out calibration and programming date parameters CODE CALibration PROTected CODE Purpose To unlock calibration so that you can perform the calibration procedure Format cal prot code lt gt Parameter Up to an 8 character ASCII string including letters and numbers Description The CODE command sends the calibration code and enables calibration when performing these procedures via remote The correct code must be sent to the unit before sending any other calibration command The default remote code 15 1002306 Notes The CODE command should be sent only once before performing calibration Do not send CODE before each calibration step To change the code first send the present code then send the new code The code parameter must be enclosed in single quotes Example CAL PROT CODE KI002306 Send default code of 1002306 Table 1 Calibration Reference C 3 Remote calibration command summary Command Description CALibration PROTected CODE code COUNt DATE lt yyyy gt lt mm gt lt dd gt DATE INIT LOCK STEPO lt nrf gt STEPI l
33. This command defines text message for the display A message is made up of 32 characters and starts on the top line of the display and wraps down to the bottom line Spaces are counted as characters and can be used to properly position the message on the display If your message is less than 32 characters the appropriate number of spaces are added at the end If your message is greater than 32 characters it will not be displayed On power up the message is a string of 32 spaces An indefinite block message must be the only command in the program message or the last command in the program message If you include a command after an indefinite block message on the same line it will be treated as part of the message and is displayed instead of executed NOTE Use DISPlay TEXT STATe b to enable the text message mode DISPlay TEXT STATe lt b gt Control message DISPlay WINDow 1 TEXT STATe lt b gt Parameters lt b gt Oor OFF Disable text message 1 or ON Enable text message This command enables or disables the text message mode When enabled the text message is displayed If no message is defined a string of 32 spaces is displayed When disabled the message is removed from display The display returns to the normal display state A text message remains displayed only as long as the instrument is in remote Taking the instrument out of remote by pressing the LOCAL key or sending GTL cancels the message and disables the tex
34. 0104 0204 U105 U205 U106 U206 0107 0108 0109 0111 U110 0112 0113 0114 0122 0214 0138 U115 U116 U117 U119 U215 U216 U217 U219 U118 U120 U218 U220 0121 Replaceable Parts 16 19 Description RES 475 1 10OMW THICK FILM 5 0499 1 100 FILM RES 1K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 4 75K 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 475 1 100 FILM RES 100 1 100OMW THICK FILM 5 0499 1 100 FILM THERMISTOR PD 7MW DEG 1500 613 74K INRUSH CURRENT LIMITER ICL1516 VARISTOR SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 6 POLE SOCKET PLCC 032 T A TRANSFORMER CONN CONTACT PIN SURFACE MOUNT PCB TEST POINT IC QUAD SCHMITT TRIG NAND GATE IC DUAL D FLIP FLOP IC TRIPLE 3 IN NAND 74F10 IC DUAL POWER MOSFET DRIVER ICL7667 IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR IC 15V VOLTAGE REGULATOR IC DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER IC 5V RS 232 TRANSCEIVER MAX202 IC VOLT COMPRATOR LM393D IC DUAL PICOAMP OP AMP AD706JR IC ADJ VOLTAGE REG STEP DOWN IC 5V VOLTAGE REGULATOR LM2940CT IC SCHMITT HEX INVERT IC HCPL0631 PACK IC TINYLOGIC CMOS INVERTER IC GPIB ADAPTER 9914A PLCC Keithley part no R 418 475 R 418 0499 R 418 1K R 418 4 75K R 418 475 R 418 100 R 418 0499 8 22 VR 23 SW 466 SO 143 32 TR 338A TE 110 CS 1026 1 1291 1 1292 1 659 1 1118 1 1132 1 1133 1 1135 1 1294 IC 952 IC 775 IC 910 IC 1280 IC 576 IC 1293 IC 1153 IC 1282 LSI
35. 1 1 1 Channel of trigger in pulse will step voltage Opposite channel from trigger in pulse will step voltage The channel step delay will elapse The channel trigger out pulse will handshake For example if channel 1 is set to voltage step both channels then channel 1 steps channel 2 steps channel 1 step delay elapses then trigger out channel 1 pulses The channel step delay will elapse Automatically trigger a voltage current DVM or pulse current measurement on chan nel of trigger in pulse Automatically trigger a voltage current DVM or pulse current measurement on chan nel opposite channel from trigger in pulse Pulse current measurements in steps 2 and 3 do not need a valid trigger level setting and do not sync to a pulse a rising or falling pulse edge before triggering Store both measurements in buffer The channel trigger out pulse will handshake For example if channel 2 configured to take AUTO measurements on both channels then delay for channel 2 s step elapses channel 2 gets triggered channel 1 gets trig gered measurements stored in buffer then trigger out channel 2 pulses NOTE These two configurations where BOTH equals VOLT or AUTO may be combined to provide an additional configuration In this configuration one channel s trigger in is configured to voltage step both channels while the other channel is configured to automatically take measurements on both channels This allows
36. Trigger and return one reading for Channel 2 charger channel Trigger an array of readings and return them for Channel 2 charger channel IThis command applies to the currently selected function NOTE Refer to the Programming syntax paragraph of Section 6 for a description of parameters e g b lt gt etc 2 18 Basic Power Supply Operation Command notes measure V and I and DVM input SENSe 1 FUNCtion lt name gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 FUNCtion lt name gt Applies to charger channel 2 1 The parameter name can instead be enclosed in single quotes e g CURRent 2 With DV Meter selected the instrument measures the voltage applied to the input of the digital voltmeter DVM 3 The PCURrent LINTegration parameters for FUNCtion which are not listed in Table 2 4 select the pulse current and long integration measurement modes These measurement modes are covered in Sections 3 and 4 respectively SENSe 1 AVERage lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 AVERage lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 1 When requesting a single reading FETch READ or MEASure average count specifies the number of measurement conversions to average for the reading For example with the average count set to 10 READ will trigger 10 measurement conversions and return and display the average of those 10 conversions for the battery channel When requ
37. lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for low pulse 3 333E 05 measurements 33 33E 06 to 0 8333 accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay LOW Query low integration time AVERage lt NRf gt Set integration time in seconds for measurement of pulse 3 333E 05 AN ERage time accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay AVERage Query average integration time DIGitize lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for digitizing or burst 3 333e 5 measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 DIGitize Query integration time for digitizing or burst measurements SYNChronize Path for pulse detection triggering STATe b Send ON to select pulse current measurements or OFF ON to select pulse current digitization STATe Query pulse current synchronization selection DELay lt NRf gt Specify trigger delay in seconds dependent on SYNC STAT pulse current measurements to 0 1 sync ON pulse current digitization to 5 sync OFF DELay Query specified trigger delay dependent on SYNC STAT TLEVel lt NRf gt Set trigger level value 0 5 TLEVel Query trigger level setting FAST lt b gt Enable or disable pulse current fast readings FAST Query pulse current fast reading setting SCPI Tables 12 13 Table 12 4 cont SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 5 3 2 and 4 2 cont parameter SSENSe2 PCUR rent SEARch lt b gt SEARch DE
38. 418 1 456 10 418 499 463 1 418 4 02 Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation R722 R725 R726 R563 R482 R525 R561 R567 R732 R628 R558 R560 R562 R577 R428 R462 R753 R754 RA59 R513 R768 R788 R702 R598 R781 RT400 RT401 RV400 RV600 RV401 RV601 TP401 TP402 TPA405 TP601 TP604 TP400 TP406 TP407 TP600 TP605 TP606 U400 U600 U401 U601 U402 U403 U602 U603 U404 U604 U405 U605 U455 U466 U643 U654 U406 U424 U436 U439 U464 U606 U623 U636 U407 U607 U409 U609 U410 U435 U448 U461 U610 U648 U652 U653 0411 0465 0412 0612 0413 0457 0613 UA14 U415 U421 U423 U438 U614 U615 U638 0416 0616 0417 0452 0462 0617 0655 0418 0618 0419 0619 Replaceable Parts 16 29 Description 5 10 1 100 FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10 10 100OMW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM THERMISTER PD 7MW DEG 1500 613 74K TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSOR VARISTOR SURFACE MOUNT PCB TEST POINT SURFACE MOUNT PCB TEST POINT PROGRAM IC QUAD D FLIP FLOP W CLK RESET 74 175 IC QUAD 2 IN NOR 74HCT02 IC NCHAN LAT DMOS SD5400CY IC OPA177GS IC PRECICION BIFET OP AMP IC DUAL BIPOLAR OP AMP LT1124CS8 IC OP AMP NE5534D IC VOLT COMPARATOR LM311M IC OPAMP LTC1150CS8 IC HI SPEED MOSFET DRIVER MIC5021BN IC INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER IC 20V OP AMP LT1097S8 IC 8 CHAN
39. 5 20 1 100 FILM RES 1K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 125W THIN FILM RES 4 99K 1 100MW THIN FILM RES 100 1 100OMW THICK FILM RES 499 1 1OOMW THICK FILM RES 2 1 30W RES 2 49K 1 125MW THIN FILM RES 24 9K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 80 6K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 3 32K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 237 196 100MW THICK FILM RES 10M 1 125MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM Replaceable Parts 16 27 Keithley part no R 376 470K R 456 1M TF 273 4 TF 273 2 418 4 99 418 15 418 909 418 249 418 2 55 418 2 74 R 376 1K R 418 1M R 418 10K R 418 100K R 418 4 99K R 418 1M R 456 10K R 418 20K R 418 1K R 456 10K R 438 4 99K R 418 100 R 418 499 R 463 2 R 456 2 49K R 418 24 9K R 418 80 6K R 418 3 32K R 418 237 R 418 10M R 418 10K 16 28 Replaceable Parts Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation R537 R737 R538 R738 539 739 551 630 540 740 R542 R742 R544 R579 R655 R744 R548 R748 R552 R553 R554 R555 R557 R543 R743 R559 R564 R565 R568 R566 R605 R614 R663 R716 R720 R571 R572 R573 R574 R578 R656 R584 R585 589 654 795 797 590 756 R591 R755 R594 R669 R657 R783 R789 R777 R778 R643 R712 R417 R556 R593 R651 R758 R528 R649 R727 R728 R749 R760 R773 R658 R668 R775 R776 R782 R511 R711 R652 R665 R791 R792 R666 R592 R757 R682 R697 R698 R741 R541 R607 R700
40. DC CURRENT 2 Years 23 5 C CONTINUOUS AVERAGE OUTPUT CURRENT Channel 1 Battery OFF I 50W Vset channel 2 6V 5A max Channel 1 Battery ON I 50W Power consumed by channel 1 Vset channel 2 6V max The power consumed by channel 1 is calculated as Channel 1 sourcing current Power consumed Vset channel 1 6V x current supplied Channel 1 sinking current Power consumed 5 x sink current Peak currents can be a maximum of 5A provided the average current is within the above limits CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SINK CURRENT Channel 1 Battery OFF 0 5 max 5 15V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V Compliance setting controls sinking Channel 1 Battery ON Available current 50W Power consumed by channel 1 5 3A max 0 5V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V SOURCE COMPLIANCE ACCURACY 0 16 PROGRAMMED SOURCE COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION 1 25mA READBACK ACCURACY 5A Range 0 2 200 5mA Range 0 2 READBACK RESOLUTION 5A Range 100 5mA Range 0 1UA LOAD REGULATION 0 01 1 LINE REGULATION 0 5mA STABILITY 0 01 50 MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 89 31ms typical PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT OPERATION TRIGGER LEVEL 5mA to 5A in 5mA steps TRIGGER DELAY 0 to 100ms in 1015 steps INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15115 HIGH LOW AVERAGE MODE Meas
41. MEAS BOTHREAD BOTHFETCh and BOTHTRG TRIGger 1 EXTernal ENABle INIT Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal ENABle INIT Applies to charger channel 2 These commands initialize the channel to take another set of STEP POINts measurements For configurations taking measurements the measurements will stop after taking the POINts number of measurements This allows time for sending FETCh ARRay query command to get the data from the buffer before being overwritten by another measurement However if voltage stepping only and not taking measurements the list will cycle around to step 1 and continue stepping voltages and not stop After querying for measurements send this command to initialize the channel to resume detecting and responding to trigger in pulses on the channel This command must be sent while the trigger enable is set to ON If not sent doing a FETCh ARRay query will result in the same data being returned Send the INIT command if 1 Achannelis taking AUTO measurements READ AUTO A channel is taking measurements and volt stepping READ AUTO or SYNC VOLT ON 3 Achannelis taking AUTO measurements on both channels BOTH AUTO After processing the INIT command and ready to detect trigger in pulses again the trigger out signal will pulse accordingly to indicate it is ready for the next trigger in This command will generate a settings conflict error message if the INIT command is sent when the channel s tr
42. Model 2302 2302 2306 2306 2306 Battery Charger Simulator Instruction Manual A 7 MEAS UR Bee ONFIDENCE WARRANTY Keithley Instruments Inc warrants this product to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of 1 year from date of shipment Keithley Instruments Inc warrants the following items for 90 days from the date of shipment probes cables rechargeable batteries diskettes and documentation During the warranty period we will at our option either repair or replace any product that proves to be defective To exercise this warranty write or call your local Keithley representative or contact Keithley headquarters in Cleveland Ohio You will be given prompt assistance and return instructions Send the product transportation prepaid to the indicated service facility Repairs will be made and the product returned transportation prepaid Repaired or replaced products are warranted for the balance of the original warranty period or at least 90 days LIMITATION OF WARRANTY This warranty does not apply to defects resulting from product modification without Keithley s express written consent or misuse of any product or part This warranty also does not apply to fuses software non rechargeable batteries damage from battery leakage or problems arising from normal wear or failure to follow instructions THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLU
43. R Applications Guide 7 Using this value for the output impedance setting in the battery channel the voltage drop across the output terminals as shown in Figure E 7 is 0 360V This value is in agreement to within 3 with the results obtained with the battery included with the handset Figure E 7 Model 2306 voltage drop during the transmit portion of the pulse Tek Run p LA 360mV 19 316mVv 0 360V 200mVV amp M 200gs Chi Z7 0 11 Dec 1998 11 43 37 NOTE Figure E 7 contains the voltage drop during the transmit portion of the pulse of a GSM phone with the Model 2306 battery channel output impedance set to 0 240 8 Applications Guide Model 2302 Specifics This appendix provides information specific to the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Although the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are operated the same way as the Model 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ there are minor differences This appendix documents these variances 2 Model 2302 Specifics General information NOTE Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions contained in this manual related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ With this in mind for the Model 2302 and 2302 only battery channel features contained in this manual apply Specifications Full power supply s
44. Set output voltage to 15V Set current limit to 750mA Turn output Disable trigger synchronization Set average count to 3600 Set trigger level to 100mA Set trigger delay to 50msec Configure to measure low pulse trigger on falling edge Set digitize integration time to 100us firmware B10 or later only Select pulse current function Trigger and return 3600 readings after sync ing to the falling edge for the 1st reading 1 3 32 Pulse Current Measurements Pulse current STEP method battery channel only NOTE For the Model 2306 PJ to function correctly the current range must be selected before selecting the trigger level range Sample step method The following command sequence measures pulses similar to the one shown in Figure 3 7 The step duration is 50ms with a pulse period of 2 seconds DISP SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS READ CHAN CURR PCUR FUNC PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR ARR 1 RANG STEP 5 ON PCUR STEP UP 5 STEP DOWN 4 STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP TLEV1 TLEVZ TLEV3 TLEV4 TLEV5 TLEV6 TLEV7 TLEVS8 TLEV9 206 3 RANGE 0 75 TOUT INIT 3 DEL 10e 3 100e 3 300e 3
45. Trigger and return one reading for charger channel 2 4 14 Long Integration Measurements Command notes long integration measurements SENSe 1 FUNCtion LINTegration Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 FUNCtion LINTegration Applies to charger channel 2 The parameter name can be enclosed in single or double quotes single shown above double shown in Table 4 2 SENSe 1 LINTegration SEARch lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 LINTegration SEARch b Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information SENSe 1 LINTegration FAST lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 LINTegration FAST lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information SENSe 1 LINTegration DETect b Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 LINTegration DETect lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information READ 1 Applies to battery channel 1 READ2 Applies to charger channel 2 After sending a trigger reading command to perform long integration measurements do not address the power supply to talk until all readings are completed Details on READ and the other signal oriented measurement commands are provided in Section 10 Using FAST SEARch and DETect Use FAST SEARch and DETect to control how background reading
46. put 4 sense 2 and DVM 2 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT outside 23 C 5 C Derate accuracy specification by 0 1 x specification C OPERATING TEMPERATURE 0 to 50 Derate to 70 0 to 35 Full power STORAGE TEMPERATURE 20 to 70 HUMIDITY 8096 35 non condensing DISPLAY TYPE 2 line x 16 character VFD REMOTE DISPLAY KEYPAD OPTION Disables standard front panel DIMENSIONS 89mm high x 213mm wide x 411mm deep 3 in x 8 in x 16961 NET WEIGHT 3 2kg 7 1 lbs SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 4kg 12 1 5 INPUT POWER 100 120VAC 220 240VAC 50 or 60Hz auto detected at power up POWER CONSUMPTION 150VA max WARRANTY Two years parts and labor on materials and workmanship EMC Conforms with European Union Directive directive 89 336 EEC SAFETY Conforms with European Union Directive 73 23 EEC AC LINE LEAKAGE CURRENT 450pA 110VAC typ 600A 220V typ RELAY CONTROL PORT 4 channel each capable of 100mA sink 24V max Total port sink capacity all 4 combined is 250mA max Accepts DB 9 male plug ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED User and service manual output connectors mating terminal part no 5 846 ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE Model 2304 DISP Remote LCD Display Keypad 4 6 in x 2 7 inx 1 5 in Includes 2 7m 9 ft cable and rack mount kit 1 PLC 1 00 Following 15 minute warm up the change in output over 8 hours under ambient temper ature constant load and line operating conditions
47. system error event 3 4 Error and Status Messages Table B 1 Error and status messages all models cont Calibration messages Volt full scale cal prepare error battery channel Volt full scale cal output error battery channel Volt full scale cal meas error battery channel DVM full scale cal meas error battery channel Amp source cal prepare error battery channel Amp source cal output error battery channel Amp source cal measure error battery channel mA source cal prepare error battery channel mA source cal measure error battery channel Volt full scale cal prepare error charger channel Volt full scale cal output error charger channel Volt full scale cal meas error charger channel DVM full scale cal meas error charger channel Amp source cal prepare error charger channel Amp source cal output error charger channel Amp source cal measure error charger channel mA source cal prepare error charger channel mA source cal measure error charger channel Date of calibration not set Gain aperture correction error Calibration data invalid Reading buffer data lost GPIB address lost Power on state lost DC Calibration data lost Calibration dates lost GPIB communication data lost Questionable calibration Internal system error EE error event SE status event SYS system error event Error and Status Messages B 5 Table B 2 Error and status messages Model 2306 VS only Channel enabled with both conflict Opposi
48. 4 250mV or lt 400mV REMOTE SENSE 1V max drop in each lead Add 2mV to the voltage load regulation specification for each 1V change in the negative output lead due to load current change Remote sense required Integrity of connection continually monitored If compromised output will turn off automatically once settable window 0 to 8 volts around normal voltage exceeded VARIABLE OUTPUT IMPEDANCE RANGE 0 to 1 00Q in 0 01Q steps Value can be changed with output on DC CURRENT 2 Years 23 C 5 C CONTINUOUS AVERAGE OUTPUT CURRENT Channel 2 Charger OFF I 50W Vset channel 1 6V max Channel 2 Charger ON I 50W Power consumed by channel 2 Vset channel 1 6V 5A max The power consumed by channel 2 is calculated as Channel 2 sourcing current Power consumed Vset channel 2 6V x current supplied Channel 2 sinking current Power consumed 5 x sink current Peak currents can be a maximum of 5A provided the average current is within the above limits CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SINK CURRENT Channel 2 Charger OFF 0 5 max 5 15V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V Compliance setting controls sinking Channel 2 Charger ON Available current 50W Power consumed by channel 2 5 max 0 5 Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V SOURCE COMPLIANCE ACCURACY 0 16 5mA PROGRAMMED SOURCE COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION 1 25mA READBACK ACCURACY 5ARange 0 2 2
49. 6 Not intended to be operated in parallel Peak currents can be a maximum of 5A provided the average current is within the above limits CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SINK CURRENT 0 5 max 5 15V Derate 0 2 per volt above 5V Compliance setting controls sinking SOURCE COMPLIANCE ACCURACY 0 16 bmA PROGRAMMED SOURCE COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION 1 25mA READBACK ACCURACY 5 Range 0 2 200pA 500mA Range 0 2 20pA READBACK RESOLUTION 5A Range 100pA 500mA Range 10pA LOAD REGULATION 0 01 1mA LINE REGULATION 0 5mA STABILITY 0 01 50pA MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 85 31ms typical PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT OPERATION TRIGGER LEVEL 5A Current Range 5A Range 5mA to in 5mA steps 1A Range to 1A in 1mA steps 100mA Range 0 1mA to 100mA in 100 steps 500mA Current Range 500mA Range 0 5mA to 500mA in 0 5mA steps 100mA Range 0 1mA to 100mA in 100 steps 10mA Range 100 to 10mA in 100A steps TRIGGER DELAY 0 to 100ms in 10ps steps INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15115 HIGH LOW AVERAGE MODE Measurement Aperture Settings 33 315 to 833ms 33 3us steps Average Readings 1 to 100 PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 2 Years 23 5 ACCURACY 96 reading offset rms noise 5A RANGE 500mA RANGE 0 2 900 2 mA 0 2 90 2 mA 0 2 900 uA 1
50. 712 C561 C562 C564 C565 C761 C762 C764 CAP 680U 20 50V ALUM ELEC C 578 680 C765 C568 C579 CAP 100PF 5 100V CERAMIC C 465 100P C570 C581 C582 C584 C585 C587 C677 CAP 1UE 1096 25 V CERAMIC C 495 C696 C572 C463 C437 C706 C708 C712 C747 CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC C 495 01 C758 557826278 2200 10 500 CERAMIC 497 2200 576 577 702 720 730 734 470 3300 10 500 C 497 3300P C472 C583 C588 C600 C603 C605 C606 C61 1 CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C613 C586 C670 C646 C658 C742 C743 C744 CAP 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC 491 01 C428 C587 C677 C696 C707 C467 C496 C497 CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC C 495 01 C498 C593 C643 C682 C700 C786 C787 C688 CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC C 495 01 C753 C596 C662 CAP 01UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 01 C616 C477 C466 C647 C649 C660 C795 5 100V CERAMIC C 465 47P 618 620 624 642 676 711 CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C716 C718 C659 C675 330 10 100 CERAMIC C 451 330P C674 C701 C589 CAP 2200P 190 50V CERAMIC C 532 2200P C687 C594 C705 C625 C626 C571 C516 CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C518 C694 C551 C553 C806 CAP 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC C 491 01 C700 C786 C787 C688 C671 C672 C673 CAP 1UE 1096 25 V CERAMIC 495 1 C703 C580 CAP 390P 10 100V CERAMIC 451 390 707 467 496 497 498 506 507 CAP 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC 495 1 C508 C725 C505 C511 C648 C655 C657 C722
51. 775us typical D programmable user delay 0 5 seconds E 900us typical with D as 0 HW 6 20 03 Rev B Page 4 of 7 2306 VS Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator VOLTAGE STEPPING BOTH CHANNELS WITH CHANNEL 2 TEST CONDITIONS 1 Only a single channel is externally triggered during the sequence while remaining channel stays idle 2 Times based on 0 programmable user delay Channel 2 trigger in Ly Output voltage channel 2 ZEE ANN Output voltage channel 1 Channel 2 trigger out 9 OO e a Output 1 Battery Output 2 Charger 55ys typical 70us typical 775ys typical D programmable user delay 0 5 seconds E 900us typical with D as 0 AUTO MEASUREMENT BOTH CHANNELS WITH CHANNEL 1 TEST CONDITIONS 1 Only a single channel is externally triggered during the sequence while remaining channel stays idle 2 Times based on 0 programmable user delay 3 Measurement time 167 0 01 plc 4 Steps points 4 Channel 1 trigger in Measurement time channel 1 Measurement time channel 2 Channel 1 trigger out OO Output 1 Battery Output 2 Charger 43us typical programmable user delay 0 5 seconds C 18us typical D measurement time channel 1 E measurement time channel 2 F 872ys typical with steps 1 2 and 3 G 1 1ms typical for steps 1 2 and 3 with B as 0 16 0m
52. Clearing the error queue Power up and CLS clears the error queue RST and STATus PRESet have no effect on the error queue 11 8 DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem Command notes SCPI commands system SYSTem POSetup name Program power on defaults Parameters name RST Power up to RST defaults SAVO Power up to setup stored in memory location 0 SAV to setup stored in memory location 1 SAV2 Power up to setup stored in memory location 2 SAV3 Power up to setup stored in memory location 3 4 Power up to setup stored in memory location 4 With RST selected the power supply powers up to the RST default conditions Default conditions are listed in the SCPI tables NOTE The Model 2306 PJ 2306 VS and 2302 PJ have only SAVO SAV2 memory locations With 5 4 specified the power supply powers on to the setup that 15 saved in the specified memory location using the SAV command Section 99 Note that the instrument will power up with the output OFF SYSTem AZEROo STATe lt b gt Enable or disable auto zero This command enables ON or disables OFF auto zero which is normally part of the measurement process used to null internal offsets Turning off auto zero increases measurement speed but at the expense of accuracy To minimize drift when operating with auto zero off for extended periods briefly turn on auto zero periodically SYSTem MEP STATe lt b gt Select GPIB protocol This comma
53. Figure 3 8 Pulse form with rise and fall steps 3 Down 725mA 600 566 Steady state current 4msec 425mA 275mA 875mA 600mA 3 Up 350mA Pulse Current Measurements 3 27 For the active steps the trigger level may be set to a value appropriate for each rising or falling step or set to the same value for all active steps If using the same values for all TLEVx steps make sure the TLEV value set is appropriate for the smallest step in Figure 3 8 TLEV value could not be greater than 275mA See Table 3 5 for sample trigger level values Table 3 5 Sample TLEV values for Figure 3 8 TLEVx Unique TLEVx value Same TLEVx value TELV1 550mA 200mA TELV2 325mA 200mA TELV3 200mA 200mA TELV4 300mA 200mA TELVS5 500 200mA TELV6 800mA 200mA Use the one shot method for measuring the pulses since this pulse sequence rises and falls between steps To accomplish this configure the Model 2306 for measuring the pulse sequence then generate the pulse sequence See the programming example One shot pulse on page 3 33 Pulse sequences down steps first Consider the pulse form in Figure 3 9 This pulse form has three DOWN steps followed by three UP steps but does not rise or fall between the steps Figure 3 9 Pulse form with down steps first 600Usec step duration 900mA TLEV1 750mA TLEV4 700 625MA 600mA 575mA LILEV3 450 200 300mA
54. Generating an SRQ on error To program the instrument to generate an IEEE 488 bus SRQ Service Request when an error occurs send the following command SRE 4 This command will enable SRQ when the EAV bit is set You can then read the status byte and error queue as outlined above to check for errors and to determine the exact nature of the error Calibration Reference C 7 Table C 2 Calibration errors Error number Error message Volt fullscale cal prepare error chan 1 Volt fullscale cal output error chan 1 Volt fullscale cal meas error chan 1 DVM full scale cal meas error chan 1 5 Amp source cal prepare error chan 1 5 Amp source cal output error chan 1 5 Amp source cal measure error chan 1 5 mA source cal prepare error chan 1 5 mA source cal measure error chan 1 Cal error trigger level gain chan 1 Cal error trigger level offset chan 1 Cal error t lev amp offset chan 1 Volt fullscale cal prepare error chan 2 Volt fullscale cal output error chan 2 Volt fullscale cal meas error chan 2 DVM full scale cal meas error chan 2 5 Amp source cal prepare error chan 2 5 Amp source cal output error chan 2 5 Amp source cal measure error chan 2 5 mA source cal prepare error chan 2 5 mA source cal measure error chan 2 Cal error trigger level gain chan 2 Cal error trigger level offset chan 2 Cal error t lev amp offset chan 2 8 Calibration Reference Detecting calibration step completion When sending remote calibratio
55. Most controllers are equipped with an IEEE 488 style connector but a few may require a different type of connecting cable See the controller s instruction manual if it is not equipped with an IEEE 488 style connector CAUTION The IEEE 488 connector on the interface accepts metric screws Do not use early versions of IEEE 488 cables that do not use metric screws to secure connections On the GPIB cable connectors metric screws are dark colored while non metric screws are silver colored NOTE Daisy chaining Figure 7 2 is recommended when installing multi unit connecting schemes Figure 7 2 Daisy chaining Instrument Instrument Instrument 2 Controller NOTE Observe the following limits concerning the IEEE 488 bus There be a maximum separation of 4 meters between any two instruments on the bus Make sure the maximum cable length used is the lesser of 20 meters or 2 meters multiplied by the number of devices Limit the number of instruments on the bus to 15 maximum with no two instruments having the same address 2 4 GPIB Operation Primary address The power supply ships from the factory with a GPIB address of 16 You can set the address to a value of 0 to 30 Do not assign the same address to another device or to a controller that is on the same GPIB bus The GPIB address is checked and or changed from the menu which is accessed by pressing the MENU key NOTE Table 1 5 shows the menu structure
56. Remote sense at output terminals 0 5A to 5A typical Remote sense with 4 5m 15 ft of 16 gauge 1 3112 wire and 10 resistance in each lead to simulate typical test environment 1 5A load change 0 15A to 1 654 5 Minimum current in constant current mode is 6mA 6 60Hz 50Hz 7 PLC Power Line Cycle IPLC 16 7ms for 60Hz operation 20ms for 50Hz operation 8 Display off Speed includes measurement and binary data transfer out of GPIB 10 Typical values peak to peak noise equals 6 times rms noise Based on settled signal 10005 pulse trigger delay 12 Also applies to other apertures that are integer multiples of 1PLC 13 Recovery to within 20mV of previous level Specifications are subject to change without notice 2306 Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator OUTPUT 1 BATTERY DC VOLTAGE OUTPUT 2 YEARS 23 C 5 C OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 to 15VDC OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 05 3mV PROGRAMMING RESOLUTION 1mV READBACK ACCURACY1 0 05 3mV READBACK RESOLUTION 1mV OUTPUT VOLTAGE SETTLING TIME 5ms to within stated accuracy LOAD REGULATION 0 01 2mV LINE REGULATION 0 5mV STABILITY 0 01 0 5mV MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 89 31ms typical TRANSIENT RESPONSE High Bandwidth Low Bandwidth Transient Recovery Time 40us or lt 60us lt 80us or lt 100 5 Transient Voltage Drop lt 75mV or lt 100mV
57. Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Once in the menu select GPIB ADDRESS After setting the address value make sure you press ENTER to select it NOTE The present address is displayed on power up on the top line of the display Setting the GPIB timeout for responses When using GPIB to control the power supply make sure to set the GPIB timeout for responses The appropriate setting is dependent on the Model 2306 power supply configuration The GPIB timeout for responses is the duration the computer waits before timing out after sending a request Example Requests power supply to trigger a reading for the selected function on the battery channel channel 1 Programming language specific Request power supply talk Once the request for the response is made the GPIB timeout for responses activates GPIB timeout for responses is set in milliseconds 1 1000sec GPIB Operation 7 5 Long integration readings When taking long integration readings make sure to set the timeout value longer than the integration time For example if the integration period is 15 seconds set the GPIB timeout for responses gt 15000 Setting the GPIB timeout for responses greater than the integration time ensures that a GPIB timeout does not occur while the Model 2306 is integrating the reading The GPIB timeout may need to be set to a value greater than twice the long integration time for cases where the triggered edge was
58. SCPI programmino ces En er a oA e UR 4 12 Command notes long integration measurements 4 14 Using FAST SEARch and DET ect 4 14 Programming examples 4 18 Relay Control Gia e 5 2 ORNS CEIODIS sa NATUR RIEN SEE 5 4 5 5 SCPI programming et 5 6 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Ql 6 2 Model 2306 V S features 6 2 Typical trigger sequence 6 2 TTS isa 0S NER D SO 6 3 Trigger Connectors ENTRE 6 3 Toae e O N 6 4 Sonn 6 5 Command 6 6 External trigger sequences 6 12 Programming exambples 223 eor tiae nes da ssa 6 16 GPIB Operation OU 7 2 GPIB bus connections 7 2 Primary 4 7 4 Setting the GPIB timeout for responses 7 4 Long integration readings 7 5 Pulse current readings 7 5 Message Available 7 5 General DUS COMM ANS is is03sete secdeccanssencasanndegnsssacassuacaaceentocsaneeaes 7 6 Front panel aspe
59. TimeOUT lt NRf gt INITial measurements 33 33E 06 to 0 8333 accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay Query low integration time Set integration time in seconds for measurement of pulse AVERage time accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay Query average integration time Specify integration time in sec for digitizing or burst measurements 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Query integration time for digitizing or burst measurements To perform a series of step measurements set to ON Query state for performing step measurements Specify number of UP steps 0 20 max is for both up and down combined Query number of UP steps specified Specify number of DOWN steps 0 20 max 15 for both up and down combined Query number of DOWN steps specified Specify step integration time for UP plus DOWN steps 33 3usec 100msec Query step integration time specified for UP plus DOWN steps Step TimeOUT other than the first step 2msec 200msec Query step TimeOUT setting for all steps but the first step TimeOUT for the first step 10msec 60secs Query TimeOUT setting for the first step 3 333E 05 3 333e 5 200 Table 12 4 cont SCPI Tables 125 SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 3 2 and 4 2 cont parameter SENSe 1 PCUR rent DELay lt NRf gt DELay RANGe lt NRf gt RANGe MILLiamp lt NRf
60. Transport and handle ICs only in containers specially designed to prevent static build up Typically you will receive these parts in anti static containers made of plastic or foam Keep these devices in their original containers until ready for installation e Remove the devices from their protective containers only at a properly grounded work station Ground yourself with a suitable wrist strap e Handle the devices only by the body do not touch the pins e Ground any printed circuit board into which a semiconductor device is to be inserted to the bench or table Use only anti static type desoldering tools e Use only grounded tip solder irons e Once the device is installed in the PC board it is normally adequately protected and you can handle the boards normally Assembly drawings Use the assembly drawings located at the end of this section to assist you as you disassemble and reassemble the Model 2306 Refer to these drawings for information about the Keithley part numbers of most mechanical parts in the unit Assembly drawings include e Front panel assembly 2306 040 e Chassis assembly 2306 050 Analog board to chassis assembly 2306 051 Final chassis assembly 2306 052 15 4 Disassembly Disassembly procedures Case cover removal Follow the steps below to remove the case cover to gain access to internal parts WARNING Before removing the case cover disconnect the line cord and any test lea
61. With the desired mode and active channel displayed press ENTER Now the display will reflect this desired mode and active channel Note that after selecting PULSE CURRENT use the A or V key to select the desired pulse measurement pulse high pulse low or pulse average Examples of the display modes are shown as follows Table 1 1 Display samples Displav mode Samples for Channel 1 Samples for Channel 2 Battery Charger Actual V and I 6 116 V 1 2058 A 1 ON 6 116 V 1 2058 A 2 ON Section 2 DVM input DVM INPUT 4 993 V 1 DVM INPUT 4 993 V 2 Section 2 Pulse current PULSE HI 2 1947 A 1 PULSE HI 2 1947 A 2 PULSE LO 0 2147 A 1 PULSE LO 0 2147 A 2 PULSE AVG 1 1495 A 1 PULSE AVG 1 1495 Section 3 Long integration LONG INT 1 0236 A LONG INT 1 0236 A Section 4 NOTES 1 or 2 indicates present active channel ON indicates that the output is turned on With the output turned off OFF is displayed See Section 2 for details on output ting current and voltage NO PULSE is displayed if the output is OFF or pulses are not detected output ON for pulse current and long integration display modes only When a change is made that affects the readings being taken dashes are displayed instead of readings The dashes remain until a valid reading for the new condition is taken
62. and 4 2 cont w Default SENSe 1 PCURrent SYNChronize TLEVel MILLiamp lt NRf gt Set trigger level in amps for 100mA range on 5A current range 0 0 0 1 MILLiamp Query setting for trigger level on 100mA range HALFamp lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only Set trigger level in amps for 500mA range on 500mA current range 0 500mA HALFamp Model 2306 PJ only Query the 500mA trigger level setting on the 500mA current range HUNDred lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only Set trigger level in amps for 100mA range on 500mA current range 0 100mA HUNDred Model 2306 PJ only Query the 100mA trigger level setting on the 500mA current range lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only Set trigger level in amps for 10mA range on 500mA current range 0 10mA Model 2306 PJ only Query the 10mA trigger level setting on the 500mA current range RANGe lt NRf gt Set trigger level range 100mA or 5A for the 5A current range The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with the trigger level setting of MILL ONE or AMP Queries receive responses of 0 1 1 0 or 5 0 accordingly In other words if a value of 2 0A is sent with the command a value of 5A will be returned as a response to a query RANGe Query selected trigger level range for the 5A current range MILLiamp Model 2306 PJ only when on 500mA current lt NRf gt range The parameter
63. lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with the trigger level set ting of HALFamp HUNDred or TEN Table 12 4 cont SCPI Tables 12 9 SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 3 2 and 4 2 cont parameter SENSe 1 PCURrent SYNChronize TLEVel RANGe MILLiamp DELay lt NRf gt DELay FAST b FAST SEARch lt b gt SEARch DETect b DETect Time OUT lt NRf gt TimeOUT LINTegration TEDGe name TEDGe TIME lt NRf gt TIME AUTO Model 2306 PJ only Query the trigger level setting on the 500mA current range Receives responses in amps of 0 5 0 1 or 0 01 accordingly Specify trigger delay in seconds 0 0 0 1 pulse current measurements or 0 0 5 0 pulse current digitization Query specified trigger delay dependent on SYNC STAT Enable or disable pulse current fast readings Query pulse current fast reading setting Enable or disable pulse current search Query pulse current search setting Enable or disable pulse current detection mode Query pulse current detection mode setting Specify length of timeout 5ms 32s incrementing in 1ms Query pulse current timeout setting Path to configure long integration measurements refer to Section 4 Set trigger edge to start long integration measurement RISING FALLING NEITHER Query trigger edge setting Set integration time in seconds X to 60 where
64. te RR CUR VR m 7 RR UR gt gt gt ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS MAX Gar on LINE FUSE A SLOWBLOW SN 2 0A 250V RELAY LINE RATING CONTROL 100 120 200 240VAC 2400 MAX 50 60 HZ 165 MAX IEEE 488 REMOTE ENTER IEEE ADDRE SS DISPLAY Q FROM FRONT PANEL MENU OPTION KEITHLEY MAQE IN E CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING 4 Performance Verification 13 2 Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto ranging 3 Select Channel 1 by pressing the keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Make sure the Model 2306 output is turned on 4 Verify output voltage accuracy for each of the voltages listed in Table 13 2 For each test point Set the Model 2306 output voltage to the indicated value A value of current compliance of 0 254 is sufficient e Allow the reading to settle Verify that the multimeter reading is within the limits given in the table 5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for Channel 2 use the 4 and keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 13 2 Output voltage accuracy limits Model 2306 output Output voltage limits voltage setting 2 Years 18 C 28 C 4 9945 to 5 0055V 9 992 to 10 008V 14 9895 to 15 0105V 13 8 Performance Verification Voltage readbac
65. the buffer data from the 2306 Language specific Talk the 2306 for the array buffer data This slows down the responsiveness of the Model 2306 since while the unit is trying to fill the buffer it has to respond to the STAT MEAS to let you know if the buffer is full Once the buffer is full it may be talked for the array of data as shown in the example If the Model 2306 is talked too early for the buffer data then a GPIB timeout may occur See Setting the GPIB timeout for Responses in Section 6 The following command sequence enables the battery channel s 1 buffer full bit B9 of the measurement register set and then causes an SRQ when the buffer is full STAT MEAS ENAB 512 Enable Buffer Full for battery channel SRE 1 Enable MSB bit of status byte READ ARR Trigger buffer data Language specific Wait for an SRQ on 1 Language specific Talk the 2306 for the array buffer data This method prevents the Model 2306 from being talked too early for data In addition this eliminates the concern of knowing the GPIB timeout setting See Setting the GPIB timeout for Responses in Section 6 Queues The power supply uses two queues which are first in first out FIFO registers e Output queue Used to hold reading and response messages e Error queue Used to hold error and status messages The power supply status model Figure 8 1 shows how the two queues are structured with the
66. the same when switching from the 5A range to the range Selecting the 500mA range 2 8 Basic Power Supply Operation Model 2306 PJ defaults the current limit setting to 600mA since that is the maximum allowable setting on that range Toggling back to the 5 amps range reinstates the limit If the current limit value on the 5 amps range is 600mA the limit on the 500mA range will be the same when switching from the 5A range to the 500mA range NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Procedure To edit voltage and current values from the front panel NOTE The following procedure assumes that the appropriate current range is already select NOTE NOTE ed along with current limit mode and voltage protection Press the SET key to select the output settings mode A blinking cursor appears in the voltage field of the display Use the A 4 and P keys to key in the desired output voltage value Cursor position blinking digit is controlled by the and keys With the cursor positioned on a digit increment or decrement the value using the A and W keys Press SET to move the blinking cursor to the current limit field Use the A 4 and P keys to key in the desired current limit Press SET to exit from output settings mode Once in Set Mode enter Set Mode by pressing the SET key the active channel cannot be changed If Set Mode was inadver
67. then send that reading as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP10 DMM Reading For example if the DMM reading is 14 012V the command would be CAL PROT 1 14 012 Note and record a new DMM reading then send that reading as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP11 DMM Reading Send the following command for DVM full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP12 Connect the Model 2306 OUTPUT 2 SOURCE terminals to the DMM volts input and characterized 4Q resistor Use the connections shown in Figure 14 2 but make your con nections to the OUTPUT 2 terminals instead Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO Make sure the digital multimeter DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected Send the following command to output 1 9A for 5A full scale calibration 5 1 1 9 Calibration 14 15 9 Note and record the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and 4Q resistor value Send the following command using that calculated current as the parameter CAL PROT STEP14 Calculated Current For example with a current value of 1 894A the command would appear as follows CAL 14 1 894 10 Note and record a new DMM voltage reading then again calculate the current from the voltage and resistance Send the calculated current value as the parameter for the following comm
68. 0 5 Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V SOURCE COMPLIANCE ACCURACY 0 16 bmA PROGRAMMED SOURCE COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION 1 25mA READBACK ACCURACY 5 Range 0 2 200pA 500mA Range 0 2 20pA READBACK RESOLUTION 5A Range 100pA 500mA Range 10pA LOAD REGULATION 0 01 1mA LINE REGULATION 0 5mA STABILITY 0 01 50pA MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 85 31ms typical PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT OPERATION TRIGGER LEVEL 5A Current Range 5A Range 5mA to in 5mA steps 1A Range to 1A in 1mA steps 100mA Range 0 1mA to 100mA in 100 steps 500mA Current Range 500mA Range 0 5mA to 500mA in 0 5mA steps 100mA Range 0 1mA to 100mA in 100 steps 10mA Range 100 to 10mA in 100A steps TRIGGER DELAY 0 to 100ms in 10ps steps INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15115 HIGH LOW AVERAGE MODE Measurement Aperture Settings 33 3us to 833ms 33 3us steps Average Readings 1 to 100 PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 2 Years 23 5 ACCURACY reading offset rms noise 5A RANGE 500mA RANGE 0 2 900 2 mA 0 2 90 2 mA 0 2 900 uA 1 5 mA 0 296 90 1 5 mA 0 296 900 1 mA 0 2 90 1 mA 0 2 600 0 8 mA 0 2 60 0 8 mA 0 296 400 0 mA 0 2 400A 0 mA 0 2 400 100 pA 0 2 40 pA 100 pA
69. 00 BENDING 222 21 2 WHEN CONNECTING AVOID PINCHING OR CREASING TAIL CONNECTOR ELI 3 WHEN INSTALLING ON PANEL AVOID REMOVING SWITCH AND REAPPLYING __ 2306 2306 050 Chassis Assembly MODEL NEXT ASSEMBLY NEXT PROCESS STEP PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION USED ON DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES TITLE 2304 306 FRONT PANEL Eg e RUM LaL ES sitio AN 2306 110 AN DISPLAY COMPONENT LAYOUT JaN KEITHLEY Keithley Instruments Inc DRN MAT L PROPRIETARY aE 009 FRAC 1 64 4 40X174PPH Du PHIL PAN HEAD SCREW CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY 2500 040 WASHER NYLON 13 2306 1006 WAS 2306 010 1 12 5 00 FROM BI 26094 2306 100 1 WAS 2306 100C ST 7 19 01 167 B2 25056 Del Rev s From Part Numbers 220702 A 1120 NCA 211 1 CABLE NCA 212 1 CABLE DETAIL PROPERLY INSTALLED PUSH ROD 21 1 1 CABLE FN 34 3 SWITCH ANI 04 313 PUSH ROD e SEE DETAIL A 7 5 IN LBS 2306 100 DIGITAL BOARD COMPONENT ASSEMBLY SLIDE IN FROM FRONT OF CHASSIS ANCA 213 CABLE TO FRONT PANEL 2 4 40X5 16PPHSEM be REQ D to TN D HOLES ON ENDS OF SHIELD 23906 0904 ASSEMBLY 6 3eKEPNUT 4 REQ D C8 IN LBS FU 81 FUSE 2AMP ASSEMBLY ji SLIDE FUSE DRAWER OUI OF LINE ik d Deis TO FUSE Cod ONE DON ET MALE 2 REQ D CA IN LBS USE REMOVAB
70. 1 90000 A Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and the actual 40 resistance value I V R Adjust the Model 2306 current display value to agree with the calculated current value and press ENTER The Model 2306 will prompt for another DMM reading which is used for Channel 2 5A measurement calibration CAL 5 A CHAN 2 READ2 1 90000 A Again calculate the current from the new DMM reading and 4Q resistor value Adjust the 2306 current display reading to agree with the new current then press ENTER Disconnect the 4Q resistor then connect the 3kQ resistor in its place Use the connections in Figure 14 3 except make connections to the OUTPUT 2 terminals Make sure the DMM DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected At this point the unit will prompt to output approximately 5mA for Channel 2 5mA range full scale calibration CAL 5 mA CHAN 2 ALL READY TO DO Press ENTER to output approximately 5mA The unit will then prompt you for the DMM reading CAL 5 mA CHAN 2 READ1 4 50000 mA Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that voltage reading and actual 3kQ resistance value Adjust the Model 2306 current display value to agree with that value and press ENTER Calibration 14 11 Step 4 Enter calibration dates and save calibration l After completing all Channel 1 and Channel 2 calibration steps the unit will prompt if you wish to save calibration CAL
71. 1 connections shown Use OUTPUT 2 for Charger Channel 300 Resistor E Sense Source ABLE PARTIB SERVICE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY 2001 MULTIMETER oe DISPLAY RANGE F JE REL TRIG STORE RECALD FILTER MATH CELL RANGE CAL Q CONFIG WENU v 9 Model 2001 DMM Sense Source WARNING no INTERNAL OPERATOR SER DVM IN OUTP 1 30 VDC MAX OUTPUT 2 SOURC DVM IN SOURCE SENSE SOURCE DVM IN gt gt db m mm ccu x AIA gt gt AR gt UAR gt ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS LINE FUSE A SLOWBLOW CAT I REMOTE IEEE 488 ENTER IEEE ADDRESS FROM FRONT PANEL MENU MEN CAUTION For CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Model 2306 PJ 0A 250 RELAY LINE RATING CONTROL 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 2 24VDC MAX m 50 60HZ 165 Note Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals Performance Verification 13 15 Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto range 3 Select Channel 1 by pressing the keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 22 then select the 500mA readback range and actual current reading data 4 Turn on the Model 2306 PJ output 5 Verify 5mA range current readback accuracy
72. 100MW THICK FILM RES 2 55K 1 IW THICK FILM RES 11K 1 100MW THICK FILM Keithley part no RF 123 RF 110 RF 134 RF 115 RF 112 RF 82 FH 33 CS 772 3 CS 501 CS 981 5 1060 5 CS 368 10 CS 368 34 CH 85 10 CH 56 1 CH 97 1 94 1 62 CH 91 PS 72A TG 371 376 200 418 10 418 100 R 418 10K R 418 10M R 418 1M R 418 10K R 418 66 5K R 418 1M R 418 24 9K R 418 20K R 418 2 55K R 418 11K Replaceable Parts 16 5 Table 16 1 Model 2306 digital board parts list cont Circuit designation Description Keithley part no R126 128 130 132 137 138 139 140 141 142 RES 475 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 475 R127 R129 R133 R227 R229 R233 RES 475 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 475 R131 R231 RES 1K 1 125mW METAL FILM R 391 1K R135 R235 RES 1K 5 250MW METAL FILM R 376 1K R143 RES IK 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 1K R144 226 228 230 232 237 238 239 240 241 RES 475 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 475 R151 R165 R174 RES 4 75K 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 4 75K R153 RES 15k 1 100MW THICK FILM 418 15 R154 RES 332K 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 332K R155 RES 10M 1 125MW THICK FILM R 418 10M R156 RES 499 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 499 R158 161 162 163 164 167 175 234 RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 10K R160 RES 866 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 866 R182 R183 R282 R283 RES 68 5 125MW METAL FILM R 375 68 R242 RES 475 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 475 R284 RES 10K 1 100MW
73. 20 user adjustable output voltage setpoints e Externally triggered measurement feature allowing voltage current pulse current or DVM measurement readings e Channels can be triggered sequentially or in parallel e Automatically enable a measurement to be taken during each voltage step readings are stored until requested Asingle trigger in pulse may be configured to control both channels Typical trigger sequence A typical trigger sequence is shown in Figure 6 1 numbers on first step correspond to the steps below The exact sequence will depend on how the instrument 15 programmed see the Command sequences topic later in this section The sequence is as follows 1 Sending TRIG EXT ENAB or TRIG EXT ENAB INIT will generate a trigger output pulse when the instrument is ready for trigger in pulses The trigger input pulse applied to the TRIGGER IN jack is detected The voltage steps to the next value if voltage stepping is enabled The unit waits for the programmed delay period Measurements are taken if enabled The unit outputs the trigger output pulse on the TRIGGER OUT jack to indicate that the step has been completed 7 The complete sequence in steps 2 6 repeats for the programmed number of steps 20 maximum ox MA DJ External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 6 3 Figure 6 1 Typical trigger sequence Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Out 1 Out 6 Out Out Delay Meas gt lt gt Numbered sequ
74. 31 IA INSULATOR ADHESIVE SIDE DOWN SEE DETAN B O U MC 285 SERIAL NUMBER 95 DETAIL REF BOTTOM SIDE ANALOG BOARD MC 285 SERIAL NUMBER SEE DETAIL poses 2306 31 INSULATOR 200 020 ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION USED ON LIR ECA NO REVISI N ENG DATE 25273 2306 120F WAS 2306 012 Las BI 28129 Del Rev From Part Number Add Note ST 2 18 03 Del Add Rev s To Part Number 6348 ot g Info TEST DISPLAY PER MS 2060 4 ______ ___________ ll 2306 2306 052 Final Chassis Assembly __ _____2306 050 NUN EK CHASSIS ASSEMBLY DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES AMALOG BOARD ASSEMBLY 19 NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DATE 02 Dec 96 SCALE XX 4 40X54 6PPH PHIL PAN HEAD SCREW Anal D d lo Ch 7306 311 amp INSULATOR Instrunents inc Cleveland Ohio 44139 am UE T 4 40X5416PPHSEM PHIL PAN HEAD SEMS SCREW CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY 204 0295 SERIAL RUNGER 4040202 B 28348 Add 428 329F Handle O E E PT 420 3030 REAR BEZEL NOTE ORIENTATION OF WORDING Sat EN A 2306 307A COVER d TN one CAPTIVE PANEL SCREW Ge DX 52 1207232005 LEFI MOUNTING EAR M
75. 40 2K R 418 6 19K 468 015 438 274 438 2 49 R 438 24 9K R 418 392 R 418 2K R 418 475 R 418 10K R 375 10K R 418 200 418 1 87 418 4 02 418 8 06 418 1 5 456 4 99 418 R 418 73 2K 16 12 Replaceable Parts Table 16 2 Model 2306 analog board parts list cont Circuit designation Description Keithley part no R666 R592 R757 RES 0 0499 1 1OOMW THICK FILM R 418 0499 R691 RES 4 99K 1 100MW THIN FILM R 438 4 99K R698 R741 R487 R541 R607 R490 R649 RES IK 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 1K R703 R709 RES 499 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 499 R707 RES 0 1 1 30W R 463 1 R711 R520 R521 RES 49 9K 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 49 0K R725 726 563 482 525 561 567 643 712 RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM R 418 10K R732 628 558 560 562 577 428 462 471 512 RES 10K 1 THICK FILM R 418 10K R733 RES 10M 1 125MW THICK FILM R 418 10M R753 R754 R598 R672 RES 10 10 100MW THICK FILM R 418 10 RT400 RT401 THERMISTER PD 7MW DEG 1500V 8 613 74K RV400 RV600 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSOR VR 19 RV401 RV601 VARISTOR VR 21 TP401 TP402 TP405 TP601 TP604 TP400 SURFACE MOUNT PCB TEST POINT CS 1026 TP600 CONNECTOR CS 985 U400 U600 PROGRAM 2000 802A02 U401 U601 IC QUAD D FLIP FLOP W CLK RESET 923 74HC175 U402 U403 U602 U603 IC QUAD 2 IN NOR 74 2 IC 809 U404 U604 IC NCHAN LAT DMOS QUADFET 1 893 SD5400CY 0405 0605 0455 0466 0643 0654 INTEG
76. 5 Verify digital voltmeter input accuracy for each of the voltages listed in Table 13 8 For each test point Set the voltage to the indicated value as measured by the digital multimeter Setcurrent compliance to 0 25A Allow the reading to settle Verify that the Model 2306 voltage reading is within the limits given in the table 6 Repeat steps 1 through 5 for Channel 2 use the 4 and keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 13 8 Digital voltmeter input accuracy limits Model 2306 output Digital voltmeter input reading limits Voltage setting 2 Years 18 C 28 C 4 995 to 5 005V 9 992 to 10 008 V 13 990 to 14 010V lAs measured by digital multimeter 13 18 Performance Verification 14 Calibration NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise no
77. 500e 3 700e 3 900e 3 900e 3 600e 3 400e 3 300e 3 Set active channel battery Select 5A current range Enable step Select PCUR function Specify 5 up steps Specify 4 down steps active steps 9 5 up 4 down Specify 20 milliseconds integration time for all active steps must be within 400usec of step duration Specify 1 amp step range Specify 3 seconds for first step timeout this has to be longer than pulse period Specify 10 milliseconds for user step delay With 50 milliseconds of step duration we use 50 milliseconds step duration 30 milliseconds 20 milliseconds spare time Recall 400 microseconds needed for complet ing previous step measurement and being ready for next Step 1 tlev value Step 2 tlev value Step 3 tlev value Step 4 tlev value Step 5 tlev value Step 6 tlev value Step 7 tlev value Step 8 tlev value Step 9 tlev value Trigger and return the 9 step measurements NOTE Since this sample program is for a continuous pulse train the pulse it measures could also be measured using the single shot method See One shot pulse on page 3 33 Pulse Current Measurements 3 33 One shot pulse NOTE For the Model 2306 PJ to function correctly the current range must be selected before selecting the trigger level range The following command sequence measures pulses similar to the one shown in Figure 3 8 with a one shot pulse measurement The step duration is 600Usec with 4mse
78. CAL VOLTS CHAN 1 SET 14 0000 V 3 Use the edit keys to set the voltage to 14 0000V then press ENTER NOTE Atthis point the source output is turned on and will remain on until calibration is complete or aborted with the MENU key Figure 14 1 Connections for voltage calibration Input HI OUTPUT 1 connections Input LO shown Use OUTPUT 2 for Charger Channel SENSE KEITHLEY Q4 WIRE 2001 MULTIMETER 0000000 2 MERI Q REL TRIG STORE RECALL FILTER MATH lt RANGE GAL INFO LOCAL CHAN SCAN CONFIG MENU EXIT ENTER Vv e DVM IN DVM IN 2 omy FRONT REAR Model 2001 DMM Source Source Sense Sense WARNINGino INTERNANQPEBATOR 2 QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY DVM IN e 30 VDC MAX OUTPUT 2 SOURS H D SOURCE SOURCE DVM IN gt wu wi e e NA JA ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS MAX di LINE FUSE SLOWBLOW 2 0A 25 LI 0 RELAY NE RATING CONTROL SS 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 24VDC 50 60 HZ 165 IEEE 488 REMOTE ENTER IEEE ADDRE SS FROM FRONT PANEL MENU MADE IN osa CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD
79. CR101 CR201 RECTIFIER RF 135 16 4 Replaceable Parts Table 16 1 Model 2306 digital board parts list cont Circuit designation CR102 CR202 CR104 CR106 CR204 CR206 CR107 CR207 CR108 CR109 CR110 CR209 CR210 CR111 CR112 CR211 CR212 FH100 101 200 201 J1002 J1003 J1004 J1007 J1010 J1008 J1009 L100 101 104 116 200 201 L102 L103 L105 L106 L107 L109 L110 L111 L112 L108 L115 PS100 Q100 101 200 201 R101 R105 R201 R205 R112 R113 R114 R136 R159 R236 R115 149 166 168 100 118 179 181 184 200 R116 R178 R117 R180 R118 121 134 145 146 147 148 150 152 157 R119 R120 R122 R123 R124 R125 Description ULTRA FAST BRIDGE RECTIFIER EDFIBM DIODE MBRS140T3 RECTIFIER DIODE MBR5130LT3 DIODE SWITCHING MMSD914T19 DIODE DUAL SWITCHING BAV99L FUSE HOLDER LITTLEFUSE 111501 CONN MOLEX 3 PIN CONN RIGHT ANGLE 24 PIN SHIELDED RT ANGLE PHONE JACK CONN MALE 5 PIN CONN HEADER STRAIGHT SOLDER PIN CONN HEADER STRAIGHT SOLDER PIN LINE FILTER CHOKE POWER INDUCTOR CHOKE 1 2A FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 FERRITE BEAD POWER SUPPLY TRANSISTOR SMT RES 200 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 10 10 100MW THICK FILM RES 100 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10M 1 125MW THICK FILM RES 1M 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 66 5K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1M 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 24 9K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 20K 1
80. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING ESA ERES 4 PG 1 OF 1 Specifications 2302 Battery Simulator DC VOLTAGE OUTPUT 2 YEARS 23 C 5 C OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 to 15VDC OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 05 3mV PROGRAMMING RESOLUTION 1mV READBACK ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READBACK RESOLUTION 1mV OUTPUT VOLTAGE SETTLING TIME 5ms to within stated accuracy LOAD REGULATION 0 01 2mV LINE REGULATION 0 5mV STABILITY2 0 01 0 5mV MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 89 31ms typical TRANSIENT RESPONSE High Bandwidth Low Bandwidth Transient Recovery Time 40us or 60us lt 80us or lt 100 5 Transient Voltage Drop lt 75mV or lt 100mV 4 250mV or 400mV REMOTE SENSE 1V max drop in each lead Add 2mV to the voltage load regulation specification for each 1V change in the negative output lead due to load current change Remote sense required Integrity of connection continually monitored If compromised output will turn off automatically once settable window 0 to 8 volts around normal voltage exceeded VARIABLE OUTPUT IMPEDANCE RANGE 0 to 1 000 in 0 010 steps Value can be changed with output on DC CURRENT 2 Years 23 5 C OUTPUT CURRENT 0 max 24V Ivax 60W Vour 6 not intended to be operated in parallel SOURCE COMPLIANCE ACCURACY 0 16 5
81. ESB 058 MSB Service Request SRE 87 B6 B5 4 B3 82 BU 0 Enable Register Decimal Weights OSB Operation Summary Bit MSS Master Summary Status RQS Request for Service ESB Event Summary Bit MAV Message Available QSB Questionable Summary Bit EAV Error Available MSB Measurement Summary Bit amp Logical AND OR Logical OR Status Structure 8 7 Status byte register The summary messages from the status registers and queues are used to set or clear the appropriate bits BO B2 B3 B4 B5 and B7 of the status byte register These summary bits do not latch and their states or 1 are solely dependent on the summary messages or 1 For example if the standard event register is read its register will clear As a result its summary message will reset to 0 which in turn will reset the ESB bit in the status byte register The bits of the status byte register are described as follows Bit B0 measurement status MSB Set summary bit indicates that an enabled measurement event has occurred Bit B1 Not used Bit B2 error available EAV Set summary bit indicates that an error or status message is present in the error queue Bit B3 questionable summary bit QSB Set summary bit indicates that an enabled questionable event has occurred Bit B4 message available MAV Set summary bit indicates that a response message is prese
82. IEEE754 formats SREal will select the binary IEEE 754 single precision data format Figure 11 1 shows the normal byte order format for each data element voltage current etc Note that the data string for each reading conversion is preceded by a 2 byte header that is the binary equivalent of an ASCII sign and 0 Not shown in Figure 11 1 is a byte for the terminator that is attached to the end of each data string Figure 11 1 Header Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 IEEE 754 single precision data format LEE FOE E EE gp por gogo og gg pop gogo gg gg gg d Ld 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 11 Lg I 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gg gd 1 1 1 0g I Lg 1 1 1 11 7 bt gd 140 701 1077 1 10 1 1 IO s sign bit 0 positive 1 negative e exponent bits 8 f fraction bits 23 Normal byte order shown For swapped byte order bytes sent in reverse order Header Byte 4 Byte 3 Byte 2 Byte 1 The Header is only sent once for each measurement conversion 11 6 DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem DREal selects the binary IEEE 754 double precision data format and is shown in Figure 11 2 normal byte order shown This format is similar to the single precision format except that it is 64 bits long Figure 11 2 IEEE 754 double precision data format Header Byte 1 Byte 2 S e f Bytes 3 4 5 and 6 not shown Normal byte order shown For swap
83. INPCONNMAJJON 9 Spouse TUR 22 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DATE SCALE ete eye Ie DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES _ 3 31 03 COMPONENT LAYOUT TOLERANCES X DECIMALS ANGULAR KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC XY 01 IL M JIGITAL BOARD CLEVELAND OHIO 44139 XXX 005 T DO NOT SCALE DRAWING C 05 17 4 5 PO 2 UF 2 QSIF 22T7A CUT eT ho MU DISP M REVISION PNG DATE B LEONG ADDED 5 ZU mau B1 24385 CHG D FOR ARCHIVAL PURPOSE ONLY JEN 47 21000 REV 22 0 RELOCATED 612 LABEI TASAS OF 10 02
84. Measurement Commands c e A Command notes Signal oriented measurement commands and queries DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem DISPlay SUDSVSUETIL Command notes SCPI commands display POR Mat subsystem se Command notes SCPI commands data format Tem SUDS YSIS ER ENDE Command notes SCPI commands system SCPI Tables SCPI command subsystems reference tables Performance Verification ENDROIT OTT Verification test requirements Environmental conditions 2 Warm up period NG Recommended test equipment pp Resistor connections Resistor considerations 4 Verification Ilis ee Example limits calculation 2 Performing the verification test procedures JE SE SUDO Test 81 Output voltage accuracy Voltage readback accuracy 2 Compliance current accuracy ss Current readback accuracy SA range readback accuracy 5mA range readback accuracy pp 500mA range readback accuracy
85. N O O O O reset the unit set voltage current turn fast mode on set high current time this must be set in external triggering mode because no AUTO detection exists measure high current Switch to pulse current functionality turn ON the voltage step switch read mode to AUTO means 2306 VS will measure right after it is triggered Step 1 is 5 7 volts with 0 delay Step 2 is 5 9 volts with 0 delay Step 3 is 6 1 volts with 0 delay Step 4 is 6 3 volts with 0 delay set the number of points to be triggered and put into the buffer after voltage stepping turn external triggering ON 2306 VS is waiting for the trigger signal monitor for the trigger out on channel 1 Loop2 6 17 generate 4 trigger in pulses on channel 1 and look for trigger out pulses on channel 1 make sure a new trigger in pulse occurs after each trigger out pulse Trigger in pulses are ignored until the trigger out pulses ins detected on falling edge and trigger outs pulse low for about 10us FETCH ARRAY TRIG EXT ENAB INIT go back to Loop 2 TRIG EXT ENAB OFF get the data back init external trigger to step and take another set of 4 measurements when done stepping and taking measurements or desire to make changes go back to Loop 1 after making changes NOTE If you are unable to monitor for trigger out pulses either 1 monitor the buffer full bit in the status model S
86. NOTES For the charger channel 2 the trigger level range is automatically set to the 0 5 range non configurable Setting the trigger level with the output off will cause the pulse timeout message to appear However the trigger level will be set No pulses detected If no pulses are detected current will not be measured 1 A and the NO PULSE message will be displayed The PULSE message is displayed with dashes or the last valid pulse reading Dashes are shown if the pulse current measurement settings are not appropriate for detecting pulses The last valid pulse is shown if the pulse disappears while taking readings and no change in pulse settings was made Pulses are not detected with the output OFF With the output ON pulses will not be detected if the trigger level is too low or too high Perform the following procedure to find an appropriate trigger level Make sure the voltage and current settings are appropriate for detecting pulses Determining correct trigger level pulse current NOTE _ If possible always use an oscilloscope to determine the timing and transient characteristics of a DUT The waveform information is very useful in setting up the 2306 reducing setup time and achieving maximum performance and productivity The voltage and current characteristics of the DUT can be determined with a 2 channel Oscilloscope with differential inputs a 0 10 resistor used as a current sense resistor and a
87. PCURrent AVERage lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent AVERage lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 1 When requesting a single reading FETch READ or MEASure average count specifies the number of pulse current measurement conversions to average for the read ing For example with the average count set to 10 READ will trigger 10 pulse current measurement conversions and return and display the average of those 10 battery chan nel conversions charger channel command similar 2 When requesting an array of readings FETCh ARRay READ ARRay or MEASure ARRay average count specifies the number of pulse current measurements to place in an array For example with the average count set to 10 READ ARRay will trigger and return 10 battery channel readings charger channel command similar 3 For pulse current digitization use an array reading command such as READ ARRay to return the digitized readings 4 Signal oriented measurement commands e g READ are covered in Section 9 SENSe 1 PCURrent TIME Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent TIME Applies to charger channel 2 When manually setting the pulse HIGH LOW and AVERage time make sure that 1 When manually setting the pulse high low and average times make sure that the integration time only covers the portion of the pulse to be measured 2 Make sure to factor in trigger delays both the internal plus the user when determin
88. PULSE CURRENT 1 2 applies to pulse current measurement Current range For pulse current measurements the AUTO range selection is functionally a no op no operation The instrument will not auto range with the pulse current measurement function selected Pulse current measurements are always performed on the 5A range Therefore selecting pulse current with the 5mA range active will cause the supply to first switch to the 5A range regardless of the current range setting 5mA or AUTO Current range 1s linked to current limit Therefore as a general rule the user selects the cur rent range before setting the current limit See Outputting voltage and current in Section 2 for details on current range and current limit Current range is selected from CURRENT RANGE 1 2 item of the menu CURRENT RANGE 1 refers to the battery channel while CURRENT RANGE 72 refers to the charger channel NOTE To get better trigger level resolution make sure the trigger level range battery channel only is set appropriately for the expected measurement Integration times Use the following items of the PULSE CURRENT 1 2 menu item to set integration times NOTE Set PULSE CURRENT integration times in the range 33 3usec to 833ms 833333 Usec in 33 3333 steps HIGH TIME Use to set the integration period in usec for high pulse current measurements Make sure to account for the internal 15uUsec and user trigger delay LOW TI
89. Performance Verification Recommended verification 13 4 Output voltage accuracy 13 7 Voltage readback accuracy 13 8 Compliance current accuracy 13 10 5A range current readback accuracy limits 13 11 5mA range current readback accuracy limits 13 13 500mA range current readback accuracy limits 13 15 Digital voltmeter input accuracy limits 13 17 Calibration Recommended calibration equipment 14 3 Model 2306 front panel calibration summary 14 5 Remote calibration summary 14 16 Replaceable Parts Model 2306 digital board parts list 16 3 Model 2306 analog board parts list 16 7 Model 2306 display board parts list 16 14 Model 2306 mechanical parts 115 16 15 Model 2306 VS digital board parts list 16 16 Model 2306 VS display board parts list 16 21 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list 16 22 Model 2306 VS mechanical parts list 16 31 Error and Status Messages Error and sta
90. Press the MENU key to activate the menu e Use the A and V keys to scroll through the primary menu items e Changing channels When the main menu is displayed use the and gt keys to change the active channel each press of the and gt keys will toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 NOTE Ifa channel number is not shown the 4 and key presses will be ignored Also the 4 and gt key presses will be ignored if a sub menu only exists on the battery channel not on the charger channel The active channel may be changed in the main menu and the top sub menus for pulse current and long integration The active channel cannot be changed in all other sub menus Select the displayed primary menu item by pressing ENTER With PULSE CURRENT or LONG INTEGRATION selected use the A and W keys to display the secondary items Again pressing ENTER selects the displayed item NOTE _ Before pressing enter make sure the desired channel is active If ENTER is pressed with the incorrect channel selected press the MENU key to cancel changes use 4 to toggle to the desired channel and then press ENTER to select the displayed primary menu item Display and change settings and selections for a menu item using the edit keys 4 PAY For a setting use or gt to place the cursor on the desired digit then use the A and keys to increase or decrease the value unless noted otherwise Rapid jump to minimum or maxim
91. R590 R756 R591 R755 Replaceable Parts 16 11 Description RES 4 99K 1 100MW THIN FILM RES 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 100 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 499 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 0 2 1 30W RES 2 49K 0 1 0 125MW THIN FILM RES 24 9K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 80 6K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 9 76K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 3 32K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 237 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10M 1 125MW THICK FILM RES 0 0499 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 16 9K 1 0 1W THICK FILM RES 59K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 40 2K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 40 2K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 6 19K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 0 015 1 5W 1 RES 274 1 0 1W THIN FILM RES 2 49K 1 0 1W THIN FILM RES 24 9 1 100MW THIN FILM RES 392 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 2K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 475 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 5 125MW METAL FILM RES 200 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1 87K 1 0 1W THICK FILM RES 4 02K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 8 06K 1 0 1W THICK FILM RES 1 5K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 4 99K 0 1 0 125W THIN FILM RES 11K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 73 2K 1 100MW THICK FILM Keithley part no R 438 4 99K R 418 1K R 418 100 R 418 10K R 418 499 R 463 2 R 456 2 49K R 418 24 9K R 418 80 6K R 418 9 76K R 418 3 32K R 418 237 R 418 10M R 418 0499 R 418 16 9K R 418 59K R 418 40 2K R 418
92. ROD PRINTED FRONT PANEL Keithley part no 428 303D CA 211 1A CA 212 1A CA 213 1B CS 287 3 CS 236 CS 276 CS 627 CS 249 CS 638 3 FN 34 3 428 319A FE 22A FE 6 FU 81 428 329F CO 7 LF 11 428 338B 428 328E 704 313A V 2306 306A 16 32 Replaceable Parts D 2306 3109 Pme Our 22212
93. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for Channel 2 use the and keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 13 4 Compliance current accuracy limits Model 2306 compliance Compliance current limits current setting 2 Years 18 C 28 C 0 993 to 1 007A 1 992 to 2 008A 2 990 to 3 010A 3 989 to 4 011A 4 488 to 4 512A Performance Verification 13 11 Current readback accuracy Follow the steps below to verify that Model 2306 current readback accuracy is within specified limits The test involves setting the output current to specific values as measured with a resistor and precision digital multimeter 5A range readback accuracy 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 1 2 resistor to the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 SOURCE terminals as shown in Figure 13 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO Be sure to use 4 wire connections to the resistor terminals Select the multimeter DC volts measuring function and enable auto ranging 3 Select Channel 1 by pressing the and keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 and select the 5A readback range Also make sure actual current readings are displayed Turn on the Model 2306 output 5 Verify 5A range current readback accuracy for the currents listed in Table 13 5 For each test point Bychanging the output voltage adjust the current to the correct value as determin
94. SREal or DREal DATA Query data format BORDer name Specify byte order NORMal or SWAPped SWAPped BORDer Query byte order 12 4 SCPI Tables Table 12 3 QUTPut command summary refer to Tables 2 5 and 5 2 parameter OUTPut 1 STATe lt b gt STATe BANDwidth BANDwidth IMPedance lt NRf gt IMPedance RELayl lt name gt RELay1 RELay2 name RELay2 RELay3 name RELay3 RELay4 name RELay4 OUTPut subsystem for channel 1 battery channel Turn output ON or OFF Query state of output specifies HIGH or LOW bandwidth when the output state is ON and current range is set to 5A When output is OFF the bandwidth is LOW When current range is 5mA bandwidth is LOW Query bandwidth setting for when output is ON and not on 5mA range Specifies the output impedance to apply OFF to 1Q max in 10mQ steps Query impedance setting Close ONE or open ZERO relay control circuit for relay 1 2 Query the value at relay 1 port pin digital Close ONE or open ZERO relay control circuit for relay 2 Query the value at relay 2 port pin digital I O 7 Close ONE or open ZERO relay control circuit for relay 3 Query the value at relay 3 port pin digital I O 7 Close ONE or open ZERO control circuit for relay 4 2 Query the value at relay 4 port pin digital I O 7 OUTPut2 STATe b STATe BANDwidth BANDwidth OUTPu
95. THICK FILM RES 249K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 2 55K 1 1W THICK FILM RES 2 55K 1 1W THICK FILM RES 6 04K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 2 74K 1 0 1W THICK FILM RES 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 1M 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 100K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 4 99K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1M 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 9 76K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 0 1 0 125 W THIN FILM RES 20K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 0 1 0 125W THIN FILM Keithley part no R 418 49 0K R 418 475 R 418 10K R 418 34K R 418 82 5 R 418 4 75K R 418 100K R 391 3 01K R 376 10K TF 273 1 R 475 1 R 418 1K R 169 100 R 376 10K R 376 4 7K R 376 470K R 456 1M TF 273 4 TF 273 2 R 418 4 99K R 418 15K R 418 909 R 418 249K R 418 2 55K R 418 2 55K R 418 6 04K R 418 2 74K R 376 1K R 418 1M R 418 100K R 418 4 99K R 418 1M R 418 9 76K R 456 10K R 418 20K R 456 10K Table 16 2 Model 2306 analog board parts list cont Circuit designation R49 R497 R498 R644 R549 R749 R501 R510 R701 R710 R502 R596 R659 R664 R503 R509 R575 R576 R505 R506 R507 R586 R705 R706 R514 R583 R517 R519 R551 R630 R526 R528 R535 R529 R729 R530 730 R533 R524 R617 536 653 459 513 537 737 R538 R738 R539 R739 R540 R740 R542 R742 R548 R748 R552 R553 R554 R555 R557 R543 R580 R657 R743 R559 R564 R565 568 566 605 614 663 716 720 722 R571 R572 R573 R574 R578 R656 R581 R658 R582 R670 R584 R585
96. The menu key is used to access the menu structure However if in remote for IEEE 466 bus operation R displayed below ON OFF the menu key returns the instrument to LOCAL operation Table 1 3 Getting Started Main MENU structure accessed by pressing the MENU key on the Front Panel Menu item GPIB ADDRESS CURRENT RANGE 1 2 NPLC RATE 1 2 AVER READINGS 71 42 SAVE SETUP RECALL SETUP POWER ON SETUP CALIBRATE UNIT VOLT PROTECT 71 42 CURR LIM MODE 1 2 OUTPUT RELAYS REVISION NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER VED BRIGHTNESS OUT BANDWIDTH 1 2 OUT IMPEDANCE 1 PULSE CURRENT 1 2 HIGH TIME LOW TIME AVERAGE TIME AUTO TIME PULSE TIMEOUT AVERAGE READINGS TRIGGER DELAY TRG LEV mA RANGE TRG LEVEL mA TRIG LEV RANGE Description Set primary address 0 to 30 Select current range Battery channel 1 Model 2306 2306 VS Model 2306 PJ 5 5 5mA 500 AUTO AUTO Set integration rate in NPLC 0 01 to 10 Set average reading count 1 to 10 Save present setup in memory SAVO SAVA Recall setup from memory RST SAVO SAV4 Select power on setup RST SAVO SAV4 Calibrate unit see calibration sections Set voltage protection range 8 and clamp ON OFF in this manual Select current limit mode LIMit or TRIP Close 1 or open 0 relay control circuitry except 2306 VS Display firmware revision levels Display serial number of the power supply Set VFD display s brightness level OFF FULL 3 4 1 2
97. To prevent all messages from entering the error queue send the enable command along with the null list parameter as follows STATus QUEue ENABle Table 8 6 SCPI commands error queue STATus STATus subsystem QUEue Read error queue Note 1 NEXT Read and clear oldest error status message ENABlIe lt list gt Specify error and status messages for error queue Note 2 Read the enabled messages DISable list Specify messages not to be placed in queue Note 2 DISable Read the disabled messages CLEar Clear messages from error queue SYSTem SYSTem subsystem ERRor Read error queue Note 1 CLEar Clear messages from error queue Notes Power up and CLS empties the error queue STATus PRESet has no effect 2 Power up enables error messages and disables status messages CLS and STATus PRESet have no effect Programming example read error queue STAT QUE ENAB 000 900 Enable all Keithley defined messages dis able all SCPI defined messages STAT QUE Return oldest message 8 22 Status Structure 9 Common Commands NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel feature
98. a single trigger in pulse to step both channels voltage while the other trigger in pulse is used to take automatic measurements on both channels A channel s trigger out pulse may control a trigger in pulse for the other channel By doing this only one trigger in pulse needs to be generated in the applica tion system to step voltages and take automatic measurements on both channels To enable either one or both of these con figurations use the BOTHTRIGEXT command See programming example number 3 6 16 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Programming examples Example 1 Measure the high current in a chain of GSM signal with triggering Model 2306 VS configuration using channel 1 RST reset the unit VOLT 6 set voltage CURR 2 25 set current SENS PCUR FAST ON turn fast mode on SENS PCUR TIME HIGH 500e 6 set high current time this must be set in external triggering mode because no AUTO detection exists SENS PCUR MODE HIGH measure high current SENS FUNC PCUR switch to pulse current functionality SCTRIG EXT STEP VOLT OFF turn off the voltage step TRIG EXT STEP READ AUTO switch read mode to AUTO means 2306 VS will measure right after it is triggered TRIG EXT STEP POIN 8 set the number of points to be triggered and put into the buffer Loop 1 TRIG EXT ENAB turn external triggering ON 2306 VS is waiting for the trigger signal Loop 2 Monitor
99. bandwidth HIGH or LOW BOTHOUTON Turns both power supply channels ON BOTHOUTOFF Turns both power supply channels OFF Default is HIGH for firmware version B02 and lower does not apply to Model 2306 PJ Basic Power Supply Operation 2 13 NOTE Refer to the Programming syntax paragraph of Section 6 for a description of parameters e g b lt gt etc Command notes outputting voltage and current SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe n Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 CURRent RANGe lt n gt Applies to charger channel 2 After specifying a current value the instrument will go to the most sensitive range to accommodate that reading For example if you are expecting a maximum current reading of 750mA you can let n 0 75 or 750e 3 to select the 5A range Using the RANGe command to manually select a current range disables auto range Another way to select range is to use the MINimum MAXimum and DEFault parameters as follows SENS CURR RANG MIN Select the low current range 5 for battery channel 1 SENS2 CURR RANG MAX Select the high current range 5A for charger channel 2 SENS2 CURR RANG DEF Select the default current range for charger channel 2 The response for RANGe query returns the selected range value which is either 5 0000 or 0 0050 SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe AUTO lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 CURRent RANGe AUTO lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 This
100. channel battery Select 5A current range Enable step Select PCUR function Specify 4 up steps Specify 0 down steps Specify 1 amp range Specify 100 microseconds for step integration time Specific 50 microseconds for step delay Recall 400 microseconds needed for complet ing previous step measurement and being ready for next With 600 microseconds of step duration we have 50 microseconds to spare 600 step duration 400 step processing time 100 step integration time 50 step delay 50 spare time Specify 3 milliseconds for step timeout except for first step Recall timeout needs to be long enough to bypass the 600mA 300mA and 100mA steps but not so short it misses the 450mA step 600usec x 3 1 8 msec Using 3msec accounts for the first step spare time as well Specify 3 seconds for first step timeout Recall for continuous pulse measurement need to have an initial step timeout long enough to bypass the pulse period Step 1 tlev value Step 2 tlev value Step 3 tlev value Step 4 tlev value Trigger and return the 4 step measurements 4 Long Integration Measurements Overview Provides an overview of the long integration measurement process Measurement configuration Explains how to configure the instrument for long integration measurements e Long integration measurement procedure Provides the step by step procedure to perform long integration measurements fro
101. channel DISP CHAN will be Channel 2 Therefore when the command is disabled the active channel is 2 Trigger continuous mode While in continuous trigger mode as soon as a reading is triggered and calculated the next reading is triggered On the first reading the A D is configured for the desired measurement While in this mode a special task 15 running to acquire the readings Therefore do not send any commands to the supply that changes how it 15 configured Instead disable the mode make the changes and then enable the mode again While in the mode it is okay to send query commands Bus commands Table G 2 contains trigger continuous bus commands Table G 2 Trigger continuous bus commands SYSTem Path to System commands TRIGger Path to trigger commands CONTinuous lt b gt Set b to 1 ON to enable trigger continuous mode which automatically turns display OFF 0 or OFF disables mode and automatically turns display back ON CONTinuous Query trigger continuous mode 488 1 Protocol G 7 Command notes SYSTem TRIGger CONTinuous lt b gt Applies to active channel Trigger continuous mode was designed for use in conjunction with the 488 1 protocol SYST MEP STAT 0 When trigger continuous mode is enabled the continuous trigger does not cycle background readings process commands that affect the measurement configuration such as output state function or integration time etc or service the other ch
102. cord Quick Disconnect Output DVM Input Connector 2 Accessories as ordered Certificate of calibration Product Information CD ROM that contains PDFs of Model 2302 2306 Instruction Manual and Model 2302 2306 Quick Results Guide Model 2302 2306 Quick Results Guide Hardcopy Model 2306 VS External Trigger Functionality Flowchart Hardcopy If an additional manual is required order the manual package The manual package includes a manual and any pertinent addenda Any improvements or changes concerning the instrument or manual will be explained in an addendum included with the manual Be sure to note these changes and incorporate them into the manual Options and accessories The following options and accessories are available for the power supply 2304 DISP and 2306 DISP remote display unit 2304 DISP cannot be used with the Model 2306 VS use the 2306 DISP instead Shielded IEEE 488 cable 1m 3 3 ft P N 7007 1 Shielded IEEE 488 cable 2m 6 6 ft P N 7007 2 single fixed rack mount kit P N 4288 1 Dual fixed rack mount kit P N 4288 2 IEEE 488 Interface controller for the PCI bus P N KPCI 488 IEEE Interface card for IBM PC AT full slot P N KPC 488 2AT 1 4 Getting Started Power supply overview The Model 2306 power supply dual channel battery charger simulator see Figure 1 1 can simulate a battery Channel 1 or a charger Channel 2 Figure 1 2 shows the Model 2306 VS front and rear panels NOTE
103. current Power consumed Vset channel 1 6V x current supplied Channel 1 sinking current Power consumed 5 x sink current Peak currents can be a maximum of 5A provided the average current is within the above limits CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SINK CURRENT Channel 1 Battery OFF 0 5V max 5 15V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V Compliance setting controls sinking Channel 71 Battery ON Available current 50W Power consumed by channel 1 5 3A max 0 5V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V SOURCE COMPLIANCE ACCURACY 0 16 5 PROGRAMMED SOURCE COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION 1 25mA READBACK ACCURACY SA Range 0 2 200A 5mA Range 0 2 luA READBACK RESOLUTION SA Range 100 SmA Range 0 1 LOAD REGULATION 0 01 1mA LINE REGULATION 0 5mA STABILITY 0 0196 504A MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS to 10 READING TIME 31ms typical PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT OPERATION TRIGGER LEVEL 5mA to 5A in 5mA steps TRIGGER DELAY 0 to 100ms in 10 5 steps INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15 HIGH LOW AVERAGE MODE Measurement Aperture Settings 33 3us to 833ms in 33 3us steps Average Readings to 100 PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 2 Years 23 C 5 C Aperture Accuracy reading offset rms noise 100 us 0 2 900 uA 2mA 100 us 200 us 200 us 500 us 500 us 1 PLC 1 PLC gt 1
104. current read ing indicator A or mA The message will clear when the limit condition is cleared Basic Power Supply Operation 2 7 The power supply may or may not be taken out of current limit by decreasing the output volt age or increasing the current limit value depending on how the circuit is connected However increasing the current limit may compromise protection for the DUT While in the current limit the power supply is operating as a constant current source As long as the limit condition exists the power supply output current will remain constant The output voltage is probably less than the programmed value when sourcing current and probably greater than the programmed value when sinking current TRIP mode With TRIP mode selected the output will turn off when the current limit 15 reached The TRIP message will appear on the lower line of the display after the current read ing indicator A or mA The message will clear when the output is turned back on assuming it does not trip again due to a current limit condition NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Procedure To select the CUR LIM MODE from the front panel 1 Press the MENU key to access the main menu Select CUR LIM MODE 1 or 2 by scrolling through the primary menu items use the Y keys to scroll Scroll until CUR LIM MODE is displayed on the bottom line 3 Select channel for CUR LIM MODE Toggle be
105. extremes refer to Setting voltage protection value on page 2 5 Connect the sense inputs to the supply as close as possible to the load s source inputs through twisted pair leads refer to Figure 2 1 This 1s necessary to achieve the maximum transient per formance of the supply NOTE NOT jumper the sense inputs and supply outputs at the rear of the supply Con necting the sense leads in this fashion will severely compromise the performance of Model 2306 with dynamic loads when using 4 wire sense 2 4 Basic Power Supply Operation Local sense The 2306 battery and charger channels can be connected to operate with local sense leads 2 wire connection as shown in Figure 2 2 In this connection scheme the sense inputs and sup ply outputs are jumpered at the rear of the supply Figure 2 2 Local sense connections Quick Disconnect DVM Input Connector External Test Circuit m Source Source 2306 Source Input Output Twisted Pair RFI considerations Operating the power supply in high RFI Radio Frequency Interference environments may result in improper operation For that reason keep RFI to a minimum when operating the unit Additional shielding can be used to reduce RFI to an acceptable level Basic Power Supply Operation 2 5 Outputting voltage and current NOTE For the Model 2306 VS if trigger external is enabled and current limit tripping or VPT
106. for the currents listed in Table 13 7 For each test point Set the Model 2306 PJ output current to the correct value as determined from the digital multimeter voltage reading and 309 resistance value Note that it may not be possible to set the output current to the exact value In that case set the current to the closest possible value and modify reading limits accordingly e Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual Model 2306 PJ current reading is within the limits given in the table Table 13 7 500mA range current readback accuracy limits Nominal output Model 2306 Current readback limits Voltage output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 100 00mA 99 76 to 100 24 200 00mA 199 56 to 200 44mA 300 00mA 299 36 to 300 64mA 400 00mA 399 16 to 400 84mA 490 00mA 488 98 to 491 02mA l As determined from digital multimeter voltage reading and 30 resistance value 13 16 Performance Verification Digital voltmeter input accuracy Follow the steps below to verify that Model 2306 digital voltmeter input accuracy is within specified limits The test involves setting the voltage applied to the DVM input to accurate values and then verifying that the Model 2306 digital voltmeter input readings are within required limits 1 With the power supply s output off connect the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 DVM IN SOURCE and SENSE terminals to the digital multimeter as shown in Figure 13 5 Be sure to observe proper pol
107. gt MILLiamp TLEVx lt NRf gt TLEVx SYNChronize STATe lt b gt STATe TLEVel AMP lt NRf gt AMP ONE lt NRf gt ONE Step delay Omsec 100msec in 105 steps Query setting for step delay Set step trigger level range for 5A current range 100mA 5A Query setting for step trigger level range for 5A current range Model 2306 PJ only when on 500mA current range The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with the trigger level setting of HALFamp HUNDred or TEN Model 2306 PJ only Query the trigger level setting on the 500mA current range Receives responses in amps of 0 5 0 1 or 0 01 accordingly Set trigger level for each TLEV step x equals 1 20 0 0 max Avhere max is 100mA for 100mA range for 1 range and 5A for 5A range setting Query setting for trigger level for each TLEV step x equals 1 20 Pulse detection triggering Send ON to select pulse current measurements or OFF to ON select pulse current digitization Query pulse current measurement type Trigger level Set trigger level in amps for 5A range on 5A current range 0 0 5 0 Query setting for trigger level on 5A range Set trigger level in amps for 1 range on 5A current range 0 0 1 0 Query setting for trigger level on 1A range 12 8 SCPI Tables Table 12 4 cont SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 3 2
108. impedance of a battery pack The output impedance may be set from 0 00 default condition to 1 00Q in 0 0192 increments from the front panel or over the GPIB bus Figure E 4 Electronic resistance of NiCd NiMH 2 Li m Li ion battery packs 0 35 ell 0 30 NiMH e 1 0 25 0 20 7 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 10 0 Time hrs NOTE Figure E 4 shows electronic resistance for battery packs during a simulated GSM phone pulsed discharge from full charge to 5 5 volts Applications Guide 5 Figure E 5 shows the output voltage and current response of channel 1 with a GSM phone for output impedance values of 0 0092 0 05Q and 0 100 The voltage drop 70mV in E 5c and 140mV in E 5e is approximately equal to the dynamic load current 1 4A multiplied by the output impedance E 5c 0 059 and E 5e 0 1092 Figure E 5 Effect of the variable output impedance control Run Average ere ee B 12 39 41 Average Mou cud 2 de MTM B 50 14 18 16 Tek Run Average 1 NN 14 21 27 Run 500 5 5 Average eee 3 M 5 Ch2 X 56mV 19 Nov 1998 9 50 0mv 12 45 43 Run 1
109. in Figure 8 5 are described as follows Bit voltage protection channel 1 VPT1 Set bit indicates that the battery channel 1 is in voltage protection mode In this mode the output has been turned off and the front panel displays Battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 2 Bit B2 voltage protection channel 2 VPT2 Set bit indicates that the charger channel 2 is in voltage protection mode In this mode the output has been turned off and the front panel displays Charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 1 Bit current limit 1 Set bit indicates that the battery channel s 1 output is in current limit This bit clears when the instrument is no longer in current limit Battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 7 Bit B4 current limit tripped 1 CLT1 Set bit indicates that the battery channel s 1 output has turned off due to a current limit trip condition This bit clears when the output is turned back on Battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 8 Bit B5 heat sink shutdown HSS This bit indicates that the output has turned off due to the output stage heat sink overheating Bit B6 power supply shutdown PSS This bit indicates that the output has turned off due to the main AC DC power supply heat sink overheating Bit B7 current limit 2 CL2 Set bit indicates that the charger c
110. in pulses to allow the unit to complete each step see the specifications in Appendix for time guidelines External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 6 19 Example 4 Measure current on both channels using channel 2 Model 2306 VS configuration using channel 2 for current measurements on both chan nels RST reset the 2306 VS VOLT 3 get the voltage CURR 1 75 set the current limit SENS FUNC CURR select the current functionality TRIG EXT BOTH NONE select none for both on channel 1 TRIG EXT STEP READ AUTO take measurements CIRIG IEXT STEP VOLT OFF disable voltage stepping TRIG EXT STEP POIN 5 take 5 measurements SOUR2 VOLT 2 get the voltage SOUR2 CURR 1 25 set the current limit SENS2 FUNC CURR select the current functionality TRIG2 EXT BOTH AUTO select auto measurements for both on chan 2 TRIGZ2 EXT STEP READ AUTO take auto measurements STRIGZ2 EXT STEP VOLT OFF disable voltage stepping TRIG2 EATS STEP POLN 5 take 5 measurements Loop1 BOTHTRIGEXT TWOON enable both functionality on channel 2 monitor for the trigger out pulse on channel 2 Loop 2 generate 5 trigger in pulses on channel 2 and detect trigger out pulses make sure a new trigger in pulse occurs after each trigger out pulse Trigger in pulses are ignored until the trigger out pulses Trigger ins detected on falling edge and trigger outs pulse low for about 10us FETCH ARR read channel 1 me
111. lt NRf gt Cal Qusetionable Event ENABLe B15 B9 B8 B7 BO Enable Register Decimal 256 Weights 28 Cal Calibration Summary amp Logical AND OR Logical OR Status Structure 8 17 Condition registers As Figure 8 1 shows each status register set except the standard event register set has a condition register condition register is a real time read only register that constantly updates to reflect the present operating conditions of the instrument For example when a current pulse is not detected on the battery channel bit B4 PTT1 of the measurement condition register will be set 1 When the pulse is detected the bit clears 0 The commands to read the condition registers are listed in Table 8 3 For details on reading registers See Reading registers on page 8 5 Table 8 3 Common and SCPI commands condition registers STATus STATus subsystem OPERation CONDition Read operation condition register MEASurement CONDition Read measurement condition register QUEStionable CONDition Read questionable condition register Event registers As Figure 8 1 shows each status register set has an event register When an event occurs the appropriate event register bit sets to 1 The bit remains latched to 1 until the register is reset Reading an event register clears the bits of that register CLS resets all four event registers The commands to read the event registers are listed in Ta
112. manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2306 and 2306 the Model 2306 VS cannot be used for relay control only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel 1 refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 and 2306 PJ feature only 5 2 Relay Control Overview The power supply can be used to control up to four external relays The control circuit is made up of four peripheral drivers a 5 VDC source 250m ADC maximum a coil diode suppression connection and a chassis ground return The drive for the relay may be provided by the supplied 5VDC source or an external DC voltage source NOTE The Model 2306 VS cannot be used for relay control Figure 5 1 shows the simplified power supply control circuit and a typical configuration to control an external relay driven by an external power source As shown in the illustra
113. maximum signal levels of the instruments and accessories as defined in the specifications and operating information and as shown on the instrument or test fixture panels or switching card When fuses are used in a product replace with same type and rating for continued protection against fire hazard Chassis connections must only be used as shield connections for measuring circuits NOT as safety earth ground connections If you are using a test fixture keep the lid closed while power is applied to the device under test Safe operation requires the use of a lid interlock If a screw is present connect it to safety earth ground using the wire recommended in the user documentation The N symbol on an instrument indicates that the user should refer to the operating instructions located in the manual The symbol on an instrument shows that it can source measure 1000 volts or more including the combined effect of normal and common mode voltages Use standard safety precautions to avoid personal contact with these voltages The A symbol indicates a connection terminal to the equipment frame The WARNING heading in a manual explains dangers that might result in personal injury or death Always read the associated information very carefully before performing the indicated procedure The CAUTION heading in a manual explains hazards that could damage the instrument Such damage may invalidate the warranty Instrumentation and access
114. messages see Note 1 DATA a Define ASCII message up to 32 characters STATe b Enable or disable text message mode see Note 2 Note 1 RST or RCL have no effect on the display circuitry and user defined text messages 2 STATe b when power cycle enable is off b 0 3 This command is valid if DISP ENAB is ON after a power cycle Command notes SCPI commands display DISPlay ENABle lt b gt Control display circuitry Parameters b 0 or OFF Disable display circuitry or ON Enable display circuitry This command is used to enable and disable the front panel display circuitry When disabled the instrument operates at a higher speed While disabled the display is blank front panel controls except LOCAL are disabled Normal display operation can be resumed by using the ENABle command to enable the display or by putting the power supply into local DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem 11 3 DISPlay BRIGhtness lt NRf gt Set brightness for VFD display Parameters lt NRf gt 0 1 Blank display lt NRf gt 0 1 4 brightness NRf lt 0 25 1 2 brightness NRf lt 0 50 3 4 brightness NRf lt 0 75 Full brightness lt NRf gt lt 1 0 This command is ignored if the Model 2306 DISP remote module is connected the Model 2306 DISP has an LCD display Dependent on the revision level of the Model 2306 DISP firmware the VFD BRIGHTNESS menu choice may or may not be present
115. name Close or open ZERO relay control circuit for relay 4 External Triggerin Model 2306 VS Only Overview Describes the additional triggering and voltage step capabilities of the Model 2306 VS Trigger Connections Explains how to use the additional trigger connectors on the rear panel of the Model 2306 VS Commands Provides detailed information on the additional Model 2306 VS commands that support external triggering and voltage stepping Programming Examples Gives several programming examples that demonstrate how to use the Model 2306 VS external trigger commands 6 2 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Overview NOTE Refer to the hardcopy included with the shipment of the Model 2306 VS External Trigger Functionality Flowchart for more information on external triggering The Model 2306 VS has four rear panel mounted BNC connectors two inputs and two out puts allowing external triggering and handshaking for both channels The triggering capability adds the ability to automatically step through different voltages and take measurements at each step under the control of external triggering Model 2306 VS features Key Model 2306 VS features include Four rear panel mounted BNC connectors Trigger In Two connectors for Channel 1 and 2 triggering Trigger Out Two connectors for Channel 1 and 2 trigger handshaking e Externally triggered voltage step feature allowing up to
116. only Make modifications as required to Program D 1 Model 2306 calibration program Appendix D to account for one channel Figure F 1 Model 2302 and 2302 PJ single channel battery simulator 2302 BATTERY SIMULATOR gt 4 b d gt OPERATE cu LOCAL A Front Panel UTPUT SENSE IN 5 DVM IN P 30 VDC MAX TN LINE FUSE A die AF REUS 6 IEEE 488 MADE IN KEITHLEY RE 0 60 HZ 150VA REMOTE DISPLAY OPTION 24VDC 6 ENTER IEEE ADDRE FROM FRONT PANEL MENU B Rear Panel WARNING NoO INTERNAL OPERATOR SERVICABLE PARTS SERVICE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 5 I X CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING F 4 Model 2302 Specifics 488 1 Protocol This appendix provides information on the 488 1 protocol which increases GPIB operating speed as well as special trigger commands to be used with that protocol G 2 488 1 Protocol GPIB 488 1protocol The Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ 2306 VS Power Supply supports two GPIB protocols SCPI and 488 1 The 488 1 protocol significantly increases speed over the GPIB When using the 488 1 protocol throughput is enhanced for data sent to the power supply command messages and for data returned by
117. or LINTegration Query measurement function Specify integration rate in line cycles for voltage current and DVM measurements 0 01 to 10 Query integration rate Specify the average count for voltage current and DVM measurements 1 to 10 Query average count Path to configure the current measurement function Current measurement range Specify expected current measurement which will select 5mA or 5A for current range Query current measurement range Enable or disable auto range Query state of auto range Path to configure the pulse current measurement function refer to Section 3 Specify average count dependent on SYNC STAT pulse current measurements 1 to 100 sync ON pulse current digitization 1 to 5000 sync OFF Query average count dependent on SYNC STAT Select pulse current measurement mode HIGH LOW or AVERage Query pulse current measurement mode 12 12 SCPI Tables Table 12 4 cont SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 3 2 and 4 2 cont Default NSSENSe2 PCURrent TIME Path to set pulse current integration times AUTO Power supply sets integration times accounts for internal trigger delay but not user delay DEL HIGH lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for high pulse 3 333E 05 measurements 33 33E 06 to 0 8333 accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay HIGH Query high integration time
118. pulse minimum and average battery voltage also varies as a function of the electronic resistance with time shown in Figure E 4 of the battery packs and ranges between 200 500mYV The results of these measurements prove that the impedance of the battery must be considered when evaluating handset performance especially near the end of life for the battery pack NOTE Figure E 2 shows the average and minimum battery pack terminal voltage during a load pulse from a dynamic load simulating a GSM phone Figure E 2 Actual battery pack terminal voltage during GSM phone simulation 9 00 Li ion AverageBattery Voltage NiMH Average Battery Voltage 8 50 NiCd Average Battery Voltage Li ion Battery Pulse Minimum Voltage NiMH Battery Pulse Minimum Voltage T 8 00 NiCd Battery Pulse Minimum Voltage 2 gt Yi H 2 28 gt 10 0 Time hrs 4 Applications Guide Figure E 3 Simulated GSM phone current profile Run 230K5 5 Hi Res e T L reU 4 0 030 amps E Sassi 4 1 200 amps 450mV 14 Dec 1997 16 54 14 NOTE The simulated GSM phone current profile contained in Figure E 3 shows a standby current of 0 030A a transmit current of 1 2A and the pulse minimum voltage during the transmit frame Channel 1 of the Model 2306 has a variable output impedance control that can be used to simulate the
119. response to a query command program message Sending a response message After sending a query command the response message is placed in the output queue When the power supply is then addressed to talk the response message is sent from the output queue to the computer Multiple response messages If you send more than one query command in the same program message see Multiple command messages the multiple response messages for all the queries are sent to the computer when the power supply is addressed to talk The responses are sent in the order the query commands were sent and are separated by semicolons Items within the same query are separated by commas The following example shows the response message for a program message that contains four single item query commands 0 1 1 0 Response message terminator RMT Each response is terminated with an LF line feed and EOI end or identify The following example shows how a multiple response message is terminated 0 1 1 0 lt RMT gt Message exchange protocol Two rules summarize the message exchange protocol Rule 1 You must always tell the power supply what to send to the computer The following two steps must always be performed to send information from the instrument to the computer 1 Send the appropriate query command s in a program message 2 Address the power supply to talk Rule 2 The complete response message must be received by the comp
120. returned to Keithley Instruments for repair perform the following Call the Repair Department at 1 800 552 1115 for a RMA Return Material Authorization number Complete the service form at the back of this manual and include it with the instrument Carefully pack the instrument in the original packing carton or equivalent Write ATTENTION REPAIR DEPARTMENT and the RMA number on the shipping label Parts lists and component layouts The parts lists for the Models 2306 are listed separately in tables on the following pages For part numbers to the various mechanical parts and assemblies use the assembly drawings provided at the end of Section 15 Component layout drawings are provided at the end of this section Digital board 2306 100 Analog board 2306 120 Display board 2306 110 Replaceable Parts 16 3 Table 16 1 Model 2306 digital board parts list Circuit designation Description Keithley part no C101 C141 C201 CAP 10UF 20 25 TANTALUM C 440 10 C102 132 133 184 186 189 197 199 202 300 CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC 495 1 105 106 107 130 205 206 207 230 1000 20 20V ALUM ELEC 583 100 C108 114 115 127 129 135 136 137 151 158 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C111 C119 C152 C211 C219 C252 CAP 0 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC C 491 01 CII2ZCIIS C212 C213 CAP 10U 2066 35V TANTALUM C 551 10 120 123 131 142 156 193 196 220 223 CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 CI2LCT22 0221 2
121. so could result in personal injury or death WARNING source and measurement connections are provided with overvoltage protection rated up to 500V for 50ps Do not connect sources that produce transient voltages greater than 500V or the protection provided by the equipment may be degraded Test connections to the power supply are made at the rear panel using a quick disconnect OUTPUT DVM IN connector see rear panel in Figure 1 1 for connector location Use up to 14 AWG wire for the screw terminals of the connector Once the connector is wired up plug it into the rear panel and tighten the captive retaining screws Figure 2 1 shows four wire sense power supply connections to the DUT Basic Power Supply Operation 2 3 Figure 2 1 Four wire sense connections for battery and charger channels Quick Disconnect DVM Input Connector External Test Circuit o e 2306 Source Input Output Remote sense As shown in Figure 2 1 the 2306 battery and charger channels are intended to be operated with remote sense leads 4 wire connection The Sense and Sense pins provide output voltage sensing Without these terminals connected the power supply operates without voltage feedback and therefore supplies an unregulated voltage This unregulated voltage value can be up to 18V or down to 5V Use voltage protection to turn off the output and protect against the
122. that secure the analog board to the chassis 3 After all screws have been removed carefully lift the analog board assembly free of the main chassis Disassembly 15 5 Digital board removal Perform the following steps to remove the digital board This procedure assumes that the analog board assembly has already been removed Remove the IEEE 488 connector fasteners that attach the connector to the rear panel Disconnect all cables and wires connected to the digital board 3 Remove the front panel by prying out the four retaining clips while pulling the front panel away from the chassis 4 Remove the three screws securing the digital board to the chassis two outer screws of the heat sink not all four and one screw securing the tab on U113 5 Remove the digital board by sliding it forward until it is free of the guide pins then slide the board forward toward the front of the chassis until it can be pulled free During reassembly replace the board and start the IEEE 488 connector nuts Tighten all the fasteners once they are all in place and the board is correctly aligned Front panel disassembly Follow the steps below to disassemble the front panel The procedure assumes that the front panel has already been removed from the chassis as described above 1 Remove the four screws that secure the display board to the front panel 2 Remove the display board from the front panel Removing mechanical components The followi
123. the gt keys toggle channel indicator until 1 is displayed Bandwidth is channel 1 only feature Select OUT IMPEDANCE 1 by scrolling through the primary menu items use the A and W keys to scroll Scroll until OUT IMPEDANCE is displayed on the bottom line Press ENTER Use the A and V keys to set the desired bandwidth setting HIGH or LOW Setting changes can be canceled by pressing MENU Press ENTER to save and return to main menu 2 12 Basic Power Supply Operation SCPI programming outputting voltage and current The commands to output voltage and current are summarized in Table 2 3 a listing following the table contains specific command notes The programming example Outputting and read ing back V and I located at the end of this section demonstrates how to use these commands NOTE Brackets indicate optional and default command parameters Table 2 3 SCPI command summary outputting voltage and current Default SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe UPPer n AUTO b SENSe 1 subsystem for Channel 1 battery channel Current function Set current measurement range Specify expected current in amps O to 5 Enable or disable auto range SENSe2 CURRent RANGe UPPer n AUTO b SOURce 1 VOLTage n PROTection lt NRf gt STATe b CLAMp lt b gt CURRent n lt name gt STATe SENSe2 subsystem for Channel 2 charger channel Cur
124. the 2306 PJ has three additional trigger level range settings for the 500mA curent range 0 500mA 0 100mA and 0 10mA These ranges also affect trigger level resolution for 500mA current range Trigger level range For the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ on the 5A current range this setting affects the pulse current trigger level and has no affect on the current range setting since the pulse current measurement is always performed on the 5A current range Three settings battery channel only are available 5A 1A or 100mA Use the range that provides adequate trigger level resolution a 100mA range provides a greater available resolution for trigger level than does the 1A range The Model 2306 PJ operates in the same fashion with respect to the 500m4A current range When using the Model 2306 PJ s 500mA current range the three trigger level range settings 500mA 0 5mA step 100mA 0 1m4A step and 10 0 1mA step Trigger delay The high low or average integration times can either be manually or automatically set When a pulse is detected there is a 15 code execution delay internal trigger delay see Figure 3 2 before the integration time begins An additional user trigger delay can be set to allow the leading edge pulse overshoot to settle Regardless of the user trigger delay setting the internal trigger delay is always present 3 4 Pulse Current Measurements Figure 3 2 Trigger delay for high puls
125. the bus the time is assumed to be an auto internal time 1 the value is assumed to be adjusted for the internal delay value This value is then adjusted to the applicable integral value For example manual time value 5 040msec integral time 5 033ms response returned when time setting is queried Average readings count NOTE The menu item AVER READINGS 1 2 applies to average readings for DVM I and V where AVERAGE READINGS under PULSE CURRENT 1 2 menu item applies to pulse current measurements The average readings count specifies how many measurements integrations are performed and averaged for each displayed reading For example assume that the pulse average readings count is 10 and you are measuring PULSE HIGH Each displayed reading will reflect the average of 10 peak pulse measurements 3 6 Pulse Current Measurements Measurement configuration NOTES Current range is selected from the CURRENT RANGE 1 2 item of the menu Integration times average readings count trigger delay trigger level range and trigger level are set from the PULSE CURRENT item of the menu Details on integration rate average readings count trigger delay trigger level range and trigger level are provided in the Overview starting on page 3 2 Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table The menu AVER READINGS 1 2 applies to average readings for DVM I and V where the AVERAGE READINGS under
126. the current range because once on given current range you may change trigger level ranges and the step values will be 3 24 Pulse Current Measurements verified for being valid on the new range discussed in more detail later in this section Because the Models 2306 and 2306 VS have one current range 5A this range is always the order of operation Table 3 4 Setting UP and DOWN commands SSENS PCUR STEP UP 1 1 UP 1 DOWN default lt 20 this command is ok SSENS PCUR STEP UP 20 20 UP 1 DOWN gt 20 this command gener ates an error message 222 parameter out of range Both the up and down settings stay at 1 SSENS PCUR STEP DOWN 3 3 DOWN 1 UP x 20 this command is ok SENS PCUR STEP UP 12 12 3 DOWN lt 20 this command is ok SENS PCUR STEP DOWN 10 12 UP 10 DOWN gt 20 this command gener ates an error message 222 parameter out of range The down setting stays at 3 Active steps refer to valid UP steps plus valid DOWN steps If pulse current step method is selected when a trigger command is received the number of measurements taken equals the number of active steps Therefore to receive all measurements at once use array commands If array commands are not used then a single reading is returned This single reading represents the average of the active step measurements NOTE lfthere are zero 0 active steps when a trigger command for step is received number
127. the power supply response messages The speed of readings sent over the GPIB is also increased Factory default is SCPI protocol With the 488 1 protocol selected you will still use SCPI commands to program the power supply Operation differences between the two protocols are discussed below Selecting the 488 1 protocol Perform the following steps to select the 488 1 protocol NOTE 488 1 protocol is bus only feature no front panel support When switching between the SCPI and 488 1 protocol the instrument does not reset The GPIB protocol setting is saved in EEPROM and the unit will power up with that selected protocol until changed again The GPIB protocol can be changed over the bus If you use the following query to request the state of MEP you will know which protocol is enabled SYSTem MEP STATe 2 If a 1 is returned is enabled and the SCPI protocol is selected 0 indicates that MEP is disabled and the 488 1 protocol is enabled To summarize SCPI protocol 488 1 protocol Send the following commands over the GPIB to change the GPIB protocol between SCPI and 488 1 SYSTem MEP STATe 1 or ON Selects SCPI protocol SYSTem MEP STATe 0 or OFF Selects 488 1 protocol The following rules must be adhered to when sending this command with either parameter setting 1 The command must be the only command on the line or it must be the last command in the command string 2 N
128. the relay A 0 opens the circuit de energizes the relay 1 From the main menu select OUTPUT RELAYS 2 Use the and gt arrow keys to move the blinking cursor through the available relays 1 2 3 amp 4 Immediately following the relay number and colon is the relay control option Set the relay control options for each relay to a 1 or 0 Selecting 1 closes the relay con trol circuit to energize the relay while opens the circuit to de energize the relay 3 Use the A and V arrow keys to toggle the blinking cursor s value between 1 close or Zero open 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to set the relays as desired 5 Save the changes for all four relays press the Enter key located on the front panel NOTE changes made press the MENU key this sets the instrument back to the last saved changes Changes must be cancelled before pressing ENTER relays open sample OUTPUT RELAYS 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 Relays 1 and 2 closed and 3 and 4 open sample OUTPUT RELAYS 1 1 2 1 3 0 4 0 5 6 Relay Control SCPI programming Table 5 2 SCPI command output relay control Default OUTPut 1 OUTPut subsystem fro Channel 1 battery channel RELayl1 name Close ONE or open ZERO relay control circuit for relay 1 RELay2 name Close ONE or open ZERO relay control circuit for relay 2 RELay3 name Close or open ZERO relay control circuit for relay 3 RELay4
129. then press ENTER to accept the new code Press the MENU key to exit calibration and return to the main menu Changing the code by remote To change the calibration code by remote first send the present code then send the new code For example the following command sequence changes the code from the KI002306 remote default to KI CAL CAL PROT CODE KI002306 CAL PROT CODE KI_CAL Use any combination of letters and numbers up to a maximum of eight characters 14 18 Calibration Resetting the calibration code If you forget the calibration code you can unlock calibration and reset the code as outlined below Refer to Section 15 for more detailed disassembly instructions WARNING Hazardous voltages are present inside the unit Use caution to avoid electric shock which could cause personal injury or death Remove the rear bezel Remove the six screws that secure the cover then remove the cover Locate J1013 on the front panel display board p Momentarily short pins 3 and 7 of J1013 refer to Figure 14 4 The instrument will briefly display the following message CAL CODE UNLOCK DO FP CAL TO SEE 5 Goto the CALIBRATE UNIT selection in the main menu then press ENTER 6 Goto RUN then press ENTER The display will show CALIBRATE UNIT New Code 7 Father enter the desired code then press ENTER or simply press ENTER to keep the previously set calibration code 8 Turn off the power then install the cov
130. trigger on talk applies to the active channel DISP CHAN If active channel is channel 1 then it assumes a READ1 or else if channel 2 is active then READ2 Message available The MAV message available bit in the Serial Poll byte will be set when the query is finished being processed not when there is data available in the output buffer as with the SCPI protocol For the 488 1 protocol output data will not be formatted until the first request for data 15 received This delay may cause unexpected timeouts when using SRQ on for queries that take a long time to execute General operation notes The remote blinking on the front panel still operates since it is critical to fundamental GPIB operation Ifthe unit is in REMote the command may not put the power supply into the local mode Only the front panel LOCAL key is guaranteed to operate if not in local lockout LLO GTL will still disable LLO EEE 488 bus commands and features GET IFC SDC DCL LLO Serial Poll and SRQ are still fully supported e Multiple TALKs on the same query are supported as in SCPI protocol This feature is useful when reading back long ASCII strings 488 1 Protocol G 5 Trigger on talk both channels NOTE This command applies only to Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 Trigger on talk will return a reading for the active channel DISPlay CHANnel unless you have enabled ON the setting for Trig on talk to return
131. two readings one from each channel comma delimited for example chl reading ch2 reading This command maps trigger on talk to BOTHREAD when enabled To enable the two readings trig on talk and have it apply to both channels READI for channel 1 READ 2 for channel 2 send SYSTem TRIGger TALK BOTH ON To disable the two readings trig on talk send SYSTem TRIGger TALK BOTH OFF Bus commands Table G 1 contains bus commands for trigger on talk Table G 1 Trigger on talk bus commands SYSTem Path to System commands TRIGger Path to trigger commands TALK Path to talk commands BOTH b Set b to 1 or ON to enable 2 reading trig on talk 0 or OFF disable 2 reading trig on talk but reads the active channel CH1 READ1 CH2 READ2 Query trigger on talk 6 488 1 Protocol Command notes SYSTem TRIGger TALK BOTH b This command can be sent in 488 1 or SCPI protocol However the setting only affects 488 1 protocol functionality and not used in the SCPI protocol On power up this mode is set to disabled OFF This setting is not saved in user setups and is not affected by recalling a user setup or sending a RST command If enabled ON the trigger on talk maps to a BOTHREAD If disabled OFF then trigger on talk maps to a READI if channel 1 is active channel or a read2 1f channel 2 15 active channel After enabling this command and doing a trigger on talk to get the two readings the active
132. value with ESE to reset all bits of that enable register to 0 see Status byte and service request commands on page 8 9 for service request enable register 2 STATus PRESet has no effect on the error queue 3 Use either of the two CLEar commands to clear the error queue Status Structure 8 5 Programming and reading registers Programming enable registers The enable registers can be programmed by the user other registers in the status structure are read only registers The following explains how to ascertain the parameter value for the various commands used to program enable registers The actual commands are covered later in this section refer to Table 8 1 and Table 8 5 A command to program an event enable register is sent with a decimal parameter value that determines the desired state 0 or 1 of each bit in the appropriate register The bit positions of the register Figure 8 2 indicate the parameter value in binary format For example if you wish to sets bits B4 and the binary value would be 11010 where B4 1 B3 1 B2 0 B1 1 BO 0 and all other bits are 0 The decimal equivalent of binary 11010 is 26 Therefore the parameter value for the enable command is 26 Another way to determine the decimal value is to add up the decimal weights for the bits that you wish to set Note that Figure 8 2 includes the decimal weight for each register bit To set bits B4 B3 and Bl the parameter value would be the sum
133. voltage probe at the DUT as shown in Figure 3 3 Differential oscilloscope inputs are required to prevent grounding the supply output leads Pulse Current Measurements 3 11 Figure 3 3 Determining voltage and current characteristics Quick Disconnect Connector External Test Circuit mS 2 2606 on Twisted Pair DVM Input Source Input Output Model 2306 0 1 Q Current Sense Resistor Oscilloscope Procedure 1 Asexplained in Section 2 set the output voltage and current limit 2 Press OPERATE 3 Select the pulse current display type If the trigger level is too low or too high the PULSE message will be displayed 4 Go into the menu select PULSE CURRENT 71 22 and then TRIGGER LEVEL 5 Change the PCUR TRIG LEV 1 2 and press ENTER If the trigger level is still too low too high the TRIG NOT DETECTED message will be displayed briefly Note that it may take few seconds for the message to appear See TRIG NOT DETECTED message on page 3 12 for more information 6 Ifthe message appeared repeat step 5 until a valid trigger level is found 7 Use the MENU key to back out of the menu structure and display pulse current measurements 3 12 Pulse Current Measurements TRIG NOT DETECTED message The TRIG NOT DETECTED message is displayed when specific TLEV settings coupled with specific TLEV ra
134. 00 5 Range 0 2 1pA READBACK RESOLUTION 5A Range 100 5mA Range 0 1UA LOAD REGULATION 0 01 1mA LINE REGULATION 0 5mA STABILITY 0 01 50 MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 89 31ms typical PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT OPERATION TRIGGER LEVEL 5A Range 5mA to 5A in 5mA steps 1A Range to 1A in 1mA steps 100mA Range 0 1mA to 100mA in 100 steps TRIGGER DELAY 0 to 100ms in 10ys steps INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15115 HIGH LOW AVERAGE MODE Measurement Aperture Settings 33 305 to 833ms in 33 3 5 steps Average Readings 1 to 100 PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 2 Years 23 5 APERTURE ACCURACY reading offset rms noise 100 us 0 2 900 2 mA 100 us 200 us 0 2 900 1 5mA 200 us 500 us 0 2 900 1 mA 500 us 1 PLC 0 2 600 0 8mA 1 PLC 0 2 400 0 mA gt l PLC 0 2 400 uA 100 pA BURST MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT APERTURE 33 3us CONVERSION RATE 3650 second typical INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15115 NUMBER OF SAMPLES 1 to 5000 TRANSFER SAMPLES ACROSS IEEE BUS IN BINARY MODE 4800 bytes s typical LONG INTEGRATION MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT TIMES 850ms 840ms to 60 seconds in 1ms steps DIGITAL VOLTMETER INPUT 2 Years 23 5 C INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 5 to 30VDC IN
135. 00W Precision Resistor 30Q 0 1 50W Precision Resistor 0 1 0 25W Full range 90 day 23 various measurement points Characterize resistor using 4 wire ohms function of DMM before use Required only for Models 2306 PJ and 2302 PJ Characterize resistor using 4 wire ohms function and 2000HM range of DMM before use See Resistor considerations for temperature coefficient Resistor connections When performing the verification tests that use the precision resistors be sure to connect the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 SENSE leads and DMM test leads as close to the resistor body as possible Resistor considerations The test resistors should be characterized using the lowest possible range and the 4 wire ohms function of the DMM recommended in Table 13 1 to measure the resistance values Use the measured resistance values to calculate the actual currents during the test procedures NOTE The temperature coefficient and temperature change of the 10 resistor when passing current at full load must be low enough so that the change in resistance does not cause incorrect readings This is summarized in the following equation Vour R AR lt 25 of Model 2306 amps specification where Voyr is the Model 2306 output voltage R is the characterized value of the resistor AR is the change in resistance caused by heating Performance Verification 13 5 Verification limits The verification limits stated in this sect
136. 02 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel I refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 feature only 8 2 Status Structure Overview The power supply provides a series of status registers and queues allowing the operator to monitor and manipulate the various instrument events The status structure is shown in Figure 8 1 The heart of the status structure is the status byte register This register can be read by the user s test program to determine if a service request SRQ has occurred and what event caused it Status byte and SRQ The status byte register receives the summary bits of four status register sets and two queues The register sets and queues monitor the various instrument events When an enabled event occurs it sets a summary bit in the status byte register When a summary bit of the status byte is set and its corresponding enable bit is set as programmed by the user the RQS MSS bit will set to indicate that an SRQ has occurred Status register sets A typical status register set is made up of a condition register an event register and an event enable register condition register is a read only register that constantly updates to reflect the present operating conditions of the instrument When an event occurs the appropriate event register b
137. 07 220 16 8 Replaceable Parts Table 16 2 Model 2306 analog board parts list cont Circuit designation 525 560 563 737 760 763 526 726 C530 533 545 546 555 556 755 756 766 767 C538 C654 C656 C738 C595 C661 C541 741 C542 C520 C534 C483 C552 C752 C633 C550 C750 C561 C562 C564 C565 C761 C762 C764 C765 C568 C630 C548 C579 C617 C572 C463 C437 C706 C708 C712 C747 C758 C573 C578 C701 576 577 702 720 730 734 470 C472 585 587 677 696 707 467 496 497 498 506 C589 C596 C662 C605 606 611 613 618 620 624 642 676 711 C646 C658 C742 C743 C744 428 429 784 785 C653 C659 C675 C674 678 687 594 705 625 626 571 516 518 522 C681 C700 C786 C787 C688 C703 C580 C716 718 725 505 511 648 655 657 722 C768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 778 779 C780 781 425 426 433 443 444 445 454 456 CR400 600 CR401 CR601 CR402 CR602 408 412 603 607 608 612 407 CR409 CR609 CR413 613 Description CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 10U 20 35V TANTALUM CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC 100 20 25 TANTALUM CAP 1000pF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 0 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 2200P 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 680U 20 50V ALUM ELEC 100PF 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 1096 25 V CERAMIC 2200 10 500V CERAMIC CAP 3300P 10 500V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 10 25 V CERAMIC 2200P 1 50V CERAMIC CAP 0 01uF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 20 50V C
138. 1 4 Set bandwidth HIGH LOW Set battery channels impedance 0 10 Pulse current configuration Set high time integration rate in usec Set low time integration rate in Set average time integration rate in Set pulse integration rates automatically Set pulse timeout default is 1 000 second incremented in lms steps Set average reading count 1 to 100 Set trigger delay in seconds 0 to 100msec Model 2306 PJ Set battery channel 1 trigger level range on the 500mA current range 500mA 100mA 10mA Model 2306 PJ Set pulse current trigger level in A on the 500mA current range Battery channel 1 mA 500mA 0 500 mA 100mA 0 100mA mA 10mA 0 10mA Charger channel 2 5A 5mA AUTO Charger channel 2 Use TRIGGER LEVEL menu item charger channel supports 5A current range only Model 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ Set battery channel 1 trigger level range 5A 1A 100mA on the 5A current range 1 15 Sect 2 Sect 2 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1 Sect 2 Note 2 Sect 5 Note 2 Note 3 Sect 10 Sect 2 Sect 2 1 16 Getting Started Table 1 3 cont Main MENU structure accessed by pressing the MENU key on the Front Panel Rel Ref TRIGGER LEVEL Model 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ Sets pulse current trig ger level in Amps on the 5A current range Battery channel 1 Charger channel 2 A 5 0 0 5 A 5 0 0 5 A 1 0 0 1A mA 100 0 100mA LONG INTEGRAT 1
139. 123 16 20 Replaceable Parts Table 16 5 Model 2306 VS digital board parts list cont Circuit designation U124 U126 U127 U128 U129 U133 U136 U236 0140 100 102 Description IC 512K X 8 BIT CMOS SRAM IC OCTAL INTERFACE BUS 75160 MC68331CPV16 IC OCTAL INTER BUS TRANS 75161 IC SERIAL EPROM 24LC16B IC 235 MHZ TINY LO PWR AMP LM71211M5X IC HCPL0631 PACK CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR 7 68M CRYSTAL FSM327 Keithley part no LSI 234 70 1 646 LSI 188 IC 647 LSI 153 IC 1332 IC 1153 CR 62 1 CR 41 Replaceable Parts 16 21 Table 16 6 Model 2306 VS display board parts list Circuit designation Description C601 C602 CAP 33PEF 10 100V CERAMIC C 451 33P C603 C616 CAP 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC 495 1 C609 CAP 1UE 1096 25 V CERAMIC 495 1 11 1006 20 25 440 10 C613 CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C614 C615 CAP 390P 1096 100V CERAMIC C 451 390P J1008 CONN HEADER STRAIGHT SOLDER PIN CS 368 10 J1013 CONNECTOR RIGHT ANGLE CS 362 L601 L602 L603 L604 FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 CH 62 R601 RES 10M 5 125MW METAL FILM R 375 10M R602 R605 R611 R614 R616 5 10 1 100 FILM R 418 10K R618 R620 R623 R606 R608 R610 R613 R615 R617 5 15 1 100 FILM R 418 15K R619 R621 Keithley part no R607 R612 R622 RV601 RV602 0601 0603 0604 Y601 RES 1 07K 1 100W THIN FILM RES 4 75K 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 15 1 100
140. 2 6V x current supplied Channel 2 sinking current Power consumed 5 x sink current Peak currents can be a maximum of 5A provided the average current is within the above limits CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SINK CURRENT Channel 2 Charger OFF 0 5V max 5 15V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V Compliance setting controls sinking Channel 2 Charger ON Available current 50W Power consumed by channel 2 5 3A max 0 5V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V SOURCE COMPLIANCE ACCURACY 0 16 5 PROGRAMMED SOURCE COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION 1 25mA READBACK ACCURACY SA Range 0 2 200A 5mA Range 0 2 luA READBACK RESOLUTION SA Range 100 SmA Range 0 1 LOAD REGULATION 0 01 1mA LINE REGULATION 0 5mA STABILITY 0 01 50uA MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS to 10 READING TIME 31ms typical PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT OPERATION TRIGGER LEVEL 5A Range 5mA to 5A in 5mA steps Range to in 1mA steps 100mA Range 0 1mA to 100mA in 100uA steps TRIGGER DELAY 0 to 100ms in 10 5 steps INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 1515 HIGH LOW AVERAGE MODE Measurement Aperture Settings 33 3 to 833ms in 33 3us steps Average Readings to 100 PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 2 Years 23 C 5 C Aperture lt 100 us 100 us 200 us 200 us 500 us 500 us 1 PLC 1 PLC gt PLC Acc
141. 2 Long integration configuration INTEGRATION TIME Manually set integration time up to 60 sec AUTO TIME Automatically set integration time PULSE TIMEOUT Set the PULSE timeout period 1 to 63 sec TRIGGER EDGE Select trigger edge rising falling or neither TRG LEV mA RANGE Model 2306 PJ Set battery channel 1 trigger level range on the 500mA current range 500mA 100mA 10mA TRG LEVEL mA Model 2306 PJ Set pulse current trigger level in mA on the 500mA current range Battery channel 1 Charger channel 2 mA 500mA 0 500 Use TRIGGER LEVEL menu mA 100mA 0 100 item charger channel supports mA 10mA 0 10mA 5A current range only TRIG LEV RANGE Model 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ Set battery channel 1 trigger level range SA 100mA on the 5A current range TRIGGER LEVEL Model 2306 2306 and 2306 PJ Sets long integration trigger level in Amps on the 5A current range Battery channel 1 Charger channel 2 A 5 0 0 5 A 5 0 0 5 A 1 0 0 1A mA 100 0 100mA Notes 1 See Default settings on page 1 11 in this section to save and recall setups For Models 2306 PJ and 2306 VS the memory location settings available are from SAVO SAV2 SAV3 and SAV4 are not available 2 Revision Number displays the firmware revision level for the microcontroller and the display 3 Serial Number displays the serial number of the power supply Getting Started 1 17 Getting around the MENU
142. 22 CAPACITOR C 570 470 124 126 128 153 192 194 224 226 228 CAP 22UF 20 25V TANTALUM C 440 22 C125 C150 C225 C301 CAP 22U 20 25V TANTALUM C 535 22 C134 144 159 160 161 163 164 165 166 167 CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC 495 1 138 139 47U 20 25V 520 47 140 2 20 10 50V TANTALUM C 563 2 2 C143 C311 CAP 0 022UF 1096 50V CERAMIC C 491 022 C145 309 CAP 270PF 5 100V CERAMIC C 465 270P C146 C308 CAP 1000PF 10 50V CERAMIC C 452 1000P C147 C310 CAP 100PF 5 100V CERAMIC C 465 100P C148 CAP 0 01uF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 01 C149 0 47U 20 25V C 520 47 C154 CAP 220UF 20 50V ALUM ELEC C 507 220 C155 CAP 0 01uF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 01 C157 CAP 100UF 20 16V TANTALUM C 504 100 C162 C262 CAP 47 5 100V CERAMIC C 465 47P C168 169 173 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C170 C174 CAP 0 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC C 491 01 CHECI CAP 15P 1 100V CERAMIC C 512 15P C182 188 195 208 214 215 227 229 258 268 CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C183 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C190 191 234 259 260 261 263 264 265 CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC C 495 1 C231 307 CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C266 267 306 CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC C 495 1 C269 C302 C369 CAP 0 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC C 495 1 C303 C304 C305 C100 C200 47 5 100V CERAMIC C 465 47P CR100 CR200 DIODE DUAL HSM 2822T31 RF 95
143. 306 feature only 13 2 Performance Verification Introduction NOTE Unless otherwise noted Model 2306 refers to Models 2306 2306 PJ 2306 VS 2302 and 2302 PJ while Model 2306 only refers to the specific Model 2306 not 2306 etc Other Model numbers refer specifically to their respective models Use the procedures in this section to verify that Model 2306 accuracy is within the limits stated in the accuracy specifications You can perform these verification procedures e When you first receive the unit to make sure that it was not damaged during shipment 10 verify that the unit meets factory specifications To determine if calibration is required Following calibration to make sure it was performed properly WARNING The information in this section is intended only for qualified service personnel Do not attempt these procedures unless you are qualified to do 50 NOTE Ifthe unit is still under warranty and performance is outside specified limits contact your Keithley representative or the factory to determine the correct course of action Performance Verification 13 3 Veritication test requirements Be sure that you perform the verification tests Under the proper environmental conditions After the specified warm up period Using the correct line voltage Using the proper test equipment Using the specified output signals and reading limits Environmental conditions Conduc
144. 32 R406 R421 R606 R621 R407 463 466 468 661 662 685 686 687 697 R408 R608 R409 R609 R454 R456 R410 R412 R569 R610 R612 R660 R723 R411 R611 R504 R508 R413 R531 R613 R731 Replaceable Parts 16 9 Description DIODE MBRS140T3 CONN MALE 5 PIN CONN HEADER STRAIGHT SOLDER PIN CONNECTOR MODULES FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 CHOKE SMT CHOKE CHOKE 22UH TRANS N MOSFET VNO605T TRANS NPN MMBT3904 TRANS PNP MMBT3906L TRANSISTOR SMT HEXFET POWER MOSFET TRANS N CHANNEL JFET SNJ132199 TRANS N CHANNEL FET 2N4392 TRANS CURRENT REGULATOR PNP SILICON TRANSISTOR N CHANNEL POWER MOSFET P CHANNEL POWER MOSFET NPN SILICON TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR SMT RES NET RES 6 04K 1 125MW THIN FILM RES 2 21K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1 28M 0 1 1 8W METAL FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 100 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 5 11K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 470 5 125MW METAL FILM RES 2K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10 10 100MW THICK FILM RES 6 04K 1 100MW THICK FILM Keithley part no RF 110 CS 1060 5 CS 368 34 CS 834 CH 62 CH 62 CH 66 100 CH 98 1 CH 66 22 TG 243 TG 238 TG 244 TG 371 TG 354 TG 294 TG 128 1 TG 341 TG 310 TG 349 TG 348 TG 309 TG 376 TF 245 R 423 6 04K R 418 2 21K R 176 1 28M R 418 10K R 418 100 R 418 1K R 418 5 11K R 375 470 R 418 2K R 418 10 R 418 6 04K 16 10 Replaceable Pa
145. 333 SYNChronize Pulse detection triggering STATe Send ON to select pulse current measurements or OFF to select pulse current digitization TLE Vel Trigger level AMP lt NRf gt Set trigger level in amps for 5A range 0 0 5 0 ONE lt NRf gt Set trigger level in amps for 1A range 0 0 1 0 MILLiamp lt NRf gt Set trigger level in amps for 100mA range 0 0 0 1 HALFamp NRf Model 2306 PJ only set trigger level in amps for 500mA range 0 500mA HUNDred lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only set trigger level in amps for 100mA range 0 100mA lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only set trigger level in amps for 10mA range 0 10mA RANGe lt NRf gt Model 2306 2306 VS or 2306 PJ when on 5A current range Set trigger level range 100mA 1A or 5A The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with the trigger level setting of MILL ONE or AMP Queries receive responses of 0 1 1 0 or 5 0 accordingly In other words if a value of 2 0A 15 sent with the command a value of 5A will be returned as a response to a query 3 14 Pulse Current Measurements Table 3 2 SCPI commands pulse current measurements cont Defui SENSe 1 PCURrent SYNChronize TLEVel RANGe lt NRf gt MILLiamp lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ when on 500mA current range Set trigger level range 10 100mA or 500mA The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be se
146. 35 22 C 418 1 C 520 47 491 022 C 465 270P C 452 1000P C 465 100P C 418 01 C 520 47 C 418 1 C 507 220 C 418 01 C 504 100 C 465 47P 491 01 C 512 15P C 418 1 C 418 1 C 418 1 Replaceable Parts 16 17 Table 16 5 Model 2306 VS digital board parts list cont Circuit designation C209 C210 C216 C218 C211 C102 C134 C144 C159 C161 163 167 C214 C215 C227 C229 C258 C268 C183 C111 C223 C231 C307 C233 C236 C333 C336 C228 C140 C232 C235 C332 C335 C303 C304 C305 C100 C200 CR100 CR200 CR101 CR201 CR102 CR202 CR104 CR106 CR204 CR206 CR107 CR207 CR108 CR109 CR110 CR209 CR210 CR112 CR115 CR118 CR212 F100 F200 FH100 FH101 FH200 FH201 J1002 J1003 J1006 J1007 J1010 J1008 J1009 L100 L101 L104 L116 L200 L201 L102 L103 L105 L106 L107 L109 L110 L111 L112 L120 L121 L122 L125 L126 PS100 0100 0101 0200 0201 R101 R105 R201 R205 Description CAP 2200P 10 100V CERAMIC 10 20 CERAMIC 10 20 CERAMIC 10 20 CERAMIC 2 2 V TANTALUM CAP 2 2U 10 50V TANTALUM CAP 47P 5 100V CERAMIC DIODE DUAL HSM 2822131 DIODE POWER 200V U 1620R ULTRA FAST BRIDGE RECTIFIER EDFIBM DIODE MBRS140T3 DIODE POWER 200V U 1620 DIODE MBR5130LT3 DIODE SWITCHING MMSD914T19 DIODE DUAL SWITCHING BAV99L FUSE 5X20MM 6 3A FUSE HOLDER LITTLEFUSE 111501 CONN MOLEX 3 PIN CONN RIGHT ANGLE 24 PIN LATCHING HEADER FRICTON S
147. 37 C112 C113 C212 C213 C119 C152 C219 C252 C120 C123 C131 C142 C156 C193 C196 C220 C121 C122 C221 C222 C124 C126 C128 C153 C192 C194 C224 C226 125 150 225 C132 C133 C184 C186 C189 C197 C198 C199 138 139 C143 C311 C145 C270 C271 C309 C146 C308 C147 C310 C148 C280 C281 C282 C320 C321 C149 C151 C158 C168 C169 C173 C175 C176 C177 C154 C155 C157 C162 C262 C170 C174 CITLCIT2 C178 C179 C180 C181 C182 C188 C195 C208 C190 C191 C234 C259 C261 C263 C267 C306 C202 C300 C312 Description CAP 10UF 20 25 V TANTALUM 2200 10 100 CERAMIC CAP 100U 20 20V ALUM ELEC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 10U 20 35V TANTALUM CAP 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 470U 20 50V ALUM ELEC CAP 22UF 20 25 V TANTALUM CAP 22U 20 25V TANTALUM CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC 4717 20 25 CAP 022UF 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 270PF5 100V CERAMIC CAP 1000PF 10 50V MONO CERAMIC 100 5 100 CERAMIC CAP 01UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 47U 20 25V CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC 2200 20 50 ALUM ELEC CAP 01UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 100UF 20 16V TANTALUM 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC 15 1 100 CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC Keithley part no C 440 10 C 568 2200P C 583 100 418 1 551 10 491 01 418 1 570 470 440 22 C 5
148. 4 9 Figure 14 3 Connections for 5mA range calibration Input HI Input LO SENSE KEITHLEY INFUT Hi m OUTPUT 1 connections shown Use OUTPUT 2 for Charger Channel 7 Resistor DISPLAY RANGE al P lt pec RANGE v PARTS ICE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONL DVM IN OUTR 430 VDC MAX fem TRU vem SPURGE sse SOURCH l WV WE WEN ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS LINE FUSE A LINE RATING CONTROL 6 100 120VAC 200 240 24VDC 50 60 HZ 165 MAX 488 ENTER IEEE ADDRE 55 FROM FRONT PANEL MENU KETHLEY CAUTION For cont PROTECTION AGAINST HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING Moda 2306 Pu I Note Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals Step 3 Perform Channel 2 charger channel calibration steps 1 Connect the OUTPUT 2 SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN terminals to the DMM Use the same general connections shown in Figure 14 1 except make all connections to the OUTPUT 2 terminals DMM input connections HI SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN LO SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN 2 The Model 2306 will prompt you to set the full scale Channel 2 output voltage CAL VOLTS CHAN 2 SET 14 0000 V 3 Use the edit keys to set the voltage to 14 0000V then
149. 5 PROGRAMMED SOURCE COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION 1 25mA READBACK ACCURACY 5A Range 0 2 200 5 Range 0 2 1pA READBACK RESOLUTION 5A Range 100 5mA Range 0 1 CURRENT SINK CAPACITY 0 5 max 5V 15V Derate 0 2 per volt above 5V Compliance setting controls sinking LOAD REGULATION 0 0196 1mA LINE REGULATION 0 5mA STABILITY 0 01 50 MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 89 31ms typical PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT OPERATION TRIGGER LEVEL 5 Range 5mA to 5A in 5mA steps 1A Range to 1A in steps 100mA Range 0 1mA to 100mA in 100 steps TRIGGER DELAY 0 to 100ms in 10ys steps INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15115 HIGH LOW AVERAGE MODE Measurement Aperture Settings 33 305 to 833ms in 33 3 5 steps Average Readings 1 to 100 PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 2 Years 23 5 APERTURE ACCURACY reading offset rms noise 100 us 0 2 900 2 mA 100 us 200 us 0 2 900 1 5mA 200 us 500 us 0 2 900 1 mA 500 us 1 PLC 0 2 600 0 8mA 0 2 400 0 mA gt PLC 0 2 400 uA 100 pA BURST MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT APERTURE 33 315 CONVERSION RATE 3650 second typical INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15115 NUMBER OF SAMPLES 1 to 5000 TRANSFER SAMPLES ACROSS IEEE BUS IN BINARY MODE 4800 bytes
150. 5 mA 0 296 90 1 5 mA 0 296 900 1 mA 0 2 90 1 mA 0 2 600 0 8 mA 0 2 60 0 8 mA 0 296 400 0 mA 0 2 400A 0 mA 0 2 400 100 pA 0 2 40 pA 100 pA 100 us 100 us 200 us 200 us 500 us 500 us 1 PLC 1 PLC gt l PLC BURST MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT APERTURE 33 3us CONVERSION RATE 3650 second typical INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15us NUMBER OF SAMPLES 1 to 5000 TRANSFER SAMPLES ACROSS IEEE BUS IN BINARY MODE 4800 bytes s typical LONG INTEGRATION MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT Available on both 5A and 500mA current ranges MEASUREMENT TIME 850ms 840ms to 60 seconds 1ms steps DIGITAL VOLTMETER INPUT 2 Years 23 5 C INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 5 to 30VDC INPUT IMPEDANCE 2 typical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE either input terminal WITH RESPECT TO OUTPUT LOW 5V 30V READING ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READING RESOLUTION I mV CONNECTOR HI and LO input pair part of Output 1 s terminal block MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 8 31 ms typical 2302 PJ Battery Simulator GENERAL ISOLATION low earth 22VDC max Do not exceed 60VDC between any two ter minals of either connector PROGRAMMING IEEE 488 2 SCPI USER DEFINABLE POWER UP STATES 4 REAR PANEL CONNECTORS 8 position quick disconnect terminal block for out
151. 56 U447 U647 12 BIT VOLTAGE OUTPUT DAC 1 1130 0450 0650 SYNCHRONOUS DC DC CONTROLLER IC 1255 0451 0651 DUAL 1 1128 0453 IC CMOS ANALOG SWITCH DG211DY 768 U454 IC HI SPEED OP AMP AD711JR IC 894 U456 U626 IC DUAL D TYPE F F 74HC74 IC 773 0458 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT IC 1302 U459 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT IC 1299 U460 TINYLOGIC CMOS INVERTER IC 1282 0463 0467 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SMT IC 1298 0611 DUAL 15V ZERO DRIFT OPAMP 1 1126 0620 DUAL 12 BIT MDAC IC 1122 0645 IC VOLTAGE REG LM317M IC 846 VR400 VRA01 VR600 VR601 DIODE ZENER 6 2V MMSZ6V2 DZ 97 VR402 VR602 DIODE ZENER 6 44V IN4577 AGED DZ 58 VR403 VR603 DIODE ZENER 22V BZX84C22 DZ 86 VR404 VR604 DIODE ZENER DZ 121 VR405 VR406 VR605 VR606 VR607 DIODE ZENER 12V MMSZI2TI DZ 112 VR407 DIODE ZENER 3V CMPZ4619 DZ 118 Y400 Y 600 OSCILLATOR HIGH SPEED CMOS CR 37 I2MHZ 16 14 Replaceable Parts Table 16 3 Model 2306 display board parts list Circuit designation C601 C602 C603 C616 C609 C611 C613 C614 C615 J1008 J1013 J1014 L601 L602 L603 L604 R601 R602 605 611 614 616 618 620 623 R606 608 610 613 615 617 619 621 R607 R612 R622 RV601 RV602 SO601 0601 0603 DISP BRD 0604 Y601 Description CAP 33PF 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 1096 25 V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 10 25 V CERAMIC CAP 100 20 25 TANTALUM 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 390P 10 100V CERAMIC CONN HEADER STRAIG
152. 6 5mAJ PROGRAMMED SOURCE COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION 1 25mA READBACK ACCURACY 5A Range 0 2 200 5mA Range 0 2 READBACK RESOLUTION 5A Range 100 5mA Range 0 1UA LOAD REGULATION 0 01 1mA LINE REGULATION 0 5mA STABILITY 0 0196 50pA MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 8 31ms typical PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT OPERATION TRIGGER LEVEL 5mA to 5A in 5mA steps TRIGGER DELAY 0 to 100ms in 10us steps INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15115 HIGH LOW AVERAGE MODE Measurement Aperture Settings 33 315 to 83315 33 3 steps Average Readings 1 to 100 PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 2 Years 23 C 5 APERTURE ACCURACY reading offset rms noise 100 us 0 2 900 2 mA 100 us 200 us 0 2 900 1 5mA 200 us 500 us 0 2 900 1 mA 500 us 1 PLC 0 2 600 0 8mA PLC 0 2 400 0 mA gt PLC 0 2 400 uA 100 uA BURST MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT APERTURE 33 3ys CONVERSION RATE 2040 second typical INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 1515 NUMBER OF SAMPLES 1 to 5000 TRANSFER SAMPLES ACROSS IEEE BUS IN BINARY MODE 4800 bytes s typical LONG INTEGRATION MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT 850ms 840ms to 60 seconds 1ms steps DIGITAL VOLTMETER INPUT 2 Years 23 C x 5 C INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 5 to 30VDC INPUT
153. 64 Most measurement control and data I O signals are Measurement Category I and must not be directly connected to mains voltage or to voltage sources with high transient over voltages Measurement Category II connections require protection for high transient over voltages often associated with local AC mains connections Assume all measurement control and data I O connections are for connection to Category I sources unless otherwise marked or described in the Manual Exercise extreme caution when a shock hazard is present Lethal voltage may be present on cable connector jacks or test fixtures The American National Standards Institute ANSI states that a shock hazard exists when voltage levels greater than 30V RMS 42 4V peak or 60VDC are present A good safety practice is to expect that hazardous voltage is present in any unknown circuit before measuring Operators of this product must be protected from electric shock at all times The responsible body must ensure that operators are prevented access and or insulated from every connection point In some cases connections must be exposed to potential human contact Product operators in these circumstances must be trained to protect themselves from the risk of electric shock If the circuit 15 capable of operating at or above 1000 volts no conductive part of the circuit may be exposed Do not connect switching cards directly to unlimited power circuits They are intended to be used with impedance li
154. 7 R423 R623 R424 R425 R570 R624 R625 R650 R426 R427 R449 R626 R627 R429 R629 R430 R444 R460 R461 R467 R469 R470 R455 R431 R631 R432 R550 R450 R435 R438 R635 R638 Description CURRENT REGULATOR PNP SILICON TRANSISTOR N CHANNEL POWER MOSFET P CHANNEL POWER MOSFET NPN SILICON TRANSISTOR TRANS HEXFET POWER MOSFET IRFZ48NS TRANS N CHANNEL JFET SNJ132199 RES NET RES 6 04K 1 125MW THIN FILM 5 2 21 1 100 FILM RES 1 28M 1 1 8W METAL FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 100 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 1 1 100 FILM RES 5 11K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 470 5 125MW METAL FILM 5 2 1 100 FILM RES 10 10 10O0OMW THICK FILM RES 6 04K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 49 9K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 475 176 100MW THICK FILM 5 34 1 100 FILM RES 82 5 1 amp 1OOMW THICK FILM RES 4 75K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 100K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 3 01K 1 1 4W METAL FILM RES 10K 5 250MW METAL FILM RES NET 1K 9K 1 25W RES 1 1 3W RES 1K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 100 1 1 2W METAL FILM RES 10K 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 4 7K 5 250MW METAL FILM Keithley part no TG 366 TG 310 TG 349 TG 348 TG 309 TG 376 TG 294 TF 245 R 423 6 04K R 418 2 21K 176 1 28 R 418 10K R 418 100 R 418 1K R 418 5 11K R 375 470 R 418 2K R 418 10 R 418 6 04K R 418 49 0K R 418 475 R 418 34K R 418 82 5 R 418 4 75K R 418 100K R 391 3 01K R 376 10K TF 2
155. 73 1 R 475 1 R 418 1K R 169 100 R 376 10K R 376 4 7K Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation R436 R636 437 597 637 671 439 639 440 441 640 641 R442 R642 R764 R766 R784 R785 R479 R704 R445 R645 R446 646 R448 R648 R452 R453 R458 R451 R527 R457 R515 R464 R472 R632 R750 R465 R473 R522 R523 R786 R471 R512 R502 R596 R659 R664 R48 1 R581 R474 R477 R677 R696 R495 R475 R478 R534 R580 R675 R678 R690 R734 R476 R676 R595 R667 R582 R670 R779 R483 R683 R688 R689 R692 R693 R694 R699 484 516 518 680 681 599 794 485 486 497 498 644 549 759 490 488 489 492 493 494 499 500 491 691 501 510 701 710 487 687 R503 R509 R575 R576 R505 R506 R507 R586 R705 R706 R514 R583 R517 R519 R526 R529 R729 R530 R730 R533 R524 R617 R733 R798 R799 R535 R714 R672 R793 R715 R763 R765 R767 Description RES 470K 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 1M 1 125MW THIN FILM RES NET 5K 10K 1 25W RES NET 20K 1 25W RES 4 99K 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 15 1 100 FILM RES 909 1 1W THICK FILM RES 249K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 2 55K 1 1W THICK FILM RES 2 74K 1 1W THICK FILM RES 1K 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 1M 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 10 1 100 FILM RES 100K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 4 99K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1M 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 125W THIN FILM
156. A 100mA Use the range that provides adequate trigger level resolution 100mA range provides a greater available resolution for trigger level than does the 1 range When using the Model 2306 PJ s 500mA current range the three trigger level range settings are 500mA 0 5mA step 100mA 0 1mA step and 10mA 0 1mA step Pulse timeout TOUT timeout specifies the timeout length for the pulse When the TOUT value is reached NO PULSE is displayed top line of the front panel display Set the value for TOUT as follows TOUT LINT TIME x where x makes TOUT LINT TIME TOUT timeout time allowed for detection of a pulse LINT TIME long integration time time allowed for reading after pulse occurs For example if the trigger edge is set to rising the timeout value should be set to allow suf ficient time for detection of the pulse if the rising edge is just missed In Figure 4 2 point A is the point where we start looking for the pulse Since the rising edge was just missed point B will be the first detectable rising edge If the timeout is less than long integration time a pulse trigger time out due to TOUT may occur Therefore if long integration time 1 8 seconds a good TOUT value would be 2 seconds A similar method for selecting a TOUT value would be to use a value equal to 10546 of the expected pulse period Long Integration Measurements 4 5 Figure 4 2 Long integration search and reading time compa
157. A or 500mA The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with the trigger level setting of HALFamp HUNDred or TEN Queries receive responses of 0 5 0 1 or 0 01 accordingly For example if a value of 75mA is sent with the command a value of 0 1A will be returned as a response to a query Select trigger edge to initiate the measurement RISING FALLING or NEITHER Specify length of timeout 1 63 sec Enable or disable pulse search Enable or disable long integrations fast readings Enable or disable pulse detection mode RISING 16 ON SENSe2 FUNCtion LINTegration LINTegration TIME lt NRf gt AUTO TLEVel lt NRf gt TEDGe lt name gt TimeOUT lt NRf gt SEARch b FAST b DETect lt b gt SENSe subystem for channel 2 charger channel Select long integration measurement function Long integration configuration Set integration time in sec X to 60 where X is 0 850 for 60Hz or 0 840 for 50Hz Integration time set automatically Set trigger level in amps 0 5 SmA resolution Select trigger edge to initiate the measurement RISING FALLING or NEITHER Specify length of timeout 1 63 sec Enable or disable pulse search Enable or disable long integrations fast readings Enable or disable pulse detection mode 0 0 RISING 16 ON READ 1 Trigger and return one reading for battery channel 1 READ2
158. A 100mA or range For the 500mA range the trigger level can be set from 0 to 500mA in 0 5mA steps For the 100mA range the trigger level be set from 100mA in 0 1mA steps For the 10mA range the trigger level can be set from 0 to 10mA in 0 1 mA steps The three trigger level ranges are displayed as follows using the TRIGGER LEVEL mA menu option 500mA Range LINT TLEV mA 1 mA 500 0 0000 100mA Range LINT TLEV mA 1 mA 100 0 0000 10 Range LINT TLEV mA 1 mA 10 0 0000A To toggle the range for the trigger level place the blinking cursor on the A at the far right end of line two of the display and press the A and W key After keying in the trigger level in amps press ENTER to update the displayed range for that trigger level setting only Charger Channel 2 Set the trigger level from 0 to 5A in 5mA steps Trigger level range TRIGGER LEVEL RANGE is a battery channel 1 setting only Use to specify the trigger level range On the 5A current range Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ possible Trigger Level Ranges are 5A FULL SCALE 0 5A 1A FULL SCALE 0 1 100 FULL SCALE 0 100 For the 500mA current range Model 2306 PJ using the TRG LEV mA RANGE menu option possible trigger level ranges are 500mA FULL SCALE 0 500mA 100mA FULL SCALE 0 100 10mA FULL SCALE 0 10 Long Integration Measurements 4 9 Long integration display mode Long in
159. ANA MULTIPLEXER DG408DY IC 8 STAGE SHIFT STORE MC14094BD IC CMOS ANALOG SWITCH IC HIGH PRECISION 10V REFERENCE Keithley part no R 418 10K R 418 10K R 418 10 R 418 10K R 418 10K 8 VR 19 VR 21 CS 1026 CS 1026 2000 802A02 IC 923 IC 809 IC 893 IC 960 IC 1194 IC 955 IC 802 IC 776 IC 1053 IC 1333 IC 1165 IC 767 IC 844 IC 772 IC 1210 IC 1121 16 30 Replaceable Parts Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation U420 U422 U426 U608 U453 0427 0428 0430 U429 U629 0431 0432 0443 0631 0632 0433 0621 U434 U624 U451 U468 U470 U651 U437 U442 U637 U0642 U440 U622 U441 U641 U444 U625 U469 U471 U445 U446 U646 U447 U647 U449 U450 U650 U454 U456 U626 U458 U459 U460 U463 U467 0611 0620 0639 0425 0645 VR400 VRA01 VR600 VR601 VR402 VR602 VR403 VR410 VR411 VR603 VR607 VR608 VR404 VR604 VR413 VR414 Description IC 12 BIT DAC MULTIPLYING LTC8143ESW IC 16 BIT DAC LTC1595CCS8 IC CMOS ANAL SWITCH DG444DY IC LOW POWER VIDEO OPAMP AD818AR IC INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER 128 IC VOLT COMPRATOR LM393D 5 10 DAC MAX515CSA IC DUAL OP AMP LF353M IC VOLTAGE REFERENCE SOIC8 IC 1000V OPAMP LT1363CS8 IC PWR OUTPUT STAGE BIAS SYS LT1166CS8 IC VOLT COMPARATOR LM311M IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR LM317T IC POS GATES INVERT 74HCT41 IC 12 BIT VOLTAGE OUTPUT DAC IC 20V OP AMP LT1097S8 IC SY
160. After a serial poll the same event can cause another SRQ even if the event register that caused the first SRQ has not been cleared The serial poll does not clear MSS The MSS bit stays set until all status byte summary bits are reset SPE SPD serial polling The SPE SPD general bus command is used to serial poll the power supply Serial polling obtains the serial poll byte status byte Typically serial polling is used by the controller to determine which of several instruments has requested service with the SRQ line Status Structure 8 9 Status byte and service request commands The commands to program and read the status byte register and service request enable regis ter are listed in Table 8 2 For details on programming and reading registers see Programming enable registers and Reading registers on page 8 5 NOTE To reset the bits of the service request enable register to 0 use 0 as the parameter value for the SRE command i e SRE 0 Table 8 2 Command commands status byte and service request enable registers STB Read status byte register SRE lt NRf gt Program the service request enable register 0 to 255 Note SRE Read the service request enable register Note CLS and STATus PRESet have no effect on the service request enable register Programming example read status byte The following command sequence enables EAV error available sends an invalid command and then reads the sta
161. Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel I refers to the battery channel while chan nel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS feature only 3 2 Pulse Current Measurements Overview Figure 3 1 The power supply can perform current measurements for dynamic loads on either battery channel 1 or charger channel 2 The built in measurements include e Peak measured current measures the peak high current of the pulse train Idle measured current measures the idle low current of the pulse train e Average transmit current measures the average current of the pulse train The high low and average measurements of a pulse are illustrated in Figure 3 1 The high measurement is triggered on the rising edge of the pulse and an integration is performed for the time specified for the high measurement The falling edge of the pulse triggers the low measurement and an integration is performed for the time specified for the low measurement average measurement is triggered on the rising edge and the integration is specified by the average measurement time setting Each pulse current measurement reading will trigger on the respective edge NOTE Two other measurements of pulse currents are available over the bus See Pulse current digitization on page 3 51
162. C 615A LABEL SEE DETAIL OPO ke ERO MOUNTING EAR LACOSUSED FASTENER 8 SCREW 0306 051 ANALOG BOARD TO CHASSIS ASSEMBLY 2 REO DICT VN LBS OREINTATION ARROW FE 22A FOOT 2 DIS DO NOT TIGHTEN UNTIL MEAT BEZEL o WINS Aer 428 329F HANDLE AGE UNIT PER MS 2063 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION ANALOG BOARD TO CHASSIS ASSEMBLY 4441 DEAN EE 2306 428 328 RIGHT MOUNTING EAR MODEL NEXT ASSEMBLY NEXT PROCESS STEP 428 3388 LEFT MOUNTING EAR BOTTOM CHASSIS COVER REF USED ON 230 2 FASTENER DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES TERR ENG FOOT KEITH LEY Keithley Instruments Inc 615 LABEL WARNING 4 40XI1 4PFHUC 6 PHIL PAN HEAD UNDERCUT SCREW CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY 0 uexs 16 Replaceable Parts 16 2 Replaceable Parts Introduction This section contains replacement parts information Ordering information To place an order or to obtain information concerning replacement parts contact your Keithley representative or the factory When ordering parts be sure to include the following information Instrument model number for example Model 2306 Instrument serial number Part description Component designation if applicable Keithley part number Factory service If the instrument is to be
163. C530 C533 C502 C521 C527 C486 C489 C556 C755 C756 C425 C426 C433 C443 C444 Replaceable Parts 16 23 Description CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC 0150 10 50 CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 35V TANTALUM CAP 2 2UF 20 35 V TANTALUM CAP 150PF 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 220PF 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 3300P 10 500V CERAMIC CAP 220PF 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 3300P 10 500V CERAMIC CAP 01 596 50V NPO 1812 CAP2 2U 10 50V TANTALUM CAP 220UE 20 50V ALUM ELEC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 10U 20 35V TANTALUM 100 20 16 TANTALUM CAP 10UF 20 25V TANTALUM CAP 1000PF 20 50V MONO CERAMIC CAP 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 2200P 10 2 V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC Keithley part no C 495 01 C 491 015 C 494 C 476 2 2 C 465 150P C 495 01 C 451 220P C 418 1 C 497 3300P C 451 220P C 495 01 C 418 1 C 497 3300P C 514 01 C 563 2 2 C 507 220 418 1 495 1 551 10 546 10 440 10 C 418 1000P 491 01 495 01 C 495 2200P C 495 C 418 1 C 495 01 16 24 Replaceable Parts Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation Description Keithley part no C558 C709 C572 C463 C437 C706 C708 CAP 1UE 1090 25 V CERAMIC 495 1
164. CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C 418 1 C678 C747 C758 C548 C617 CAP 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC 495 1 C753 C797 C801 C799 C805 CAP 1UE 1090 25 V CERAMIC C 495 C755 C756 C767 C768 C769 C770 CAP 1UE 1090 25 V CERAMIC C 495 Replaceable Parts 16 25 Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation C759 C782 C766 C771 C775 C490 C499 C500 C778 C779 C780 C781 C779 C780 C781 C671 C672 C673 C545 C546 C797 C801 C799 C805 C800 C802 C804 C798 CR400 600 CR401 CR601 CR402 CR602 CR403 CR410 CR411 CR413 CR414 CR415 CR407 CR405 CR406 CR416 CR417 CR418 CR408 CR412 CR603 CR607 CR608 CR612 CR409 CR609 CR419 CR420 CR616 CR617 CR618 CR421 CR422 CR605 CR610 CR611 CR613 CR614 CR615 HS400 HS600 J1007 J1010 J1009 J1014 J1015 L400 L401 L402 L405 L408 L600 L602 L403 L404 L603 L604 L409 L609 L413 L613 L414 L614 L411 L611 L412 L612 L605 L608 2400 0401 0402 0403 0600 0601 0602 2603 2404 0604 0631 0440 0441 2405 0605 2406 0606 Q407 0408 Q607 Q608 2409 0416 0431 0438 0610 0616 0609 0417 Q418 0419 0422 0618 0619 0622 Description CAP 22U 20 25V TANTALUM CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 1UE 1096 25 V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 022UF 10 50V CERAMIC 022 10 50V CERAMIC DIODE DUAL 28 22731 DIODE BRIDGE 5 DIODE SILICON 53A4 SCHOTTKY POWER RECTIFIER DIODE SWITCHING MMSD914T19 DIODE SWITCHING MMSD914T19 DIODE BAR
165. CONNECTORS Two 8 position quick disconnect terminal block for output 4 sense 2 and DVM 2 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT outside 23 5 Derate accuracy specification by 0 1 x spec ification C OPERATING TEMPERATURE 0 to 50 C Derate to 70 0 to 35 C Full power STORAGE TEMPERATURE 20 to 70 C HUMIDITY lt 80 35 C non condensing DISPLAY TYPE 2 line x 16 character VFD REMOTE DISPLAY KEYPAD OPTION Disables standard front panel DIMENSIONS 89mm high x 213mm wide x 411mm deep 3 in x 8 in x 1676 in NET WEIGHT 3 2kg 7 1 lbs SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 4kg 12 lbs INPUT POWER 100 120 220 240 50 or 60Hz auto detected at power up POWER CONSUMPTION 150VA max WARRANTY Two years parts and labor on materials and workmanship EMC Conforms with European Union Directive directive 89 336 EEC EN 55011 EN 50082 1 EN 61000 3 2 and 61000 3 3 FCC part 15 class B SAFETY Conforms with European Union Directive 73 23 EEC EN 61010 1 AC LINE LEAKAGE CURRENT 450 110VAC typ 600 220V typ RELAY CONTROL PORT 4 channel each capable of 100mA sink 24V max Total port sink capacity all 4 combined is 250mA max Accepts DB 9 male plug ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED User and service manual output connectors mating terminal part no 5 846 ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE Model 2304 DISP Remote LCD Display Keypad 4 6 in x 2 7 in x 1 5 in Includes 2 7m 9 ft cable and rack m
166. D ING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES NEITHER KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC NOR ANY OF ITS EMPLOYEES SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF ITS INSTRUMENTS AND SOFTWARE EVEN IF KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC HAS BEEN ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES SUCH EXCLUDED DAM AGES SHALL INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO COSTS OF REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION LOSSES SUSTAINED AS THE RESULT OF INJURY TO ANY PERSON OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY KEI I HLEY Keithley Instruments Inc 28775 Aurora Road Cleveland Ohio 44139 440 248 0400 Fax 440 248 6168 1 888 KEITHLEY 534 8453 www keithley com Sales Offices BELGIUM Bergensesteenweg 709 B 1600 Sint Pieters Leeuw 02 363 00 40 Fax 02 363 00 64 CHINA Yuan Chen Xin Building Room 705 12 Yumin Road Dewai Madian Beijing 100029 8610 8225 1886 Fax 8610 82251892 FINLAND Halsuantie 2 00420 Helsinki Finland 09 53 06 65 60 Fax 09 53 06 65 65 FRANCE 3 all e des Garays 91127 Palaiseau C dex 01 64 53 20 20 Fax 01 60 11 77 26 GERMANY Landsberger Strasse 65 82110 Germering 089 84 93 07 40 Fax 089 84 93 07 34 GREAT BRITAIN Unit 2 Commerce Park Brunel Road Theale Berkshire RG7 4AB 0118 929 75 00 Fax 0118 929 75 19 INDIA 1 5 E
167. DING TIME 9 31ms typical TRANSIENT RESPONSE High Bandwidth Low Bandwidth Transient Recovery Time lt 50us or lt 8015 60us lt 100us Transient Voltage Drop 120mV or lt 150mV4 160mV or lt 200 REMOTE SENSE 1V max drop in each lead Add 2mV to the voltage load regulation specification for each 1V change in the negative output lead due to load current change Remote sense required Integrity of connection continually monitored If compromised output will turn off automatically once settable window 0 to 8 volts around normal voltage exceeded DC CURRENT 2 Years 23 5 C CONTINUOUS AVERAGE OUTPUT CURRENT Channel Z1 Battery OFF I 50W Vset channel 2 6V 5A max Channel 1 Battery ON I 50W Power consumed by channel 1 Vset channel 2 6V max The power consumed by channel 1 is calculated as Channel 1 sourcing current Power consumed Vset channel 1 6V x current supplied Channel 1 sinking current Power consumed 5 x sink current Peak currents can be a maximum of 5A provided the average current is within the above limits CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SINK CURRENT Channel 1 Battery OFF 0 5 max 5 15V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V Compliance setting controls sinking Channel 1 Battery ON Available current 50W Power consumed by channel 1 5 max 0 5V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V SOURCE COMPLIANCE ACCURACY 0 1
168. Default settings The power supply can be set to power on with the factory default conditions RST defaults or to user saved setup conditions The factory default conditions are listed in Table 1 2 1 12 Table 1 2 Factory defaults RST Output value settings Voltage V Current A Getting Started Reset RST default Battery Channel 711 Charger Channel 2 0 000V 0 2500A 0 000V 0 2500A Output state operate OFF OFF Voltage protection clamp off clamp off Display type Actual V and I Actual V and I GPIB address Current range No effect factory set to 16 5 amps Auto Range OFF 5 amps Auto Range OFF Integration rate 1 00 PLC 1 00 PLC Average readings 1 1 Power on setup No effect factory set to RST Current limit mode LIM LIM Output relay one Output relay two Output relay three Output relay four VFD brightness No effect after power cycle set to zero Over bus 1 From display FULL BRIGHTNESS Output bandwidth LOW HIGH Output impedance 0 000 Not Applicable Pulse current High time Low time Average time Digitize time Timeout Average readings Trigger delay Trigger level Range Step Step up Step down Step time Step timeout 33 33 33 33 psec 33 33 usec 33 usec B10 or later 33 usec B10 or later 1 000 sec 1 000 sec 1 1 0 00000
169. ENSe 1 NPLCycles MAXimum Set integration period to 10 PLC lt numlist gt Numlist Specify or more numbers for a list Example STATus QUEue ENABle 110 222 Enable errors 110 thru 222 Angle Brackets gt Angle brackets gt are used to denote a parameter type Do not include the brackets in the program message For example OUTPut 1 b The b indicates that a Boolean type parameter is required Therefore to turn on the output for the battery channel 1 the command with the ON or 1 parameter must be sent as follows OUTPut 1 ON OUTPut 1 1 Query commands This type of command requests queries the presently programmed status It is identified by the question mark at the end of the fundamental form of the command Most commands have a query form Example SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe Queries the present current range for the battery channel 1 Most commands that require a numeric parameter n can also use the DEFault MINimum and MAXimum parameters for the query form These query forms are used to determine the RST default value and the upper and lower limits for the fundamental command Examples SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe DEFault Queries the RST default value SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe MINimum Queries the lowest allowable value SENSe 1 CURRent RANGe MAXimum Queries the largest allowable value GPIB Operation 7 11 Case sensitivity Common commands and SCPI comma
170. ENTER then follow the steps below to calibrate the unit See Changing the calibration code at the end of this section if you wish to change the code Nominal calibration 2 Test connections signal Figure 14 1 on page 14 6 Full scale output voltage Figure 14 1 on page 14 6 Full scale measure Figure 14 1 on page 14 6 Full scale DVM Figure 14 1 on page 14 6 5A range output current Figure 14 2 on page 14 7 5 current limit Figure 14 2 on page 14 7 5A measure Figure 14 2 on page 14 7 Model 2306 2306 VS 5mA range output current Model 2306 500mA range output current Model 2306 2306 VS 5mA measure Model 2306 PJ 500mA measure 5mA range output current Figure 14 3 on page 14 9 5mA measure Figure 14 3 on page 14 9 Step numbers correspond to CAL PROT STEP command numbers See Table 14 3 Steps 0 8 calibrate Channel 1 Battery Channel Steps 9 17 calibrate Channel 2 Charger Channel Factory default display values shown 14 6 Calibration Step 2 Perform Channel 1 battery channel calibration steps NOTE The unit will display the most recently calibrated values Factory defaults are shown in this manual 1 Connect the OUTPUT 1 SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN terminals to the DMM as shown in Figure 14 1 DMM Input connections HI SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN LO SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN 2 Atthis point the Model 2306 will prompt you to set the full scale Channel 1 output voltage
171. ERAMIC CAP 0 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 0 047U 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 330P 10 100V CERAMIC 2200P 10 500V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 33PF 10 50V MONO CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 1096 25 V CERAMIC CAP 390P 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 1096 25 V CERAMIC CAP 0 1UF 1096 25 V CERAMIC DIODE DUAL HSM 2822T31 DIODE BRIDGE PEO05 DIODE SILICON 53A4 DIODE SWITCHING MMSD914T19 DIODE BARRIER MBR745 SCHOTTKY DIODE Keithley part no 418 1 551 10 495 1 440 10 C 418 1000P 491 01 C 495 2200P C 578 680 C 465 100P 495 1 C 497 2200P C 497 3300P 495 1 C 532 2200P C 418 01 C 418 1 C 491 01 491 047 C 451 330P C 497 2200P 418 1 452 33 495 1 451 390 418 1 495 1 495 1 RF 95 RF 48 RF 47 RF 112 RF 65 RF 125 Table 16 2 Model 2306 analog board parts list cont Circuit designation CR414 415 614 615 J1007 J1010 J1009 J1014 J1015 L400 L401 L402 405 408 600 602 605 608 L403 L404 L603 L604 L409 L609 L413 L613 L410 L411 L610 L611 L412 L612 Q400 403 600 603 Q404 0604 0405 0605 0406 0606 0407 0408 0607 0608 Q409 416 431 438 610 616 609 417 630 0418 0419 0422 0618 0619 0622 0421 0621 0423 0623 Q424 0429 0620 0624 Q425 0430 0625 0629 Q426 626 Q427 0428 0627 0628 R400 R600 R401 R601 R402 R404 R602 R604 R403 R603 405 414 587 588 751 752 443 R5
172. EV values for Figure 3 8 3 27 Sample integration times 3 29 Long Integration Measurements TRIG NOT DETECTED message eene 4 11 SCPI commands long integration measurements 4 12 FAST SEARch DETect command reference 4 15 Relay Control Relay pinouts for Figure 5 3 5 4 SCPI command output relay 5 6 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Model 2306 VS external trigger commandis 6 5 External trigger sequences for various operating modes 6 14 GPIB Operation General bus commands eseistike a naika nia 7 6 8 8 1 Table 8 2 Table 8 3 Table 8 4 Table 8 5 Table 8 6 9 Table 9 1 Table 9 2 10 Table 10 1 11 Table 11 1 Table 11 2 Table 11 3 12 Table 12 1 Table 12 2 Table 12 3 Table 12 4 Table 12 5 Table 12 6 Table 12 7 Table 12 8 Status Structure Common and SCPI commands reset registers and Cu 8 4 Command commands status byte and service request e 8 9 Common SCPI commands condition registers 8 17 Common SCPI commands event registers 8 17 Common and SCPI commands event e
173. Except where noted all information in this manual pertaining to the Model 2306 and 2306 PJ also applies to the Model 2306 VS See Section 6 for information on operation specific to the Model 2306 5 Figure 1 1 Model 2306 and 2306 PJ dual channel battery charger simulator LOCAL OPERATE cua 2306 DUAL CHANNEL BATTERY CHARGER SIMULATOR 24 4 A Front Panel WARNING NO INTERNAL OPERATOR SERVICABLE PARTS SERVICE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY OUTPUT 1 30 06 MAX OUTPUT SOURCE SOURCE DVM hi ee SENSE mem DVM 3 dB dB de ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS LINE FUSE 1 A CONTROL 24VDC MAX B Rear Panel IEEE 488 ENTER IEEE ADDRESS FROM FRONT PANEL MENU SLOWBLOW 2 0A 250V LINE RATING 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 50 60HZ 165VAMAX MOTE DISPLAY OPTION CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING Figure 1 2 Model 2306 VS dual channel batterylcharger simulator Getting Started 1 5 LOCAL Gc nanag 2306 VS DUAL CHANNEL BATTERY CHARGER SIMULATOR i 4 4 4 E 5 A Front Panel WARNING NO INTERNAL OPERATOR SERVICABLE PARTS SERVICE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS OUTPUT 1 DVM IN OUTPUT 2 SENSE ES ens 2 SENSE Sese pai IN
174. FL URI Building 2 14 Yangjae Dong Seocho Gu Seoul 137 888 82 2 574 7778 Fax 82 2 574 7838 Postbus 559 4200 AN Gorinchem 0183 63 53 33 Fax 0183 63 08 21 c o Regus Business Centre Frosundaviks 15 4tr 16970 Solna 08 50 90 46 00 Fax 08 655 26 10 13F 3 NO 6 Lane 99 Pu Ding Road Hsinchu Taiwan ROC 886 3 572 9077 Fax 886 3 572 9031 Copyright 2003 Keithley Instruments Inc Printed in the U S A 5 03
175. GL ROW CONN MALE 5 PIN CONN HEADERSTRAIGHTSOLDER PIN CONN HEADERSTRAIGHTSOLDER PIN LINE FILTER CHOKE POWER INDUCTOR CHOKE 1 2A FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 CHOKE POWER SUPPLY TRANS POWER MOSFET IRFZ46NS RES 200 5 250MW METAL FILM Keithley part no C 568 2200P 418 1 418 1 418 1 440 22 C 563 2 2 C 465 47P RF 95 RF 135 RF 123 RF 110 RF 134 RF 115 RF 112 RF 82 FU 108 6 3 FH 33 CS 772 3 CS 501 CS 724 3 CS 1060 5 CS 368 10 CS 368 34 CH 85 10 CH 56 1 CH 97 1 94 1 62 62 131 PS 72A TG 371 R 376 200 16 18 Replaceable Parts Table 16 5 Model 2306 VS digital board parts list cont Circuit designation R102 R111 R211 R212 R104 R108 R204 R208 R109 R110 R209 R210 R112 R113 R114 R136 R159 R236 R261 R262 R264 R115 R149 R166 R100 R118 R179 R181 R200 R116 R178 R117 R180 R119 R120 21 134 145 146 147 148 150 152 122 R123 R124 R125 R126 R128 R130 R132 R137 R138 R139 R140 R127 R129 R133 R227 R229 R233 R259 R266 R131 R231 R135 R235 R141 R142 R144 R226 R228 R230 R232 R237 R143 R151 R165 R176 R153 R154 R155 R156 R157 R158 R161 R163 R164 R167 R175 R234 R160 R177 R174 R182 R183 R282 R283 Description RES 18 7 1 1 4W METAL FILM RES 7 5 5 5W THICK FILM RES 10 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 10 10 10OOMW THICK FILM RES 100 1 100OMW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW
176. HT SOLDER PIN CONNECTOR RIGHT ANGLE CONN BERG FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 RES 10M 5 125MW METAL FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 15k 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1 07K 1 100MW THIN FILM RES 4 75K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 15k 1 100MW THICK FILM 300W TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSOR ARRAY SOCKET UNDERVOLTAGE SENSE CIRCUIT PROGRAMMED ROM INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SMT CRYSTAL 4MHZ VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY Keithley part no C 451 33P 495 1 495 1 440 10 418 1 451 390 CS 368 10 CS 362 CS 339 CH 62 R 375 10M R 418 10K R 418 15K R 438 1 07K R 418 4 75K R 418 15K VR 13 SO 143 44 1067 2306 800 01 1305 CR 36 4M DD 60 Table 16 4 Model 2306 mechanical parts list Description BEZEL REAR CHASSIS COVER FAN FOOT FOOT EXTRUDED FOOT RUBBER FUSE EXP 2A 5X20MM S B HANDLE LINE CORD LINE FILTER MEMBRANE SWITCH MOUNTING EAR LEFT MOUNTING EAR RIGHT POWER ROD PRINTED FRONT PANEL REAR PANEL Replaceable Parts 16 15 Keithley part no 428 303D 2306 301 2306 307A FN 34 3 428 319A FE 22A FE 6 FU 81 428 329F CO 7 LF 11 2306 313A 428 338B 428 328E 704 313A V 2306 306A 2306 303 16 16 Replaceable Parts Table 16 5 Model 2306 VS digital board parts list Circuit designation C101 C141 C201 C103 C104 C109 C110 C116 C118 C203 C204 C105 C106 C107 C130 C205 C206 C207 C230 C108 C114 C115 C127 C129 C135 C136 C1
177. IBRATE UNIT Save Cal Data YES To save new calibration constants select YES then press ENTER If you wish to exit calibration without saving new calibration constants select NO then press ENTER In that case the unit will revert to prior calibration constants The unit will then prompt you to enter the calibration date CALIBRATE UNIT Cal Date 02 01 2003 Using the edit keys set the calibration date to today s date then press ENTER The unit will display the following CALIBRATE UNIT EXITING CAL Press ENTER to complete the calibration procedure and return to the menu display Calibration is now complete Remote calibration Follow the procedure outlined below to perform Model 2306 remote calibration by sending SCPI commands over the IEEE 488 bus The remote commands and appropriate parameters separately summarized for each step Remote calibration display The Model 2306 will display the following while being calibrated over the bus CALIBRATING UNIT FROM THE BUS R NOTE The R located on the lower right hand corner of the display indicates remote operation 14 12 Calibration Remote calibration procedure Use the following procedure to calibrate the Models 2306 Table 14 3 summarizes the calibration steps in the proper sequence See Appendix C for command details NOTES Calibration steps must be performed in the following sequence or an error will occur You can abort the procedure and revert to previous ca
178. IDTH 1 or 2 using the 4 and P keys 4 Press ENTER 5 Use the A and V keys to set the desired bandwidth setting HIGH or LOW Setting changes can be cancelled by pressing MENU 6 Press ENTER to save and return to main menu Basic Power Supply Operation 2 11 Output impedance Keithley s Model 2306 has a variable output impedance feature on the battery channel channel 1 This output impedance setting allows the performance of the battery channel to closely model a real battery s performance with a dynamic load When setting the output impedance to a certain value the output voltage drop will be proportional to the output current see voltage drop equation The output voltage will be reduced by the voltage drop Voltage drop equation V trop t Rx IQ NOTE For a more detailed discussion of output impedance and the performance with various types of loads see the Applications Guide contained in Appendix E of this manual Changing the battery channel s output impedance The Model 2306 output impedance can be checked or changed with the output on or off The output impedance is selectable from 0 00 to 1 000 in 10 milli Q steps default 15 00 Procedure NOTE The following procedure assumes that the appropriate current range is already select ed along with current limit mode and voltage protection To set output impedance from the front panel l 2 Press the MENU key to access the main menu Using
179. IMPEDANCE 2 typical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE either input terminal WITH RESPECT TO OUTPUT LOW 5V 30V READING ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READING RESOLUTION 1mV CONNECTOR HI and LO input pair part of Output 25 terminal block MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 99 31ms typical 2306 PJ Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator 1 PLC 1 00 GENERAL Following 15 minute warm up the change in output over 8 hours under ISOLATION low earth 22VDC max Do not exceed 60VDC between any two terminals of ambient temperature constant load and line operating conditions either connector Remote sense at output terminals 0 5A to 5A typical PROGRAMMING IEEE 488 2 5 Remote sense with 4 5m 15 ft of 16 gauge 1 31mm wire and 10 resistance USER DEFINABLE POWER UP STATES 4 e lead to simulate typical test environment 1 5A load change 0 15A to REAR PANEL CONNECTORS Two 8 position quick disconnect terminal block for output 4 sense 2 and DVM 2 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT outside 23 5 Derate accuracy specification by 0 1 x specification OPERATING TEMPERATURE 0 to 50 Derate to 70 0 to 35 Full power Display off STORAGE TEMPERATURE 20 to 70 C Speed includes measurement and binary data transfer out of GPIB HUMIDITY lt 80 35 non condensing 10 Typical values peak to peak noise equals 6 times rm
180. If a pulse does not exceed the appropriate hysteresis level trigger detection will not occur Pulse Current Measurements 3 9 The three trigger level ranges for the 5A current range on the battery channel 1 are displayed as follows 5A Range PCUR TRIG LEVEL 1 A 5 0 0 000A 1 Range PCUR TRIG LEVEL 1 A 1 0 0 000A 100mA Range PCUR TRIG LEVEL 1 mA 100 0 00004 To change the range for the trigger level setting place the blinking cursor on the at the far right end of line two of the display and press the A or W key After keying in the trigger level in amps press ENTER to update the displayed range for that trig ger level setting only Charger Channel 2 Set the trigger level from 0 to 5A in 5mA steps However there is approximately 10 of trigger hysteresis built into the hardware Therefore if a pulse does not exceed this level trigger detection will not occur Pulse current display mode Pulse current measurements are displayed with the pulse current display mode selected This display mode is selected as follows NOTE To display measured readings if the instrument is in the settings mode press the SET key until the blinking stops the measured readings can then be displayed To deter mine if the instrument is in the settings mode check for a blinking cursor in a digit of the voltage or current field if present the instrument is in the setting mode Press the DISPLAY key to access the
181. Inspection 1 3 Instrument re assembly 15 6 Integration time 1 16 4 6 Interface clear 7 6 internal impedance E 2 Internal source relay control 5 3 Introduction Calibration 14 2 Disassembly 15 2 GPIB Operation 7 2 Replaceable parts 16 2 Verification 13 2 LI NiMH and NiCd handset battery packs E 3 Line power Calibration 14 2 Verification 13 3 LLO local lockout 7 7 Local 2 4 LOCAL key 7 8 Local lockout 7 7 Local sense connections 2 4 LONG INTEGRAT 1 16 Long integration 1 10 4 2 display mode 4 9 measurement procedure 4 9 Measurements 4 1 Integration time 4 3 Programming example 4 18 Trigger edge 4 3 readings 7 5 search and reading time comparison 4 5 Long form and short form versions 7 11 LOW TIME 1 15 Main MENU structure 1 15 Message Available Bit 7 5 Measurement configuration 2 15 2 19 4 6 Measurement event status 8 14 8 15 Mechanical parts list 16 15 Menu 1 14 Message G 3 G 4 Message Available Bit 7 5 Message exchange protocol 7 14 Model 2306 Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator 1 4 1 5 F 3 Multiple command messages 7 12 Multiple response messages 7 14 NPLC RATE 1 15 NPLC rate 2 16 operate 2 9 Operation event status 8 12 8 13 Optional Command Words 1 18 Options and accessories 1 3 Ordering information 16 2 Output 2 7 2 10 Output bandwidth 1 15 OUTPut command summary 12 4 Output impedance 1 15 2 11 changing 2 11 Output queue 8 20 OUTPUT RELAYS 1 15 Outputting and reading
182. LE LOCTITE 242 113 IEEE HARDWARE KIT OL WEQCDICE DN LBS GRN YEL FROM 4 40KEPNUT 5 IN LBS 21493 43 INSULATOR SA PLACE ON RAISED BOTTOM EDGE OF CHASSIS STARTING BOARD HOLDER NUB PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 2306 004 CRIMP ASSEMBLY 2306 040 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY LAN 2306 00 DIGITAL BOARD COMPONENT ASSEMBLY AN 2306 302 ERN CHASSIS 428 319 600 2 REQ D 428 319 FOOT 6 32X1 4PFH 2 REQ DY 8 IN LBS 6S STIS HARDWARE KIT CA 216 I CABLE FOOT 4 40 1 4 A PHIL PAN HEAD SCREW 5544 PHIL FLAT HEAD SCREW p j 6 32KEPNUT KEPNUT 727 FU 8I MOMS FUSE 2AMP 13 2306 2306 051 Analog Board To Chassis E ium 2306 040 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY MODEL NEXT ASSEMBLY NEXT PROCESS STEP USED ON 21493 43 2 INSULATOR DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES X 05 gt 015 ANG gt f DRN MAT bee NM L S VAX CABLE KEITHLEY Keithley Instruments Inc an APPR Um 26122122 CABLE CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY 05 725 SCREWLOCK FEMALE Sup __ 160 9082 306 120F ANALOG BOARD ASSEMBLY ON cf DETAIL A REAR VIEW 4 AQXS 16PPHSEM DRESS EACE SO CADRE TOWARDS TOP OF UNIT gt 4 40X5 16PPH LT AEQ DOCU DN LBS DRESS RI 8 WIRES AWAY FROM SCREW HOLE 2306
183. LTage OPC SENS2 NPLC OPC Valid charger channel command line B VOLTage OPC SENS NPLC OPC Not valid query interrupted error CURR 1 OPC SENS NPLC 5 OPC Valid battery channel command line SOUR CURR 1 OPC SENS2 NPLC 5 OPC CURR 1 OPC SENS NPLC 5 OPC Valid battery channel command line The first line for each reference applies to the battery channel channel 1 while the second line applies to the charger channel channel 2 SAV lt NRf gt save Save present setup in memory RCL lt NRf gt recall Return to setup stored in memory Parameters Memory location 0 1 Memory location 1 2 Memory location 2 3 Memory location 3 4 Memory location 4 NOTE For the Models 2306 PJ and 2306 VS the memory location settings available are from SAV 0 SAV 2 and RCL 0 RCL 2 SAV 3 and SAV 4 and RCL 3 and RCL 4 are not available Use the SAV command to save the present instrument setup configuration in memory for later recall Any control affected by RST can be saved by the SAV command The RCL command is used to restore the instrument to the saved setup configuration Five setup configurations can be saved and recalled SAV and RCL are global commands not channel specific Consequently when a setup is saved or recalled both channels are affected NOTE The output is always off when a memory location is recalled Common Commands 9 5 RST reset Return power supply
184. ME Use to set the integration period in usec for low pulse current measurements Make sure to account for the internal 15uUsec and user trigger delay AVERAGE TIME Use to set the integration period in usec for average pulse current measurements Make sure to account for the internal 15 5 and user trigger delay Pulse Current Measurements 3 7 AUTO TIME Use to automatically set the integration times for high low and average pulse current measurements These times are based on detecting the pulse and remain until another auto time is performed or the times are manually changed Auto time accounts for the internal 15uUsec delay but not the user trigger delay NOTE Do not use AUTO TIME with the Model 2306 VS if the other channel has trigger external enabled PULSE TIMEOUT Use to set the variable pulse current timeout feature for pulse current measurements The default value is 1 000 second incremented in 1ms steps Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information on properly setting this TimeOUT variable Average readings count Use the AVERAGE READINGS item of the PULSE CURRENT 1 2 menu item to set the average readings count This count specifies the number of measurements integrations to aver age for each reading For example with measurement count set to 10 each displayed reading will reflect the average of 10 pulse current measurements Each measurement needs to start after
185. MILL setting to be used for trigger level RANGe Query trigger level range for the 5A current range MILLiamp lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only when on 500mA current range The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with the trigger level setting of HALFamp HUNDred or TEN MILLiamp Model 2306 PJ only Query the trigger level setting on the 500mA current range Receives responses in amps of 0 5 0 1 or 0 01 accordingly Time OUT lt NRf gt Specify length of timeout 1 to 63 seconds Time OUT Query timeout SCPI Tables 12 11 Table 12 4 cont SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 3 2 and 4 2 cont parameter SENSe 1 LINTegration cont SEARch b SEARch FAST b FAST DETect b DETect Enable or disable pulse search Query state of pulse search Enable or disable long integration fast readings mode Query long integration fast readings mode Enable or disable long integration detect pulse only mode Query detect mode SENSe2 FUNCtion lt name gt FUNCtion NPL Cycles n NPLCycles AVERage lt NRf gt CURRent RANGe UPPer lt NRf gt UPPer AUTO b AUTO PCURrent AVERage lt NRf gt AVERage MODE name MODE SENSe subsystem for channel 2 charger channel Select measurement function VOLTage CURRent DVMeter PCURrent
186. Models 2306 and 2306 VS or 500mA or 5A for the 2306 UPPer Query current measurement range AUTO lt b gt Enable or disable auto range AUTO Query state of auto range PCURrent Path to configure the pulse current measurement function see Section 3 AVERage lt NRf gt Specify average count dependent on SYNC STAT pulse current measurements 1 to 100 sync ON pulse current digitization 1 to 5000 sync OFF AVERage Query average count dependent on SYNC STAT MODE name Select pulse current measurement mode HIGH LOW or AVERage MODE Query pulse current measurement mode TIME Path to set pulse current integration times AUTO Power supply sets integration times accounts for internal trigger delay but not user delay DEL HIGH lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for high pulse 3 333E 05 measurements 33 33E 06 to 0 8333 accounts neither for internal trigger delay nor user delay 12 6 SCPI Tables Table 12 4 cont SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 3 2 and 4 2 cont parameter SENSe 1 PCURrent cont HIGH LOW lt NRf gt Query high integration time Specify integration time in sec for low pulse 3 333E 05 LOW AVERage lt NRf gt DIGitize lt NRf gt DIGitize STEP b STEP lt NRf gt UP DOWN lt NRf gt DOWN TIME lt NRf gt TIME TimeOUT lt NRf gt
187. NCHRONOUS DC DC CONTROLLER IC HI SPEED BIFET OP AMP AD711JR IC DUAL D TYPE F F 74HC74 IC HIGH SPEED OPAMP OPA603AP IC DIFET OPAMP OPA671AP IC TINYLOGIC CMOS INVERTER IC 8 BIT MULTIPLYING DAC DACOS8CS IC DUAL 15 ZERO DRIFT OPAMP IC DUAL 12 BIT MDAC IC PRECICION BIFET OP AMP IC VOLTAGE REG LM317M DIODE ZENER 6 2V MMSZ6V2 DIODE ZENER 6 44V 1N4577 AGED DIODE ZENER 17V MMBZ5247BL 5 1 VOLT ZENER DIODE Keithley part no 1 1281 1 1277 IC 866 1 1278 1 1125 1 775 1 1331 1 842 IC 1065 IC 1279 IC 1159 IC 776 IC 317 IC 656 IC 1130 IC 767 IC 1255 IC 894 IC 773 IC 1302 IC 1299 IC 1282 IC 1298 IC 1126 IC 1122 IC 1194 IC 846 DZ 97 DZ 58 DZ 104 DZ 121 Replaceable Parts 16 31 Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation Description VR405 VR406 VR605 VR606 DIODE ZENER 12V MMSZ12T1 VR407 DIODE ZENER 3V CMPZ4619 VR408 VR409 DIODE ZENER 3 3V MMBZ5226BL VR412 VR610 DIODE ZENER 3 3V CMPZ4684 VR609 DIODE ZENER 17V MMBZ5247BL Y400 Y 600 OSCILLATOR HIGH SPEED Keithley part no Table 16 8 CMOS 12MHZ Model 2306 VS mechanical parts list Description BEZEL REAR CABLE ASSEMBLY CABLE ASSEMBLY CABLE ASSEMBLY CONN FEMALE 3PIN SHAPELESS CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR BNC CONNECTOR HOUSING FAN FOOT FOOT EXTRUDED FOOT RUBBER FUSE EXP 2A 5X20MM S B HANDLE LINE CORD LINE FILTER MOUNTING EAR LEFT MOUNTING EAR RIGHT POWER
188. NG ENABlIe lt b gt Enable ON or disable OFF external trigger feature OFF INIT Initialize channel to take another set of measurements STEP lt NRf1 gt lt NRf2 gt Set voltage step parameters step 1 20 voltage 0 15 Step 1 20 lt NRf3 gt delay 0 5 OV voltage step Os delay step STEP lt NRf gt Query voltage and delay for a given step number STEP Query next step to be completed when trigger in pulse detected VOLTage lt b gt Enable ON or disable OFF voltage step feature END lt NRf gt Set voltage when external trigger turned OFF 0 15 READing lt name gt Set reading measurement mode NONE SYNC or AUTO AUTO POINtS lt NRf gt Set of measurements and or voltage steps 1 20 VPT lt b gt Enable ON or disable OFF Voltage Protection Tripping ON BOTHTRIGEXT lt name gt Enable disable external trigger configurations ONEON COMMUN MT Twoox Twoore BOFHON or BOTHOFE The END voltage becomes the voltage setting whenever external triggering is disabled which happens 1 by commands to disable external triggering 2 if the heat sink or power supply temperature is excessive or 3 if the VPT or current limit is tripped for either channel Command notes TRIGger 1 EXTernal BOTH lt name gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal BOTH lt name gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands select which channel s to control If NONE is selected the channel
189. NS LINT SENS LINT SENS LINT SENS LINT SENS FUNC READ TLEV ONE 0 1 TLEV RANG 0 5 TEDG RISING TIME AUTO LIND Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 SENS2 SOUR2 SOUR2 OUTP2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 READ2 CURR VOLT CURR ON LINT LINT LINT FUNC RANG 5 15 0 75 TEDge RISING TLEV 0 1 TIME AUTO LINT Sets display to battery channel Select 5A range Set output voltage to 15V Set current limit to 750mA Turn output on Set trigger level to 100mA for 1A trigger level range Select 1A trigger level range Select rising trigger edge to initiate measurement Set integration time automatically for Single pulse Select long integration function Trigger and return one reading and reading shown on display Sets display to charger channel Select 5A range Set output voltage to 15V Set current limit to 750mA Turn output on Select rising trigger edge to initiate measurement Set trigger level to 100mA Set integration time automatically for Single pulse Select long integration function Trigger and return one reading and reading shown on display D Relay Control Overview Summarizes how the power supply can be used to control an external relay Connections Explains how to connect an external relay circuit to the power supply e Controlling relays Explains how to control the external relay circuit NOTES This
190. NTY Two years parts and labor on materials and workmanship EMC Conforms with European Union Directive directive 89 336 EEC EN 55011 EN 50082 1 EN 61000 3 2 and 61000 3 3 FCC part 15 class B SAFETY Conforms with European Union Directive 73 23 EEC EN 61010 1 AC LINE LEAKAGE CURRENT 450 110VAC typ 600 220V typ RELAY CONTROL PORT 4 channel each capable of 100mA sink 24V max Total port sink capacity all 4 combined is 250mA max Accepts DB 9 male plug ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED User and service manual output connectors mating terminal part no 5 846 ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE Model 2304 DISP Remote LCD Display Keypad 4 6 in x 2 7 in x 1 5 in Includes 2 7m 9 ft cable and rack mount kit 1 PLC 1 00 2 Following 15 minute warm up the change in output over 8 hours under ambient temperature constant load and line operating conditions 3 Remote sense at output terminals 0 5A to 5A typical Remote sense with 4 5m 15 ft of 16 gauge 1 31112 wire and 10 resist ance in each lead to simulate typical test environment 1 5A load change 0 15A to 1 65A 5 Minimum current in constant current mode is 6mA 6 60Hz 50Hz 7 PLC Power Line Cycle 1PLC 16 7ms for 60Hz operation 20ms for 50Hz operation 8 Display off Speed includes measurement and binary data transfer out of GPIB 10 Typical values peak to peak noise equals 6 times rms noise 1 Based on settled signal 100 5 pul
191. NUM CAP 01UF 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 1500P 20 700V CAP 1000P 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 2 2U 10 50V TANTALUM CAP 22U 20 25V TANTALUM CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC 47 10 16 CERAMIC CAP 15UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 047U 10 50V CERAMIC CAP 33P 5 100V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC 22 10 100 CERAMIC CAP 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC CAP 01U 10 25V CERAMIC CAP 1UF 10 25V CERAMIC Keithley part no 418 1 C 430 2200P C 418 1000P C 465 100P 491 01 C 465 47P C 440 22 C 418 1 C 495 C 562 10 491 01 C 560 1500P C 451 1000P C 563 2 2 C 535 22 C 495 01 C 565 47 C 418 15 C 491 047 C 465 33P C 495 1 C 451 22P C 418 1 C 495 01 495 1 Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation C475 C482 C637 C679 C697 C698 C547 C558 C478 C494 C480 C668 C48 1 C485 C536 C736 491 417 C493 C540 C569 C570 C581 C582 C584 C585 C495 C591 C501 C524 C767 C768 C769 C770 C778 C503 C574 C575 C504 C479 C590 C791 C793 C506 C507 C508 C554 C512 C644 C645 C740 C509 C709 C510 C710 C789 C790 C513 C535 C628 C629 C713 C735 C514 C515 C517 C528 C714 C715 C717 C519 C719 C522 C525 C560 C563 C737 C760 C763 C524 C527 C530 C533 C545 C546 C555 C556 C526 C726 532 669 C538 C654 C656 C738 C595 C661 C541 C741 C542 C520 C534 C483 C552 C752 C633 C807 C548 C617 C550 C750 C554 C512 C644 C645 C740 C593 C643 C682 C555
192. OINts Query of measurements and or voltage steps VPT lt b gt Enable ON or disable OFF Voltage Protection Tripping Query state SCPI Tables 12 19 Table 12 8 Model 2306 VS external trigger command summary cont refer to Section 6 sc TRIGger2 EXTernal BOTH name BOTH EDGE IN lt name gt IN OUT lt name gt ENABle b ENABlIe INIT STEP lt NRf1 gt lt NRf2 gt lt NRf3 gt STEP lt NRf gt STEP VOL Tage lt b gt VOLTage END lt NRf gt END READing lt name gt READing POINtS lt NRf gt POINts lt b gt VPT BOTHTRIGEXT name Trigger subsystem for Channel 2 charger channel Path for external trigger control Select channel both control type NONE VOLT or AUTO Query channel both control type Path for specifying the trigger in amp out pulse edges for a channel Select trigger in pulse polarity RISING or FALLING Query trigger in pulse polarity Select trigger out pulse polarity RISING or FALLING Query trigger out pulse polarity Enable ON or disable OFF external trigger feature Query external trigger feature state Initialize channel to take another set of STEP POINts measurements Set voltage step parameters step 1 20 voltage 0 15 delay 0 5 Query voltage and delay for a given step number Query next step to be completed upon detection of the trigger in
193. ON OFF current during transmission varies by as much as a factor of 20 In the absence of any filtering capacitance between the battery and the RF power amplifier the handset will shutoff if the supply voltage is below the operating threshold for periods as short as several microseconds Figure E 1 shows a simple schematic of a battery represented by an ideal voltage source the internal impedance R t connected to DUT with interconnects having a resistance Figure 1 Battery schematic interconnect Cell or Battery Pack V t interconnect If Rinterconnect 18 Small compared to R t and R t is relatively constant during the length of the pulse then the voltage across the DUT may be expressed as V t V where I t is the time varying current through the battery Applications Guide E 3 Figure E 2 shows the actual performance of typical LI NiMH and NiCd handset battery packs with a dynamic load shown in Figure E 3 simulating a GSM handset during transmission The pulse minimum voltage is the voltage at the battery terminals during the transmit or high current portion of the data frame The average battery voltage 15 the voltage across the terminals measured with a 6 digit DMM at approximately 50 readings per second The figure shows the pulse minimum voltage reaches the shutdown threshold 5 7 V before average battery voltage The difference between the
194. P VOLT ON or STEP READ is not AUTO with BOTHON parameter for BOTHTRIGEXT command Error message 228 Both auto has step volt or step read conflict 5 Channel one and two have different values for STEP POINts with ONEON or TWOON parameters Error message 229 Channel one and two have step points conflict 6 12 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 10 11 Channel being enabled has BOTH set to NONE with ONEON or TWOON parameters Error message 230 Parameter with both set to none conflict Channel not being enabled has BOTH not set to NONE with ONEON or TWOON parameters Error message 231 Parameter with both not set to none conflict BOTH is set to VOLT and either channel has STEP VOLT set to OFF or STEP READ not set to NONE with ONEON or TWOON parameters Error message 232 Both volt with a step volt or read conflict BOTH is set to AUTO and either channel has STEP VOLT set to ON STEP READ not set to AUTO with ONEON or TWOON parameters Error message 233 Both auto with a step volt or read conflict Either selecting trigger external enable to be on while trigger continuous is enabled or selecting trigger continuous while trigger external is enabled Error message 236 Trigger continuous and external enable conflict Enabling trigger external while long integration is the selected function on the channel Error message 237 Trigger external enable long integration conflict Other setti
195. PLC 0 2 900 pA 1 5mA 0 2 900 LA ImA 0 2 600 pA 0 8mA 0 2 400 pA 0mA 0 2 400 pA 100pA BURST MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT APERTURE 33 3us 833ms in 33s steps CONVERSION RATE 2040 second at 33 3us meas aper typical INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15ys with 33us NUMBER OF SAMPLES 1 to 5000 TRANSFER SAMPLES ACROSS IEEE BUS IN BINARY MODE 4800 bytes s typical LONG INTEGRATION MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT TIME 850ms 840ms to 60 seconds in 1 ms steps DIGITAL VOLTMETER INPUT 2 YEARS 23 5 C INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 5 to 30VDC INPUT IMPEDANCE 2 typical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE either input terminal WITH RESPECT TO OUTPUT LOW 5 30V READING ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READING RESOLUTION ImV CONNECTOR HI and LO input pair part of Output 2 s terminal block MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS to 10 READING TIME 31ms typical VOLTAGE SETTLING TIMES Voltage Step Settling Times Typical Increasing Voltage 10 90 Rise Time Voltage step lt 7V 10us Voltage step gt 7V Settling Time 100us 10us to 1 2ms 100 to 1 5ms 10 90 Fall Time Sus to 40us Decreasing Voltage OV lt Voltage step 15 Settling Time 50us to 200 5 NOTE Times are under no load condition and settling times defined at 2 of step size HW 6 20 03 Rev B Page 2 of 7 2306 VS Dual C
196. PROTection lt NRf gt Sets VPT offset 0 8 PROTection Query setting for VPT offset STATe Query state of VPT no associated command CLAMp lt b gt Sets VPT clamp mode ON or OFF CLAMp Query state of VPT clamp mode LEVel IMMediate AMPLitude n Specify voltage amplitude in volts 0 15 V with I mV resolution AMPLitude Query voltage amplitude CURRent Path to configure current Path to configure current limit VALue lt NRf gt Specify current limit value in amps 0 006 5 with 100LA resolution VALue Query current limit name Select current limit type LIMit or TRIP Query current limit type 5 Query state of current limit 1 in current limit for LIMit type or output tripped for TRIP type 0 not in LIMit TRIP parameter SOURce2 SOURce subsystem for channel 2 charger channel VOLTage Path to set output voltage PROTection lt NRf gt Sets offset 0 8 PROTection Query setting for VPT offset 5 Query state of VPT no associated command CLAMp lt b gt Sets VPT clamp mode ON or OFF CLAMp Query state of VPT clamp mode L EVel IMMediate AMPLitude n Specify voltage amplitude in volts 0 15 with ImV resolution AMPLitude Query voltage amplitude CURRent Path to configure current LIMit Path to configure current limit SCPI Tables 12 15 Table 12 5 con
197. PUT IMPEDANCE 2MQ typical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE either input terminal WITH RESPECT TO OUTPUT LOW 5V 30V READING ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READING RESOLUTION ImV CONNECTOR HI and LO input pair part of Output 1 s terminal block MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 89 31ms typical 2306 Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator OUTPUT 22 CHARGER DC VOLTAGE OUTPUT 2 YEARS 23 C 5 C OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 to 15VDC OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 05 10mV PROGRAMMING RESOLUTION 10mV READBACK ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READBACK RESOLUTION 1mV OUTPUT VOLTAGE SETTLING TIME 5ms to within stated accuracy LOAD REGULATION 0 0196 2mV LINE REGULATION 0 5mV STABILITY 0 01 0 5mV MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 9 31ms typical TRANSIENT RESPONSE High Bandwidth Low Bandwidth Transient Recovery Time lt 50us or 80us lt 60us or 100pys Transient Voltage Drop 120mV or 150mV 160mV or lt 200 REMOTE SENSE 1V max drop in each lead Add 2mV to the voltage load regulation specification for each 1V change in the negative output lead due to load current change Remote sense required Integrity of connection continually monitored If compromised output will turn off automatically once settable window 0 to 8 volts around normal voltage exceeded
198. Pin 54 Relay 1 External Source 54321 9876 C REA 4 Ground Figure 5 2 Internal source relay control CAUTION For internal source relay control Rela Do not exceed 100mA DC per channel Do not exceed 250mA DC total Power Supply Relay Control 54321 98676 Pins 3 6 9 Chassis Ground 5 4 Relay Control Connections An external relay circuit is connected to the power supply via the 9 pin D SUB connector located on the rear panel Table 5 1 contains pinouts and connections for this connector The illustration provides terminal identification for the conductors of the plug Figure 5 3 54321 Relay connector 9 pin D sub 9876 Table 5 1 Relay pinouts for Figure 5 3 Pin Connection Relay 4 Relay 3 Ground Relay 2 Relay 1 Ground Suppression diodes 5 VDC Ground 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Relay Control 5 5 Controlling relays The external relays whether powered by the external or internal source are controlled from the main menus s OUTPUT RELAYS menu item The main menu is accessed by pressing the MENU key Each of the four output relays can be controlled from this menu NOTE Table 1 5 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Pressing the ENTER key accepts the current configuration while pressing the MENU key cancels the changes and recalls the previous settings Setting a relay 1 4 to a 1 closes the relay control circuit energizes
199. Press the 4 and gt keys to toggle between Channel 1 OUTPUT 1 terminals and Channel 2 OUTPUT 2 terminals Be sure the test equipment is set up for the proper function and range Do not connect test equipment to the Model 2306 through a scanner multiplexer or other switching equipment Be sure that the Model 2306 output is turned on before making measurements Allow the unit output signal to settle before making a measurement 13 6 Performance Verification Output voltage accuracy Follow the steps below to verify that Model 2306 output voltage accuracy is within specified limits This test involves setting the output voltage to specific values and measuring the voltages with a precision digital multimeter 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter to the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 SOURCE and SENSE terminals as shown in Figure 13 1 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE and SENSE to INPUT HI SOURCE and SENSE to INPUT LO Figure 13 1 Connections for voltage verification tests SENSE KEITHLEY Input Input LO 2001 MULTIMETER 92 2 OUTPUT 1 connections mre shown Use OUTPUT 2 POWER RANGE v Model 2001 DMM Source Source Sense Sense WARNING No INTERNAL RVICABLE Bv QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY E E S urce 1 gd gt ww
200. QUAD SPST ANALOG SWITCH RS 232 LINE DRIVER RECEIVER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT IC DARLINGTON ARRAY ULN2003L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DIODE ZENER 6 2V MMSZ6V2 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR 7 68M CRYSTAL FSM327 Keithley part no 1 1280 1 576 1 1293 1 1153 1 1282 LSI 123 LSI 234 70 2306 803A01 IC 646 LSI 188 IC 647 LSI 153 IC 1211 IC 1129 IC 1327 IC 969 IC 1332 DZ 97 CR 62 1 CR 41 Table 16 2 Model 2306 analog board parts list Circuit designation Description C400 403 405 406 411 413 418 420 421 424 CAP 0 1UF 20 50V CERAMIC C404 C407 C604 C607 C408 C549 C608 C749 C409 C609 C430 C783 410 415 543 544 610 615 446 531 586 412 414 416 447 449 566 612 614 616 477 417 C419 C523 C539 C619 C723 C739 C427 C627 C431 C432 C631 C632 C434 C435 C634 C635 C436 C464 C636 C438 439 440 441 557 559 638 641 759 782 C442 448 487 529 537 567 583 588 600 603 C450 C451 C650 C651 C452 C652 C453 C455 C458 457 459 462 465 468 469 471 473 474 476 460 952 C461 C683 C699 C466 C647 C649 C660 C475 482 710 637 679 697 698 547 558 C478 C494 C480 C532 C48 1 C485 C536 C736 488 492 493 540 569 570 581 582 584 C486 489 490 499 500 501 502 521 524 527 C491 C495 C591 C503 C574 C575 C504 C479 C590 C507 508 510 512 644 645 740 593 643 682 C513 C535 C628 C629 C713 C735 CODECOI CSI72 C525 C714 C715 6717 C519 C719 CAP 2200P 10 100V CERAMIC CAP 1000pF 20 50V CERAMIC
201. R703 R709 R707 R713 R736 Description RES 16 9K 1 1W THICK FILM RES 59K 190 100MW THICK FILM 5 40 2 1 100 FILM 5 40 2 1 100 FILM RES 6 19K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 6 04K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 015 1 5W 1 RES 274 1 1W THIN FILM RES 2 49K 1 1W THIN FILM RES 24 9K 1 100MW THIN FILM RES 392 1 10OMW THICK FILM 5 2 1 100 FILM RES 475 1 100OMW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 5 125MW METAL FILM RES 200 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1 87K 1 1W THICK FILM 5 4 02 1 100 FILM RES 4 99K 1 125W THIN FILM RES 0499 1 1OOMW THICK FILM RES 2 43K 1 1W THICK FILM RES 316K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 4 99K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 1K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 4 99K 1 1W THIN FILM 5 0499 1 100 FILM RES 4 02M 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 1 1 100 FILM RES 10K 1 125W THIN FILM 0806 RES 499 1 1OOMW THICK FILM RES 1 1 30W RES 4 02K 1 100MW THICK FILM Keithley part no R 418 16 9K R 418 59K R 418 40 2K R 418 40 2K R 418 6 19K R 418 6 04K R 468 015 R 438 274 R 438 2 49K R 438 24 9K R 418 392 R 418 2K R 418 475 R 418 10K R 375 10K R 418 200 R 418 1 87K R 418 4 02K R 456 4 99K R 418 0499 R 418 2 43K R 418 316K R 418 4 99K R 418 10K R 418 1K R 418 10K 491 4 99 418 0499 418 4 02
202. RATED CIRCUIT 17765 960 U406 424 436 439 464 606 623 636 639 PRECISION BIFET OPAMP IC 1194 U407 U607 IC DUAL BIPOLAR LT1124CS8 IC 955 U409 U609 IC OP AMP NE5534D IC 802 0410 435 448 461 610 648 652 653 444 625 IC VOLT COMPARATOR LM311M IC 776 0411 0465 IC OPAMP LTC1150CS8 1 1053 0412 0612 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT IC 1333 0413 0457 0613 LOW POWER INSTRUMENT IC 1124 0414 415 421 423 438 614 615 638 425 449 IC 20V OP AMP LT1097S8 IC 767 0416 0616 IC 8 CHAN ANA MULTIPLEXER IC 844 DG408DY 0417 0452 0462 0617 8 STAGE SHIFT STORE MC14094BD 772 0418 0618 CMOS ANALOG SWITCH IC 1210 0419 0619 HIGH PRECISION 10V REFERENCE IC 1121 U420 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT IC 1281 Replaceable Parts 16 13 Table 16 2 Model 2306 analog board parts list cont Circuit designation Description Keithley part no 0422 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT IC 1277 U426 U608 IC CMOS ANAL SWITCH DG444DY IC 866 0427 0428 0430 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SMT IC 1278 U429 U629 IC INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER 1 1125 INA128UA 0431 0432 0443 0631 0632 IC VOLT LM393D IC 775 U433 U621 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT IC 1331 0434 0624 IC DUAL LF353M IC 842 0437 0442 0637 0642 IC VOLTAGE REFERENCE SOIC8 IC 1065 U440 U622 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SMT 1 1328 0441 0641 POWER OUTPUT STAGE AUTOMATIC IC 1159 BIAS SYSTEM 0445 IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR LM317T IC 317 U446 U646 IC POS GATES INVERT 74 14 IC 6
203. REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING j Calibration 14 7 4 The unit will prompt you for the DMM reading which will be used to calibrate the Channel 1 full scale output voltage CAL VOLTS CHAN 1 READ1 14 0000 V 5 Using the edit keys adjust the Model 2306 voltage display to agree with the DMM voltage reading then press ENTER The unit will then prompt for another DMM reading which will be used to calibrate the full scale Channel 1 measurement function CAL VOLTS CHAN 1 READ2 14 0000 V 6 Using the edit keys adjust the display to agree with the new DMM voltage reading then press ENTER The unit will prompt for Channel 1 DVM full scale calibration CAL DVM CHAN 1 ALL READY TO DO 7 Press ENTER to complete Channel 1 full scale calibration 8 Connect the digital multimeter volts input and characterized 40 resistor to the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 SOURCE terminals as shown in Figure 14 2 Be sure to Observe proper polarity SOURCE to DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO 9 Besure the digital multimeter DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected Figure 14 2 Connections for 5A 500mA current calibration Input HI Input LO KEITHLEY OUTPUT 1 connections Gr shown Use OUTPUT 2 su x for Charger Channel 4 2001 MULTIMETER LO v 4 Resistor 500 INPUTS pa 2 no DISPLAY RANGE
204. RIER MBR745 DIODE SWITCHING MMSD914T19 SCHOTTKY POWER RECTIFIER SCHOTTKY POWER RECTIFIER HEAT SINK CONN MALE 5 PIN CONN HEADER STRAIGHTSOLDER PIN CONNECTOR MODULES FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 CHOKE 100U SM INDUCTOR CHOKE 19U CHOKE 4 5A CHOKE 22UH FERRITE CHIP 600 OHM BLM32A07 TRANS N MOSFET VNO605T TRANS NPN MMBT3904 TRANS PNP MMBT3906L TRANS POWER MOSFET IRFZ46NS HEXFET POWER MOSFET IRFZ44N TRANS N CHANNEL JFET SNJ132199 TRANS N CHANNEL FET 2N4392 Keithley part no C 535 22 C 418 1 C 495 C 418 1 C 495 01 491 022 491 022 RF 95 RF 48 RF 47 RF 126 RF 112 RF 112 RF 65 RF 112 RF 126 RF 126 HS 55 CS 1060 5 CS 368 34 CS 834 CH 62 CH 62 CH 66 100 CH 98 1 CH 66 22 CH 62 TG 243 TG 238 TG 244 TG 371 TG 354 TG 294 TG 128 1 16 26 Replaceable Parts Table 16 7 Model 2306 VS analog board parts list cont Circuit designation Q421 0621 0423 0623 Q424 0429 0620 0624 Q425 0430 0625 0629 Q426 0626 Q427 0428 0627 0628 Q630 Q632 Q633 R400 R600 R401 R601 R402 R404 R602 R604 R403 R603 405 414 587 588 751 752 443 R532 R406 R421 R606 R621 R796 R407 R463 R466 R468 R661 R662 R685 R686 R408 R608 R409 R609 R454 R456 R761 R762 R410 R412 R569 R610 R612 R660 R723 R411 R611 R504 R508 R413 R531 R613 R731 R415 R615 R708 R735 R790 R416 R616 R721 R724 R418 R618 R520 R521 R419 R619 R420 R620 R422 R447 R622 R674 R496 R64
205. SENS 1 PCUR MODE name Battery Channel 1 SENS2 PCUR MODE lt name gt Charger Channel 2 lt name gt HIGH or AVER Sync up to rising edge of pulse for Ist reading of digitization LOW Sync up to falling edge of pulse for Ist reading of digitization Pulse Current Measurements 3 23 After any specified delay period expires the instrument takes the number of readings specified by the average count command SENS I PCUR AVER lt NRf gt Battery Channel 1 SENS2 PCUR AVER lt NRf gt Charger Channel 2 lt NRf gt 1105000 Digitize 1 to 5000 readings NOTE See Pulse current digitization on page 3 31 for a programming example The SENS PCUR TIME DIG command can be used to set the digitize time for firmware B10 and later See Table 3 2 Pulse current step method Use the pulse current step method to perform a series of different trigger level measurements on the same trigger level range This method is available on the battery channel through GPIB operation SENS PCUR STEP commands see Table 3 2 Use this method to decrease the time required to take a sequence of measurements To use this method properly set trigger level steps integration time timeout setting and trigger level range for the entire sequence of measurements Out of these settings only trigger level may be set to a unique value for each step settings for integration time and trigger level range apply to all steps in the measurement sequence Time
206. SOURCH DVM in soURCE SENSE SOURCE IN 4 le e w uu um Fu e e WP Wc d 1 a RUE ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS MAX LINE FUSE A RELAY LINE RATING CONTROL 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 24VDC ro US 50 60 HZ 165 IEEE 488 REMOTE ENTER IEEE ADDRESS FROM FRONT PANEL MENU PTION CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING KEITHLEY Model 2001 DMM Sense Source WARNING No INTERNAL OPERATOR SER Note Use 4 wire connections to resistor terminals 13 10 Performance Verification Select the multimeter DC voltage measuring function and enable auto ranging 3 Select Channel 1 by pressing the gt keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Turn on the Model 2306 output 4 Verify compliance current accuracy for the currents listed in Table 13 4 For each test point Set the Model 2306 output voltage to 8V and set the compliance current to the value being tested Note and record the digital multimeter voltage reading Calculate the current from the voltage reading and actual 1 2 resistor value I 2 V R Verify that the current is within the limits given in the table 5
207. TE query The calibration date will also be displayed during the front panel calibration procedure Note The year month and day parameters must be delimited by commas Example CAL PROT DATE 2003 11 20 Send cal date 11 20 2003 INIT CALibration PROTected INIT Purpose To initiate calibration Format cal prot init Description The INIT command initiates the calibration process and must be sent before all other commands except CODE Note The INIT command should be sent only once at the beginning of the calibration procedure Do not send INIT before each calibration step Example CAL PROT INIT Initiate calibration Calibration Reference C 5 CALibration PROTected SAVE Purpose Format Description Note Example STEP To save calibration constants in EEROM after the calibration procedure cal prot save The SAVE command stores internally calculated calibration constants derived during comprehensive in EEROM EEROM is non volatile memory and calibration constants will be retained indefinitely once saved SAVE is sent after all other calibration steps Calibration will be only temporary unless the SAVE command is sent to permanently store calibration constants Calibration data will not be saved if 1 Calibration was not unlocked by sending the CODE command 2 Invalid data exists for example cal step failed 3 An incomplete number of cal steps were performed 4 Calibration was per
208. THICK FILM RES 10M 1 125MW THICK FILM RES 1M 1 100OMW THICK FILM RES 45 3K 196 100MW THICK FILM RES 1M 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 24 9K 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 20 1 100 FILM RES 2 55K 1 1W THICK FILM RES 11K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 475 1 100OMW THICK FILM RES 475 1 100OMW THICK FILM RES 1K 1 1 4W METAL FILM RES 1K 5 250MW METAL FILM 5 475 1 100 FILM 5 1 1 100 FILM RES 4 75K 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 15 1 100 FILM RES 332K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10M 1 125MW THICK FILM RES 499 1 1OOMW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 866 1 100OMW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM 5 68 5 125 METAL FILM Keithley part no R 391 18 7 R 469 7 5 R 376 10 R 418 10 R 418 100 R 418 10K R 418 10M R 418 1M R 418 45 3K R 418 1M R 418 10K R 418 24 9K R 418 20K R 418 2 55K R 418 11K R 418 475 R 418 475 R 391 1K R 376 1K R 418 475 R 418 1K R 418 4 75K R 418 15K R 418 332K R 418 10M R 418 499 R 418 10K R 418 866 R 418 10K R 375 68 Table 16 5 Model 2306 VS digital board parts list cont Circuit designation R238 R239 R240 R241 R242 R250 R252 R253 R255 R258 R260 R275 R276 R263 R272 R265 R273 R267 R268 R269 R270 R271 R285 RT100 RT101 RV 100 5100 50125 T100 T200 TE100 TE103 TP100 TP 112 TP200 TP204 U100 U200 0101 0201 0102 0202 0103 0203
209. THICK FILM R 418 10K RT100 THERMISTER PD 7MW DEG 1500V 8 613 74K RV 100 VARISTOR VR 23 RV101 RV102 RV103 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSOR VR 19 5100 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 6 POLE SW 466 SO125 SOCKET PLCC 032 T A SO 143 32 T100 T200 TRANSFORMER TR 338A TP100 110 200 204 SURFACE MOUNT PCB TEST POINT CS 1026 U100 U200 QUAD SCHMITT TRIG NAND GATE IC 1291 0101 0201 DUAL 1 1292 U102 U202 IC TRIPLE 3 IN NAND 74F10 IC 659 U103 203 IC DUAL POWER MOSFET DRIVER IC 1118 ICL7667 U104 U204 VOLTAGE REGULATOR IC 1132 U105 U205 VOLTAGE REGULATOR IC 1133 U106 U206 15 VOLTAGE REGULATOR IC 1135 0107 DUAL 4 BIT BIN COUNTER IC 1294 U108 IC 5V RS 232 TRANSCEIVER MAX202 IC 952 U109 U111 IC VOLT COMPARATOR LM393D 1 775 U110 IC DUAL PICOAMP AD706JR IC 910 16 6 Replaceable Parts Table 16 1 Model 2306 digital board parts list cont Circuit designation 0112 0113 0114 0122 0214 U115 116 117 119 215 216 217 219 U118 U120 U218 U220 0121 0124 0125 0126 0127 0128 U129 U133 0130 0131 0132 0134 U135 U136 U235 U236 00 100 Y102 Description ADJ VOLTAGE REG STEP DOWN IC 5V VOLTAGE REGULATOR LM2940CT SCMITT HEX INVERT HIGH SPEED OPTOCOUPLER HCPL 0631 TINYLOGIC CMOS INVERTER IC GPIB ADAPTER 9914A LARGE SCALE IC SMT PROGRAMMED ROM IC OCTAL INTERFACE BUS 75160 IC MOT MC68331CPV 16 IC OCTAL INTER BUS TRANS 75161 IC SERIAL EPROM 24LC16B
210. TT Pulse Trigger Timeout bits in the status model may get set See section 8 on the status model for more information Although autotime does not use the user setting for trigger edge the user setting will be used for trigger com mands e g READ MEASure etc Pulse timeout Use the PULSE TIMEOUT item of the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 menu item to set pulse timeout LONG INTEGRAT 1 refers to the battery channel while LONG INTEGRAT 2 refers to the charger channel Set pulse timeout from 1 to 63 seconds for long integration measurements that are configured to be triggered by RISING or FALLING pulse edges If a pulse is not detected within the specified time PULSE TIMEOUT the NO PULSE message will be displayed While the NO PULSE message is displayed the instrument continues to search for a pulse With NEITHER edge selected the PULSE TIMEOUT setting 15 inactive Trigger edge trigger level and trigger level range Use the following items of the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 menu item to set trigger edge trigger level and trigger level range LONG INTEGRAT 1 refers to the battery channel while LONG INTEGRAT 2 refers to the charger channel Trigger edge A pulse edge can be used to trigger the start of the measurement TRIGGER EDGE Select RISING to use a rising pulse edge to start the measurement Select FALLING to use a falling pulse edge to start the measurement A third option is available if you do not want measurements co
211. Tect b DETect Time OUT lt NRf gt TimeOUT LINTegration TEDGe name TEDGe TIME lt NRf gt TIME AUTO TLEVel lt NRf gt TLE Vel TimeOUT lt TimeOUT SEARch lt b gt SEARch FAST b FAST DETect b DETect Enable or disable pulse current search Query pulse current search setting Enable or disable pulse current detection mode Query pulse current detection mode setting Specify length of timeout 5ms 32s incrementing in 1ms Query pulse current timeout setting Path to configure long integration measurements refer to Section 4 Set trigger edge to start long integration measurement RISING FALLING NEITHER Query trigger edge setting Set integration time in seconds X to 60 where X is 0 850 for 60Hz or 0 840 for 50Hz Query integrations time Power supply sets integrations time Set trigger level value 0 5A Query trigger level setting Specify length of timeout 1 to 63 seconds Query timeout Enable or disable pulse search Query state of pulse search Enable or disable long integration fast readings mode Query long integration fast readings mode Enable or disable long integration detect pulse only mode Query detect mode 12 14 SCPI Tables Table 12 5 SOURce command summary refer to Table 2 3 Command Description SOURce 1 SOURce subsystem for channel 1 battery channel VOLTage Path to set output voltage
212. The averaged reading is displayed on the front panel The front panel does not show an array of readings only the average of an array All READ commands apply to the presently selected function The number of readings to average or put in an array is set using the SENSe AVERage for voltage current and DVM readings or SENSe PCURrent AVERage for pulse current readings command See Sections 2 and 3 for details NOTES 1 READ and READ ARRay readings are always sent in exponent form 2 There are no AVERage commands for long integration measurements The array size for long integration readings is fixed at one Therefore both READ and READ ARRay will return a single long integration reading MEASure 1 function Execute READ on specified function for battery channel 1 MEASure 1 ARRay function2 Execute READ ARRay on specified function for battery channel 1 MEASure2 function Execute READ2 on specified function for charger channel 2 MEASure2 ARRay function2 Execute READ2 ARRay on specified function charger channel 2 Parameters function CURRent DC Measure current VOLTage DC Measure voltage PCURrent Measure pulse current DV Meter Measure DVM input LINTegration Perform long integration current measurements When MEASure command 15 sent the specified function is selected and then the READ is executed When the MEASure ARRay command is sent the specified function i
213. Therefore as a general rule the user selects the current range before setting the current limit The current range can be changed at any time but selecting the lower range may change the current limit setting See Outputting voltage and cur rent on page 2 5 for details on current range and current limit 2 16 Basic Power Supply Operation NPIC rate The integration reading rate of the instrument is specified as a parameter based on the num ber of power line cycles NPLC where 1 PLC for 60Hz line frequency is 16 67msec 1 60 In general the fastest integration time 0 01 PLC results in increased reading noise The slowest integration time 10 PLC provides the best common mode and normal mode rejection In between settings are a compromise between speed and noise The NPLC RATE 71 42 item of the menu is also used to set the reading rate for DVM mea surements Note that it is not used to set the integration rate for pulse current and long integration measurements These measurements are covered in Sections 3 and 4 respectively Average readings The average reading count 1 to 10 specifies the number of measurement conversions to average for each reading For example with a reading count of 5 each displayed reading will be the average of five measurement conversions The AVER READINGS 1 2 menu items are also used to set the average reading count for DVM measurements Note that it is not used to set the average reading cou
214. URR SENS2 SOUR2 SOUR2 OUTP2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 READ2 ON PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR FUNC RANG 5 15 0 75 SYNC ON AVER 10 SYNC TLEV 0 1 TIME HIGH 600e 3 SYNC DEL 50e 3 MODE HIGH CUR Sets active channel battery Select 5A range Set output voltage to 15V Set current limit to 750mA Turn output Enable trigger synchronization Set average count to 10 Set trigger level to 100mA for 1A trigger level range Select the 1A trigger level range Set integration times automatically Configure to measure peak pulse Select pulse current function Trigger 10 measurement conversions and return the average of those 10 conver Sions The average of the 10 conversions is displayed on the front panel Each of the ten conversion syncs to the rising edge Sets active channel charger Select 5A range Set output voltage to 15V Set current limit to 750mA Turn output on Enable trigger synchronization Set average count to 10 Set trigger level to 100mA Set integration high time to 600ms Set trigger delay to 50msec Configure to measure peak pulse trigger on rising edge Select pulse current function Trigger 10 measurement conversions and return the average of those 10 conver Sions The average of the 10 conversions is displayed on the front panel Each of the ten conversion syncs to the rising edge Puls
215. X is 0 850 for 60Hz line frequency or 0 840 for 50Hz line frequency Query integration time Power supply sets integration time 12 10 SCPI Tables Table 12 4 cont SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 3 2 and 4 2 cont w Default SENSe 1 LINTegration TLE Vel Path to set trigger level AMP lt NRf gt Set trigger level for 5A range 0 to 5 amps AMP Query trigger level for 5A range ONE lt NRf gt Set trigger level for 1A range 0 to 1 amps ONE Query trigger level for 1 range MILLiamp lt NRf gt Set trigger level for 100mA range 0 to 0 1 amps MILLiamp Query trigger level 100mA range HALFamp lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only Set trigger level in amps for 500mA range on 500mA current range 0 500mA HALFamp Model 2306 PJ only Query the 500mA trigger level setting on the 500mA current range HUNDred lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only Set trigger level in amps for 100mA range on 500mA current range 0 100mA HUNDred Model 2306 PJ only Query the 100mA trigger level setting on the 500mA current range lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only Set trigger level in amps for 10mA range on 500mA current range 0 10mA Model 2306 PJ only Query the 10mA trigger level setting on the 500mA current range RANGe lt NRf gt Select trigger level range 100mA 1A 5A for the 5A current range based on lt NRf gt which causes AMP ONE or
216. acters that are enclosed in brackets are optional and need not be included in the program message 7 12 GPIB Operation Program messages A program message is made up of one or more command words sent by the computer to the instrument Each common command is a three letter acronym preceded by an asterisk SCPI commands are categorized in the subsystem For example STATus subsystem will be used to help explain how command words are structured to formulate program messages STATus Path Root OPERation Path lt NRf gt Command and parameter Query command PRESet Command Single command messages The previous command structure has three levels The first level is made up of the root command CS TATus and serves as a path The second level is made up of another path OPERation and a command PRESet The third path is made up of one command for the OPERation path The three commands in this structure can be executed by sending three separate program messages as follows stat oper enab lt NRf gt stat oper enab stat pres In each of the above program messages the path pointer starts at the root command stat and moves down the command levels until the command is executed Multiple command messages You can send multiple command messages in the same program message as long as they are separated by semicolons Here is an example showing two commands in one program message sta
217. age 3 of 7 2306 VS Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator VOLTAGE STEPPING WITH AUTO MEASUREMENT TEST CONDITIONS 1 Trigger external is enabled on both channels 2 Only a single channel is externally triggered during the sequence while remaining channel stays idle 3 Times based on 0 programmable user delay 4 Measurement time 167us 0 01 plc 5 Steps points 4 Channel trigger in Output voltage Measurement time Channel trigger out l 6 I Le Output 71 Battery Output 2 Charger A 70us typical A 55us typical within B 43ys typical B 43us typical within C programmable user delay 0 5 seconds C programmable user delay 0 5 seconds D measurement time D measurement time E 475us typical steps 1 2 and 3 E 955us typical steps 1 2 and 3 755ys typical steps 1 2 and 3 with C as 0 F 1 22ms typical steps 1 2 and 3 with C as 0 amp ms typical step 4 with C as 0 amp ms typical step 4 with C as 0 VOLTAGE STEPPING BOTH CHANNELS WITH CHANNEL 1 TEST CONDITIONS 1 Only a single channel is externally triggered during the sequence while remaining channel stays idle 2 Times based on 0 programmable user delay Channel 1 trigger in Output voltage channel 1 Output voltage channel 2 Channel 1 trigger out Output 1 Battery Output 2 Charger A 70us typical B 55us typical
218. age step parameters step 1 20 voltage 0 15 Step 1 20 lt NRf3 gt delay 0 5 OV voltage step Os delay step STEP lt NRf gt Query voltage and delay for a given step number STEP Query next step to be completed when trigger in pulse detected VOLTage lt b gt Enable ON or disable OFF voltage step feature END lt NRf gt Set voltage when external trigger turned OFF 0 15 READing lt name gt Set reading measurement mode NONE SYNC or AUTO AUTO POINts lt NRf gt Set of measurements and or voltage steps 1 20 lt b gt Enable or disable OFF Voltage Protection Tripping The END voltage becomes the voltage setting whenever external triggering is disabled which happens 1 by commands to disable external triggering 2 if the heat sink or power supply temperature is excessive or 3 if the or current limit is tripped for either channel 6 6 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Table 6 1 cont Model 2306 VS external trigger commands Default TRIGger2 TRIGger subsystem for Channel 2 charger channel EXTernal Path for external trigger control under TRIGger2 subsystem BOTH name Select channel both control type NONE VOLT or AUTO NONE EDGE Path for specifying the trigger in amp out pulse edges IN lt name gt Select trigger in pulse polarity RISING or FALLING FALLING OUT name Select trigger out pulse polarity RISING or FALLING FALLI
219. agles Street Langford Town Bangalore 560 025 080 212 80 27 Fax 080 212 80 05 ITALY Viale San Gimignano 38 20146 Milano 02 48 39 16 01 Fax 02 48 30 22 74 JAPAN New Pier Takeshiba North Tower 13F 11 1 Kaigan 1 chome Minato ku Tokyo 105 0022 81 3 5733 7555 Fax 81 3 5733 7556 KOREA 2FL URI Building 2 14 Yangjae Dong Seocho Gu Seoul 137 888 82 2 574 7778 Fax 82 2 574 7838 NETHERLANDS Postbus 559 4200 AN Gorinchem 0183 63 53 33 Fax 0183 63 08 21 SWEDEN c o Regus Business Centre Frosundaviks All 15 4tr 16970 Solna 08 50 90 46 00 Fax 08 655 26 10 TAIWAN 13F 3 NO 6 Lane 99 Pu Ding Road Hsinchu Taiwan ROC 886 3 572 9077 Fax 886 3 572 9031 5 03 Model 2302 2302 2306 2306 2306 5 Battery Charger Simulator Instruction Manual 1999 Keithley Instruments Inc rights reserved Cleveland Ohio U S A Fifth Printing July 2003 Document Number 2306 901 01 Rev E Manual Print History The print history shown below lists the printing dates of all Revisions and Addenda created for this manual The Revision Level letter increases alphabetically as the manual undergoes sub sequent updates Addenda which are released between Revisions contain important change in formation that the user should incorporate immediately into the manual Addenda are numbered sequentially When a new Revision is created all Addenda associated with
220. alue as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP6 Calculated Current For Model 2306 2306 VS Connect the 3kQ resistor in place of the 4Q resistor Figure 14 3 For Model 2306 Leave the 4Q resistor in place do not change resistors Figure 14 2 Make sure the DMM DC volts function and auto range are still selected Send the following command this command outputs approximately 5mA for the Model 2306 2306 VS and approximately 500mA for the Model 2306 PJ CAL PROT STEP7 14 14 Calibration 14 Step 3 Note and record the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from the voltage reading and actual resistance value Send that current value as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP8 Calculated Current Example for the Model 2306 2306 VS with a current of 4 5mA the command would be CAL PROT STEPS 4 5E 3 Example for the Model 2306 PJ with a current of 450mA the command would be CAL PROT STEP8 450E 3 Perform Channel 2 charger channel calibration steps Connect the OUTPUT 2 SOURCE SENSE and IN terminals to the digital multimeter Use the same general connections shown in Figure 14 1 but make your connections to the OUTPUT 2 terminals Connect SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN to DMM INPUT HI SOURCE SENSE and IN to DMM INPUT LO Send the following command to output 14 CAL PROT STEP9 14 Note and record the DMM reading
221. an repeatedly return the same reading or reading array Until there is a new triggered reading s these commands continue to return the old triggered reading s The number of readings to average or put in an array is set using the SENSe AVERage for voltage current and DVM readings SENSe PCURrent AVERage for pulse current readings command See Sections 2 and 3 for details NOTES 1 FETCh and FETCh ARRay readings are always sent in exponential form 2 There are no AVERage commands for long integration measurements The array size for long integration readings is fixed at one Therefore both FETCh and FETCh ARRay will return the last reading 10 4 Signal Oriented Measurement Commands 1 Trigger and return reading for the battery channel 1 Trigger and array of readings for the battery channel 1 READ2 Trigger and return reading for the charger channel 2 READ2 ARRay Trigger and return array of readings for the charger channel 2 The READ command is used to trigger and return a single averaged reading and the READ ARRay command is used to trigger and return an array of readings for the currently selected function on the applicable channel the battery channel being the default and the charger channel requiring a 2 to be appropriately added to the command string The averaged reading or reading array is sent to the computer when the power supply is addressed to talk
222. and CAL PROT STEP15 lt Calculated Current gt 11 Connect characterized 3kQ resistor in place of the 4Q resistor Figure 14 3 12 Make sure the DMM DC volts function and auto range are still selected 13 Send the following command to output approximately 5mA for 5mA full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP16 14 Note and record the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from the voltage reading and actual 3kQ resistance value Send that current value as the parameter for the following command 15 CAL PROT STEP17 Calculated Current Step 4 Program calibration date Use following command to set the calibration date CAL PROT DATE yyyy mm lt dd gt Note that the year month and date must be separated by commas The allowable range for the year is from 1998 to 2097 the month is from 1 to 12 and the date is from 1 to 31 Step 5 Save calibration constants and lock out calibration Calibration is now complete so you can store the calibration constants in EEROM by sending the following command CAL PROT SAVE NOTE Calibration will be temporary unless you send the SAVE command Calibration data will not be saved if 1 calibration is locked 2 invalid data exists or 3 all steps were not completed in the proper sequence In that case the unit will revert to previous calibration constants After saving constants lock out calibration by sending CAL PROT LOCK 14 16 Calibratio
223. and Pulse current STEP method battery channel only on page 3 32 for details NOTE Available current measurement range s Model 2306 2306 VS e Model 2506 PJ 54 500mA Pulse current measurement High LOW Average gt High and average measurements triggered on leading edge of pulse y Low measurement triggered on falling edge of pulse Pulse Current Measurements 3 3 Trigger level For the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ on the 5A current range to avoid false pulse detection you can use a trigger level of up to 5A pulses noise or other transients that are less than the set trigger level will be ignored The charger channel has only one trigger level range setting from to 5A The battery channel has three trigger level range settings 5A 1A or 100mA trigger level ranges For 5A the level may be set from 0 to 5A For the trigger level may be set from 0 to 1A Likewise the level may be set from 0 to 100mA for the 100mA trigger level range These ranges affect trigger level resolution and not the current range selec tion since pulse current readings are always performed on 5A current range The trigger level range option on the battery channel allows the user to set a trigger level with greater resolution On the Model 2306 you can also measure the pulse current on the 500mA current range Therefore in addition to the three range settings for the 5A current range
224. annel 1 CAL 5 A CHAN 1 READ1 1 90000 Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and the actual 4Q resistance value V R Adjust the Model 2306 current display value to agree with the calculated current value and press ENTER The Model 2306 will prompt for another DMM reading which is used for 5A measurement calibration of Channel 1 CAL 5 A CHAN 1 READ2 1 90000 A Again calculate the current from the new DMM reading and 4Q resistor value Adjust the 2306 current display reading to agree with the new current then press ENTER For Model 2306 2306 VS Connect the 3kQ resistor in place of the 4Q resistor Figure 14 3 For Model 2306 Leave the 4 resistor in place do not change resistors Figure 14 2 At this point the unit will prompt for an output on Channel 1 For Model 2306 2306 VS _ For Model 2306 CAL 5 mA CHAN 1 CAL 500 mA CHAN 1 ALL READY TO DO ALL READY TO DO For Model 2306 2306 VS Press ENTER to output approximately 5mA For Model 2306 PJ Press ENTER to output approximately 500mA The unit will then prompt you for the DMM reading For Model 2306 2306 VS For Model 2306 PJ CAL 5 mA CHAN 1 CAL 500 mA CHAN 1 READ1 4 50000 mA READ1 450 000 mA Note the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that voltage reading and actual resistance value Adjust the Model 2306 current display value to agree with that value and press ENTER Calibration 1
225. annel if the instrument has two channels On power up this mode is set to disabled OFF This setting is not saved in user setups While this mode is enabled do not recall a user setup or send an RST command Using trigger continuous mode Trigger continuous mode provides a faster reading rate The fastest reading rate is achieved by enabling this mode along with enabling the 488 1 protocol SYST MEP STAT 0 Also the format for readings can affect speed Selecting SREal format will provide a faster reading rate than when in ASCII mode Enabling trigger continuous mode turns display OFF while disabling it turns it back ON 488 1 protocol and trigger continuous mode enabled When the 488 1 protocol and trigger continuous mode are both enabled talking the instrument returns triggered readings The query READ does not have to be sent before talking the instrument for a reading When using this configuration 488 1 protocol and trigger continuous mode enabled the instrument is continuously taking triggered readings When the power supply is talked without being asked for data a recently triggered reading is returned Changing instrument configuration To change instrument configuration disable trigger continuous mode first Do not change configuration while trigger continuous mode is enabled After sending the commands to make the desired changes enable the trigger continuous mode and resume taking fast readings by just talking the ins
226. annel 2 Pulse Trigger Timeout Channel 2 Reading Available Channel 2 RAV2 Buffer Full Channel 1 DRE Buffer Full Channel 2 t gt gt 2 TT 4 N N E lt N Always Zero CONDiition 15 ENABle lt NRf gt EVENt 12 2 12 2 8 2 E ENABle lt NRf gt Status Structure 8 3 ioga OR Error Queue Service Request Enable Register Master Summary Status MSS MSB Measurement Summary Bit EAV Error Available QSB Questionable Summary Bit MAV Message Available ESB Event Summary Bit RQS MSS Request for Service Master Summary Staus OSB Operation Summary Bit Note RQS bit is in serial poll byte MSS bit is in STB response Operation Event Registers Event Condition Event Enable Register Register Register ver Channel VPT Channel 2 ae Curent Linii aaea Current Limit Tripped 1 au pan epean Heat Sink Shutdown Power Supply Shutdown Pss hL Logical Current Limit 2 Current Limit Tripped 2 S f 331 15 ENABle lt NRf gt ENABIe Always Zero CONDiition EVENt 8 4 Status Structure Clearing regis
227. arity DVM IN SOURCE and SENSE to DMM INPUT HI also DVM IN SOURCE and SENSE to DMM INPUT LO Figure 13 5 Connections for DVM accuracy verification Input MEER m lt Input LO OUTPUT 1 connections shown Use OUTPUT 2 for Charger Channel 2001 MULTIMETER 8 DISPLAY GED ca Gam CD Cam POWER RANGE v DVM IN Model 2001 DMM Source Source Sense Sense WARNING No INTERNAL 32 BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY 7 430 VDC MAX UTPUT 42 jOURCE WE Hd D SOURCE SENSE SOURCE DVM gt RR 7 RR ISOLATION FROM EARTH 22 VOLTS MAX LINE FUSE A Er RELAY LINE RATING CONTROL 100 120VAC 200 240VAC 24VDC MAX m 50 60 HZ 165 IEEE 488 REMOTE ENTER IEEE ADDRESS FROM FRONT PANEL MENU TION MADE IN KELTHEEY CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING Performance Verification 13 12 select the DMM DC volts function and enable auto ranging 3 Select Channel 1 by pressing the and keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 and enable the Model 2306 DVM input 4 Turn on the Model 2306 source output
228. as STEP READ set to SYNC and STEP VOLT set to OFF Error message 222 Channel step read and step volt conflict 4 The channel being enabled has STEP READ set to SYNC and selected channel function is not pulse current Error message 223 Channel step read and function conflict 5 Either selecting trigger external enable to be on while trigger continuous is enabled or selecting trigger continuous while trigger external is enabled Error message 236 Trigger continuous and external enable conflict 6 Enabling trigger external while long integration is the selected function on the channel Error message 237 Trigger external enable long integration conflict 6 8 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Once a channel is enabled a settings conflict error message will occur when 1 Trying to change a trigger external setting while a channel s trigger external enable 15 ON Error message 234 Trigger external setting channel enabled conflict Error 234 will be generated if BOTH VOLT or AUTO for channel having TRIG EXT ENAB OFF command or the other channel has BOTH set to VOLT AUTO with external trigger enabled 2 Trying to change a system parameter that would interfere with a channel s having its trigger external enable ON Error message 235 Trigger external enabled system setting conflict Error 235 will be generated if external trigger is enabled and these commands are sent TRG TRGI TRG2 READI READ2
229. asurement range of the instrument Battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 6 Bit B4 pulse trigger timeout 1 PTT1 Set bit indicates that a battery channel 1 current pulse has not been detected This bit applies to pulse current and long integration functionality Battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 7 Bit BS reading available 1 1 Set bit indicates that battery channel 1 reading was taken and processed Battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 8 Bit B6 reading overflow 2 ROF2 Set bit indicates that the charger channel s 2 reading exceeds the measurement range of the instrument Charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 3 Bit B7 pulse trigger timeout 2 PTT2 Set bit indicates that a charger channel 2 current pulse has not been detected This bit applies to pulse current and long integration functionality Charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 4 Bit B8 reading available 2 RAV2 Set bit indicates that a charger channel 2 reading was taken and processed Charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 5 Bit B9 buffer full 1 BF1 Set bit indicates that the specified number of battery channel s 1 readings average count have been taken Battery channel only for the charger channel see Bit 10 Bit B10 buffer full 2 BF2 Set bit indicates that the speci
230. asurements FETCH2 ARR read channel 2 measurements TRIG2 EXT ENAB INIT init for a new set of measurements on each channel go to hoop 2 BOTHTRIGEXT TWOOFF turn off both functionality when down or for changes go back to Loop 1 after making changes NOTE Ifyou are unable to monitor for trigger out pulses either 1 monitor the buffer full bit in the status model Section 8 or 2 allow sufficient time between trigger in pulses to allow the unit to complete each step see the specifications in Appendix for time guidelines 6 20 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Example 5 Voltage step only on channel 1 Model 2306 VS configuration using channel 1 for voltage stepping and normal func tionality on channel 2 RST VOLT CURR SENS TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG Loop TRIG 0 1 75 FUNC VOLT reset the 2306 Vs set the voltage set the current limit the voltage functionality select EXT BOTH NONE select channel 1 to only affect channel 1 EXT STEP 1 1 1 step 1 voltage is 1 with 1 second delay EXT STEP 2 2 2 step 2 voltage is 2 with 2 second delay EXT STEP 3 3 1 step 3 voltage is 3 with 1 second delay EXT STEP 4 4 2 step 4 voltage is 4 with 2 second delay EXT STEP 5 5 1 step 5 voltage is 5 with 1 second delay EXT STEP 6 6 2 step 6 voltage is 6 with 2 second delay EXT STEP READ NONE take no measuremen
231. back V and I 2 21 Outputting voltage and current 2 5 Overview Common commands 9 2 Long Integration Measurements 4 2 Pulse Current Measurements 3 2 Relay control 5 2 6 2 signal oriented measurement commands 10 2 Status structure 8 2 Parameters 7 9 Parts lists and component layouts 16 2 PC boards handling 15 2 PCURrent FAST SEARch and DETect command reference 3 20 Phone numbers 1 2 Power 1 8 POWER ON SETUP 1 15 Power supply overview 1 4 F 2 Power Up Connection Line Power 1 8 Fuse replacement 1 9 Sequence 1 8 Primary address 7 4 Program message terminator PMT 7 13 Programming 6 16 and reading registers 8 5 enable registers 8 5 Programming examples 2 21 Program and read measurement event register 8 19 Pulse current digitization 3 31 3 32 Pulse current measurements 3 30 Read error queue 8 21 Read status byte 8 9 Programming syntax 7 9 Pulse Current Measurements 3 1 3 2 Configuration 3 6 digitization 3 22 Integration times 3 4 Menu items 1 15 Mode 1 10 Programming examples 3 29 Pulse sequences 3 26 3 27 readings 7 5 step method 3 23 TLEV Steps 3 23 Trigger level settings 3 25 Pulse timeout 1 15 1 16 3 7 3 15 3 17 4 4 4 7 12 13 Query commands 1 18 7 10 Questionable event status 8 16 Queues 8 2 8 19 READ ARRay 3 15 READ 3 15 4 13 7 4 7 5 10 4 Reading back V and I 2 15 Reading registers 8 5 Re assembly 15 6 RECALL SETUP 1 15 Register bit descriptions 8 10 Relay connector 9 pin D sub 5 4 c
232. ble 8 4 For details on reading registers see Reading registers on page 8 5 Table 8 4 Common and SCPI commands event registers Note ESR Read standard event status register STATus STATus subsystem OPERation EVENt Read operation event register MEASurement EVENt Read measurement event register QUEStionable EVENt Read questionable event register Note Power up and CLS resets all bits of all event registers to 0 STATus PRESet has no effect 8 18 Status Structure Event enable registers As Figure 8 1 shows each status register set has an enable register Each event register bit is logically ANDed amp to a corresponding enable bit of an enable register Therefore when an event bit is set and the corresponding enable bit is set as programmed by the user the output summary of the register will set to 1 which in turn sets the summary bit of the status byte register The commands to program and read the event enable registers are listed in Table 8 5 For details on programming and reading registers see Programming enable registers and Reading registers on page 8 5 NOTE The bits of any enable register can be reset to 0 by sending the 0 parameter value with the appropriate enable command i e STATus OPERation ENABle 0 Table 8 5 Common and SCPI commands event enable registers Note ESE lt NRf gt Program standard event enable register see Parameters ESE Read s
233. c between steps DISP CHAN 1 Set active channel battery SENS PCUR STEP ON Enable step SENS FUNC PCUR Select PCUR function SENS PCUR STEP UP 6 Specify 6 up steps SENS PCUR STEP DOWN 0 Specify 0 down steps remember the default is 1 See Pulse sequences rising and falling on page 3 26 for more information SENS CURR RANG 5 Select current range SENS PCUR STEP RANGE 75 Specify 1 amp range SENS PCUR STEP TIME 100e 6 Specify 100 microseconds for step integra tion time SENS PCUR STEP DEL 50e 6 Specify 50 microseconds for step delay Recall 400 microseconds needed for complet ing previous step measurement and being ready for next With 600 microseconds of step duration we have 50 microseconds to Spare 600 step duration 400 step processing time 100 step integration time 50 step delay 50 spare time SENS PCUR STEP TOUT 8e 3 Specify 8 milliseconds for step timeout ex cept first one SENS PCUR STEP TOUT INIT 60 Specify 60 seconds for first step timeout Recall for one shot pulse measurement need to have a long initial step timeout since want to trigger the 2306 for pulse step mea surement and wait between 3 to 5 seconds be fore generating the one shot pulse to guar antee the Model 2306 is waiting for detection of first step Using the same step trigger level for all steps is contained in the following sample Table3 5 con
234. can trigger the start of a long integration the pulse must first be detected Trigger level specifies the minimum pulse level that will cause detection For example if the trigger level is set for 2A pulses that are 22A will be detected Current pulses 2A are ignored The charger channel has only one trigger level range 0 5A For the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ on the 5A current range the battery channel has three trigger level range settings SA or 100mA trigger level ranges For 5A the level may be set from 0 to 5A For the 1A range the trigger level may be set from 0 to 1A Likewise the level may be set from 0 to 100mA for the 100mA trigger level range On the Model 2306 PJ you can also measure on the 500mA current range Therefore the 2306 PJ has three additional trigger level range settings for the 500mA current range 0 500mA 0 100mA and 0 10mA These ranges affect trigger level resolution and not the current range since long integration readings are always performed on the 5A current range The trigger level range option on battery channel allows the user to set a trigger level with greater resolution Trigger level range This setting affects long integration trigger level and has no affect on current range setting since long integration measurements are always performed on the 5A current range For the Models 2306 2306 5 and 2306 PJ on the 5A current range three settings battery channel only are available S
235. ccur on the RISING or FALLING edge of the pulse based on the setting of the TRIG EXT EDGE commands for IN and OUT 10 11 12 13 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 6 13 Each step has a voltage value associated with it as well as a delay setting The voltage and delay values is set by TRIG EXT STEP command Up to 20 steps may be configured To have the voltage step value used the TRIG EXT STEP VOLT setting must be set to ON If voltage stepping only the steps will cycle back to 1 and continue stepping after performing step number of POINts To have an additional user delay besides the internal delay trigger latency the delay for a step must have a non zero value If readings are taken during the step a complete cycle through the number of steps TRIG EXT STEP POIN setting must be completed before using a FETCh ARRay query for the data Monitor the buffer full bit in the status model Section 8 for a channel or monitor trigger out pulses to determine when a FETCh ARRay query can be sent The query must correspond to the channel taking the measurement regardless of the BOTH setting When taking measurements the cycling stops after POINts step measurement is completed so the FETCh ARRay query may be sent before starting a new set of measurements To take another set of measurements send the TRIG EXT ENAB INIT command Use the TRIG EXT STEP query to view the next step to be performed Once the handshake occurs on t
236. ce in each mode The unit is most responsive to bus commands in this mode The supply does not wait for TOUT or search time for background pulse current readings and TLEV command checks Front panel displays FAST HI LO AVG in remote mode instead of PCUR HI LO AVG if in local mode The bottom line may show a previous reading or dashes based on what commands were sent previously when in remote mode With FAST set to ON no pulse detection between user triggered readings occurs no checking for the parameter of PCUR TLEV commands to detect a pulse occurs no setting of the pulse trigger timeout bits in the status model between user triggered readings occurs Front panel has no indication that ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Table 3 3 Pulse Current Measurements 3 21 PCURrent FAST SEARch and DETect commands cont DESCRIPTION FAST SEARCH DETECT OFF ON Shaded cells designate command with precedence in each mode This mode allows the user to know whether the pulse disappeared before a user triggered reading is requested The responsiveness of bus commands is governed by TOUT if no pulses are detected or by search time if pulses are detected Therefore the longest response time to bus commands is approxi mately the greater of either TOUT or search time values Refer to Figure 3 4 If the pulse is detected the front panel will display DETECT HI LO AV on the top line of the display If no pulses are dete
237. charger channel as active one Set output voltage to 5V Enable auto range for current Set current limit to 750mA Select LIM mode for current limit Select the voltage measurement function Set integration rate to 4 PLC Set average reading count to 4 Turn on the power supply output Trigger 4 voltage measurement conversions and return the average of those 4 conversions Select current measurement function Trigger 4 current measurement conversions and return all 4 conversions The average of the 4 readings is displayed on the front panel 2 22 Basic Power Supply Operation DVM measurements The following command sequence demonstrates how to measure voltage applied to the input of the power supply Battery channel 1 DISP CHAN 1 SENS FUNC DVM SENS NPLC 6 SENS AVER 10 READ ARR Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 SENS2 FUNC DVM SENS2 NPLC 3 SENS2 AVER 8 READ2 ARR Set active channel battery Select the DVM Input function Set integration rate to 6 PLC Set average reading count to 10 Trigger and return 10 readings The average of the 10 readings is displayed on the front panel Set active channel charger Select the DVM Input function Set integration rate to 3 PLC Set average reading count to 8 Trigger and return 8 readings The average of the 8 readings is displayed on the front panel Pulse Current Measurements e Overview Provides an overview of the puls
238. command is coupled to the RANGe n command When auto range is enabled the response for RANGe query returns the selected range value which is either 5 0000 or 0 0050 If you then disable auto range the instrument will remain at the last selected range SOURcel1 VOLTage n Applies to battery channel 1 SOURce2 VOLTage n Applies to charger channel 2 This command sets voltage amplitude in volts 0 to 15 1mV resolution SOURce1 CURRent n Applies to battery channel 1 SOURce2 CURRent lt n gt Applies to charger channel 2 With the 5mA measurement range selected the maximum current limit is Sending a value that exceeds 1A 15 rejected and the following message is displayed briefly CURRENT LIMIT ON mA RANGE lt 1A 2 14 Basic Power Supply Operation SOURce 1 CURRent STATe Applies to battery channel 1 SOURce2 CURRent STATe Applies to charger channel 2 1 With the LIMit type selected this command returns 1 if the power supply is operat ing as a constant current source current limit reached With the TRIP type selected a 1 is returned if the output has turned off tripped due to current limit being reached It will clear to 0 when the output is turned back on 2 The operation event register can be read to determine if the power supply is in current limit and if the output has tripped turned off as a result of the current limit condition See Section 7 for detail
239. common commands and queries 9 3 Long integration measurements 4 14 Measure V and I and DVM input 2 18 Outputting voltage and current 2 13 Pulse current measurements 3 16 SCPI commands data format 11 5 SCPI commands display 11 2 SCPI commands system 11 8 signal oriented measurement commands and queries 10 3 Command path rules 7 13 Command words 7 9 Commands 6 5 Common and SCPI commands Condition registers 8 17 Event enable registers 8 18 Event registers 8 17 Common commands IDN identification query 9 3 OPC operation complete 9 3 OPC and OPC commands 9 4 OPC operation complete query 9 3 RCL recall 9 4 RST reset 9 5 SAV save 9 4 TRGI trigger 9 5 TRG2 trigger 9 5 TST self test query 9 5 W AI wait to continue 9 5 Common commands and queries 9 2 Condition registers 8 17 Connections 5A current calibration 14 7 5mA range calibration 14 9 GPIB bus 7 2 Relay control 5 4 Resistor 13 4 Voltage calibration 14 6 Contact information 1 2 Controlling relays 5 5 CURR LIM MODE 1 15 current 2 6 Current limit modes 2 6 CURRENT RANGE 1 15 Current range 2 15 4 6 Current ranges 2 6 Current Readback Range 1 6 Daisy chaining 7 3 Daisy chain 7 3 DCL device clear 7 7 Default settings 1 11 Determining correct trigger level long integration 4 10 Device clear 7 7 Digital board parts list 16 3 Digital board removal 15 5 Digital voltmeter 1 6 Disassembly procedures 15 4 Displa
240. cted the front panel will display NO DETECT as well as the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit being set in the status model Since the PTT bit is latched until read a query for the PTT bit may indicate that pulse trigger timeout occurred although the display is show ing DETECT See section 8 on the status model for more information Model 2306 User s Manual The bottom line may show a previous reading or dashes based on what commands were sent previously when in remote mode Checking for the parameter of PCUR TLEV command may set the PTT bit of the status model For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit will be set if the reading times out and the pulse is not detected With DETect OFF background pulse current measurements will occur between user triggered readings as well as pulse detection If the pulse is detected the front panel will display PULSE HI LO AVG on the top line of the display along with the reading on the bottom line If no pulses are detected the front panel will display NO PULSE as well as the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit being set in the status model Since the PTT bit is latched a query for the PTT bit may indicate that pulse trigger timeout occurred although the display is displaying PULSE HI LO AVG and a reading See section 8 on the status model for more information Model 2306 User s Manual Checking for the parameter of PCUR TLEV commands to detect a pulse may set the PTT bit If det
241. ction 7 NOTE For Models 2306 PJ 2306 VS the saved power up settings available are from SAVO SAV2 Getting Started 1 9 Fuse replacement A rear panel fuse protects the power line input of the power supply If the line fuse needs to be replaced perform the following steps 1 Power off the unit and remove line cord The fuse drawer is located on the left side of the AC receptacle see Figure 1 5 On the right side of the fuse drawer is a small tab At this location use a thin bladed knife or screwdriver to pry the fuse drawer open 3 Slide the fuse drawer out to gain access to the fuse Note that the fuse drawer does not pull all the way out of the power module 4 Snap the fuse out of the drawer and replace it with the same type 250V 2 0A 5 x 20mm time lag The Keithley part number is FU 81 CAUTION For continued protection against fire or instrument damage only replace the fuse with the type and rating listed If the instrument repeatedly blows fuses locate and correct the cause of the problem before replacing the fuse 5 Push the fuse drawer back into the power module Figure 1 5 Fuse drawer location Fuse drawer LINE FUSE 50 60 HZ 150VA MAX REMOTE DISPLAY OPTION PLACE FUSE WITH TYPE AND RATING 1 10 Getting Started Display modes For voltage and current readings there are four display modes described as follows e ACTUAL V AND I This display mode is used to read back the act
242. cts of GPIB operation 7 8 Programming Syntax 7 9 Status Structure Quas HT 8 2 Clearing registers and queues 22222200 8 4 Programming and reading registers 8 5 Programming enable registers 2 4222 8 5 Reading registers coccinea 8 5 Status byte and service request SRQ 8 6 Stat s Dyte XOPISIEE caecis neina Denia HER 8 7 Service request enable register 8 8 Serial polling and SRQ 8 8 Status byte and service request commands 8 9 Status register SEIS 8 10 Register bit descriptions 8 10 Condition registers 8 17 Event TORISTES 8 17 Event enable registers es 8 18 Programming example program and read measurement event register 8 19 au Sed 8 19 Cn WU 8 20 I REO OWS 6 20 Programming example read error queue 8 21 Common Commands WAR 9 2 Command notes IEEE 488 2 common commands and MNT TT 9 3 10 11 12 13 Signal Oriented
243. detecting the respective edge for triggering NOTE Set AVERAGE READINGS count in the range of 1 to 100 Trigger delay trigger level range and trigger level Use the following items of the PULSE CURRENT menu item to set trigger delay trigger level range and trigger level TRIGGER DELAY Use to specify additional user trigger delay 0 to 100msec in IOusec steps See Trigger delay on page 3 3 for details This user trigger delay is in addition to the internal trigger delay of 15 5 TRG LEV mA Range Model 2306 PJ battery channel only setting Use to specify the trigger level range resolution Possible ranges are Model 2306 PJ 500mA current range only 500mA FULL SCALE 0 500mA 100mA FULL SCALE 0 100mA 10mA FULL SCALE 0 10mA 3 8 Pulse Current Measurements TRG LEVEL mA Model 2306 PJ Use to specify the trigger level for the 500mA current range battery channel only Pulses less than the specified level are not detected Battery Channel 1 Model 2306 PJ On the 500mA current range the trigger level can be set for 500mA 100mA 10mA range 500mA range 0 500mA in 0 5mA steps 100mA range 0 100mA steps 10mA range 0 10mA in 0 1mA steps Trigger hysteresis is built into the hardware For the 500mA range trigger hysteresis is approximately 1mA For the 100mA range trigger hysteresis is approximately 0 2mA For the 10mA range trigger hysteresis is approximately 0 02mA If a pulse doe
244. display menu If the desired active channel is not selected use the and gt keys to toggle the active channel The top line of the display will show which channel is active as either DISPLAY 1 or DISPLAY 2 Press the A or V key until PULSE CURRENT 15 displayed and press ENTER Use the A or V key to display the desired pulse measurement PULSE HI PULSE LO or PULSE AVG NOTE For details on display modes see Display modes in Section 1 3 10 Pulse Current Measurements Pulse current measurement procedure The following steps summarize the procedure to perform pulse measurements 1 Press the MENU key to access the menu Select PULSE CURRENT 1 or 2 by scrolling through the primary menu items use the and keys to scroll 3 For the battery channel 1 select the desired trigger level range 5 or 100mA from the TRIG LEVEL RANGE item of the PULSE CURRENT 1 menu Pulse measurements for both channels are automatically performed on the 5A current range 4 From the PULSE CURRENT 71 42 item of the menu set the trigger level trigger delay optional integration times and average readings count optional See NOTE 5 As explained in Section 2 set the output voltage and current limit and press OPERATE Press the DISPLAY key and select the PULSE CURRENT display type 7 Use the A or V key to display the desired pulse measurement PULSE HIGH PULSE LOW or PULSE AVG
245. ds from the instrument 1 Remove handle The handle serves as an adjustable tilt bail Adjust its position by gently pulling it away from the sides of the instrument case and swinging it up or down To remove the handle swing the handle below the bottom surface of the case and back until the orientation arrows on the handles line up with the orientation arrows on the mounting ears With the arrows lined up pull the ends of the handle away from the case 2 Remove mounting ears Remove the screw that secures each mounting ear Pull down and out on each mounting ear NOTE When reinstalling the mounting ears make sure to mount the right ear to the right side of the chassis and the left ear to the left side of the chassis Each ear is marked RIGHT or LEFT on its inside surface 3 Remove rear bezel To remove the rear bezel loosen the two screws that secure the rear bezel to the chassis then pull the bezel away from the case 4 Removing grounding screws Remove the six grounding screws that secure the case to the chassis They are located on the bottom of the case at the back 5 Remove chassis To remove the case grasp the front of the instrument and carefully slide the case off the chassis to the rear Analog board removal Perform the following steps to remove the analog board This procedure assumes that the case cover is already removed Unplug all cables connected to the analog board Remove the seven screws
246. e automatically performed on the 5A current range 3 From the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 item of the menu set integration time pulse time out trigger edge and trigger level as appropriate LONG INTEGRAT 1 refers to the battery channel while LONG INTEGRAT 2 refers to the charger channel If using the battery channel 1 make sure to set the trigger level for the trigger level range selected in step 2 NOTE Ifyou select AUTO TIME to set the integration time the pulse timeout message LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED will occur if the output is OFF This message indicates that the integration time has not been updated To update the integration time you will have to again select AUTO TIME after the output is turned ON 4 Press the DISPLAY key and select the LONG INTEGRATION display type for the desired channel 5 Observe the long integration readings on the display 4 10 Long Integration Measurements General notes Long integration readings will not be taken if the active channel is not the same as the selected channel For example if the battery channel 1 is set to LINT and the active channel is the charger channel 2 then long integration readings will not be taken on the battery channel 1 Therefore while the charger channel 2 is active with the LINT function selected on the battery channel 1 you will not incur the LINT integra tion time or LINT timeout from the battery channel while waiting for responses from the c
247. e current digitization Pulse Current Measurements 3 31 The following command sequence returns 3600 digitized readings Battery channel 1 DISP SENS VOLT CURR OUTP SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS READ CHAN 15 0 75 ON PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR POUR PCUR PCUR FUNC ARR 1 CURR RANG SYNC AVER SYNC SYNC SYNC MODE TIME PCUR OFF 3600 TLEV ONE 0 1 TLEV RANG 0 5 DEL 500e 3 LOW DIG le 4 Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 SENS2 SOUR2 SOUR2 OUTP2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 SENS2 CURR VOLT CURR ON PCUR PCUR RANG 15 0 75 SYNC AVER PCUR SYNC PCUR SYNC SENS PCUR MODE LOW 5 3600 TILEV 0 1 DEL 506 3 SENS PCUR TIME DIG le 4 SENS2 FUNC READ2 ARR CUR Sets active channel battery Select 5A range Set output voltage to 15V Set current limit to 750mA Turn output Disable trigger synchronization Set average count to 3600 Set trigger level to 100mA for 1A range Select the 1A trigger level range Set trigger delay to 500msec Configure to measure low pulse trigger on falling edge Set digitize integration time to 100us firmware B10 or later only Select pulse current function Trigger and return 3600 readings after sync ing to the falling edge for the 1st reading 1 Sets active channel charger Select 5A range
248. e current measurement Internal Trigger User Trigger Delay Delay 15 45 Trigger Delay Integration Time Hi gt Average High integration time specified for high measurement time Trigger Delay Low integration time specified for low measurement time Trigger Delay Average integration time specified for average measurement time Trigger Delay Trigger Delay Internal trigger delay 15 us User trigger delay The integration time will not start until the trigger delay period expires after detecting the pulse For accurate readings make sure that the trigger delay user and internal plus the integration time does not exceed the time for the overall measurement Refer to Figure 3 2 for an illustration containing the trigger delay relationships for a high pulse current measurement Integration times The three integration time periods for pulse measurements can be set automatically or manually by the user When the pulse auto time operation is performed the instrument measures the high and low periods of the detected pulse and sets appropriate integration times The pulse average time is set to the sum of the measured high and low times The three integration times apply for all subsequent pulse measurements until another pulse auto time is performed or the times are changed manually The pulse auto time feature can detect pulses in the 80uUsec to 833msec range Auto time when used accounts for the in
249. e current measurement process Measurement configuration Explains how to configure the instrument for pulse current measurements e Pulse current measurement procedure Provides the step by step procedure to perform pulse current measurements from the front panel e SCPI programming pulse current measurements Documents the commands used to program the instrument for pulse current measurements and covers pulse current digitization which can only be performed over the GPIB e Pulse current digitization Explains how to digitize a current waveform e Pulse current step method Explains use of the pulse current step method to perform a series of different trigger level measurements on the same trigger level range Programming examples Seven programming examples are provided two for pulse current measurements two for pulse current digitization and three for pulse current step method NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to
250. e filtering of the waveform adds some restrictions to the types of pulses being measured If a pulse train has a high duty cycle where the off time is less than 200ms the first period of the measured waveform will not have settled to steady state therefore it will be an inaccurate measurement In all cases where the off or low time 15 less than 200ms the filtered pulse will have reached steady state in the second cycle of the waveform and therefore can be accurately measured Figure 4 1 In other words to measure a periodic waveform with low times less than 200ms high duty cycle start measurements after the first period occurs This is not a problem for one shot pulses or for pulses with off times greater than 200ms Figure 4 1 Steady state for waveforms based on low pulse times Long Integration Measurements 4 3 Steady state Integration time The integration time period can be set automatically or manually by the user The integration time can be as long as 60 seconds For 60Hz power line frequency the minimum integration time setting is 850msec For 50Hz power line frequency the minimum integration setting is 84Omsec Use AUTO TIME when you want to perform a long integration measurement of each pulse When the AUTO TIME operation is performed the instrument measures the time between two rising pulse edges and sets an appropriate integration time that will encompass the high and low periods of the pulse This integration t
251. e instrument will place an ASCII 1 in the output queue when it has completed each step To determine when the OPC response is ready do the following 1 Send the OPC query immediately following each calibration command For example OCALh PROT SIEPO 14 0PC 2 Wait for an ASCII 1 to be read from the unit after addressing it to talk Generating an SRQ on calibration complete An IEEE 488 bus SRQ service request can be used to detect operation complete instead of repeatedly polling the Model 2306 To use this method send both ESE 1 and SRE 32 to the instrument then include the OPC command at the end of each calibration command line as covered above Clear the SRQ by querying the ESR using the ESR query to clear OPC status then request the status byte with the STB query to clear the SRQ Refer to your controller s documentation for information on detecting and servicing SRQs Calibration Program D 2 Calibration Program Introduction This appendix includes a calibration program written in BASIC to help you in calibrating the Model 2306 Refer to Section 14 for more details on calibration procedures equipment and connections Appendix C covers calibration commands in detail Computer hardware requirements The following computer hardware is required to run the calibration programs BM PC compatible computer Keithley KPC 488 2 or KPC 488 2AT or PC 488 IEEE 488 interface for the computer T
252. e operations of the overlapped command are still in progress The WAI command is used to suspend the execution of subsequent commands until the device operations of all previous overlapped commands are finished The WAI command is not needed for sequential commands 9 6 Common Commands 10 Signal Oriented Measurement Commands NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel 1 refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 feature only 10 2 Overview Signal Oriented Measurement Commands The signal oriented measurement commands are used to acquire readings You can use these high level instructions to control the measurement process commands are summarized in Table 10 1 Table 10 1 Signal ori
253. e step TLEV values exceeds the maximum setting for the new range then all step values are set to OA For example When changing from the 5 amp range to the 1 amp range a TLEV greater than amp zero s out all active trigger level values On the other hand if changing from the 5 amp range to the 1 amp range and no trigger level settings exceed 1 amp the previous settings will be used for the 1 amp range NOTE Change TLEV settings for each step using the STEP TLEVx command Programming examples The following programming examples apply to the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ on the 5A current range To modify the examples to apply to the 500mA current range Model 2306 PJ only 1 Change the SENS CURR RANG command line to select the 500mA current range 2 Change the trigger level commands to appropriate commands for the 500mA current range In the examples the command lines requiring this modification are italicized 3 30 Pulse Current Measurements Pulse current measurements The following command sequence will return the average of 10 peak pulse current measurements Battery channel 1 DISP CHAN 1 SENS CURR RANG 5 VOLT 1 CURR 0 5 M OUTP ON SENS PCUR SENS PCUR SENS PCUR SENS PCUR SENS PCUR SENS PCUR SENS FUNC READ SYNC ON AVER 10 SYNC TLEV ONE 0 1 SYNC TLEV RANG 0 5 TIME AUTO MODE HIGH PCUR Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 CURR VOLT C
254. eaning et 15 2 Handling PC boards et 15 2 0 ccs 15 2 Static se sitive GEVICES MP 15 3 Assembly drawings ee 15 3 Disassembly procedures et 15 4 Laseeovwerremovil 15 4 Analog board removal 15 4 Digital board removal 15 5 Front panel disassembly 15 5 Removing mechanical components 15 5 Instrument reassembly 15 6 Replaceable Parts e 16 2 Ordering information 2 16 2 ein 10 2 Parts lists and component layouts 16 2 Specifications Error and Status Messages Calibration Reference 2 Command summary 2 Miscellaneous commands 1 2 40000000 00000 C 2 Detecting calibration errors enn C 6 Reading the QUO 6 Error SUPERAT 6 Status byte Error Available bit C 6 Generating an SRQ on error C 6 Detecting calibration step completion C 8 Using the OPC command
255. ecting pulses the supply s responsiveness to bus commands is affected by search time If not detecting pulses the supply s responsiveness to bus commands is affected by TOUT Therefore the longest response time to bus commands is approximately the greater of either TOUT or search time refer to Figure 3 4 In this mode the front panel will show PULSE HI LO AVG on the top line with a reading on the bottom Checking the parameter of PCUR TLEV commands to detect a pulse may set the PTT bit of the status model if TLEV setting causes no pulse detection For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit will be set if the reading times out and the pulse is not detected 3 22 Pulse Current Measurements Pulse current digitization The following discussion explains how to digitize a current waveform programming example at the end of this section demonstrates proper command sequence for pulse current digitization Overall steps for digitization 1 Sync up to desired edge for measurement After detecting edge wait for the internal and also any user trigger delay Take specified number of readings The supply synchronizes to only the first reading After taking the first reading the supply no longer synchronizes to the selected edge nor does it wait for a trigger delay internal or user trigger delay In the pulse current digitization mode readings are generated approximately every 274us for battery channel 49015 fo
256. ection 8 or 2 allow sufficient time between trigger in pulses to allow the unit to complete each step see the specifications in Appendix A for time guidelines Trigger External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Example 3 Voltage step both channels and measure voltage both channels 2306 VS configuration using channel 1 for voltage stepping and channel 2 for measurements RST reset the 2306 VS VOLT 0 get the voltage CURR 1 75 set the current limit SENS FUNC VOLT select the voltage functionality 1416 EXT BOTH VOLT gelect voltage for both on channel 1 TRIG EXT STEP 1 1 1 step 1 voltage is 1 with 1 second delay TRIG EXT STEP 2 2 2 step 2 voltage is 2 with 2 second delay TRIG EXT STEP 3 3 1 step 3 voltage is 3 with 1 second delay TRIG EXT STEP 4 4 2 step 4 voltage is 4 with 2 second delay TRIG EXT STEP 5 5 1 step 5 voltage is 5 with 1 second delay TRIG EXT STEP 6 6 2 step 6 voltage is 6 with 2 second delay TRIG EXT STEP READ NONE take no measurements while stepping voltage TRIG EXT STEP VOLT enable voltage stepping TRIG EXT STEP POIN 6 step voltage is 6 on both channels SOUR2 VOLT 0 the voltage SOUR2 CURR 1 25 set the current limit SSENS2 FUNC VOLT select the voltage functionality TRIG2 EXT BOTH AUTO select auto measurements for both on chan 2 TRIG2 EXT STEP 12022551 step 1 voltage is 0 25 with 1 second delay TRIG2 EXT STEP 2 0 5 2 s
257. ed from the multimeter voltage reading and characterized resistance value When setting the voltage be sure to set the compliance current to 5A Note that it may not be possible to set the output current to the exact value Set the current to the closest possible value and modify reading limits accordingly Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual Model 2306 current reading is within the limits given in the table 6 After changing connections to OUTPUT 2 repeat steps 1 through 5 for Channel 2 use the 4 and gt keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 13 5 5A range current readback accuracy limits Nominal output Model 2306 Current readback limits Voltage Output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 0 9978 1 0022A 1 9958 2 0042 2 9938 3 0062 3 9918 4 0082 4 4908 4 5092A l As determined from digital multimeter voltage reading and 1Q resistor 13 12 Performance Verification 5mA range readback accuracy The following test applies to the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2302 not applicable for Models 2306 PJ or 2302 PJ 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 3kQ resistor to the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 terminals as shown in Figure 13 3 Be sure to observe proper polarity and connections 3kQ resistor between SOURCE and DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to DMM INPUT LO Figure 13 3 Connections for 5mA current verification tests
258. ed trigger level is detected and the specified trigger delay both the internal plus the user delay period expires e OFF or 0 Disables trigger synchronization and selects pulse current digitization See Pulse current digitization for details on digitizing a current pulse or waveform TLEVel Commands A valid trigger level for detecting the pulse is needed whether trigger synchronization is ON or OFF see SYNChronize commands above SENSe 1 PCURrent SYNChronize DELay lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent SYNChronize DELay lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 1 The smallest step size for trigger delay is 10usec If you specify a smaller step size it 15 adjusted up to the next 10usec step value e g 43 is adjusted up to 50usec 2 After pulse detection but before the integration process begins the internal trigger delay of I5usec for code execution in addition to any user specified trigger delay must elapse This command is used to set the user trigger delay 3 Make sure this setting works with the TIME settings to produce an accurate reading Although AUTO accounts for internal trigger delay HIGH LOW and AVERage do not Note that none of the TIME commands account for the user trigger delay SENSe 1 PulseCURrent FAST lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PulseCURrent FAST lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage infor
259. een executed Operation complete query Places an 1 into the output queue when all pending selected device operations have been completed RCL lt NRf gt Recall command Returns the power supply to the user saved setup RST Reset command Returns the power supply to the RST default conditions SAV lt NRf gt Save command Saves the present setup as the user saved setup SRE lt NRf gt Service request enable Programs the service request enable register command SRE Service request enable Reads the service request enable register query STB Status byte query Reads the status byte register TRG 1 Trigger command Sends a battery channel 1 bus trigger to the power supply TRG2 Trigger command Sends a charger channel 2 bus trigger to the power supply TST Self test query Performs a checksum test on ROM and returns the result WAI Wait to continue Wait until all previous commands are executed command Common Commands 9 3 Command notes IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries IDN identification query Reads identification code The identification code includes the manufacturer model number serial number and firm ware revision levels as follows KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC MODEL 2306 xxxxxxx yyyyy Zzzzz KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC MODEL 2306 xxxxxxx yyyyy Zzzzz KEITHLEY INSTRUMENTS INC MODEL 2306 5 xxxxxxx yyyyy zzzzz Where xxxxxxx is the serial number yyyyy zzzzz i
260. emote display module into the rear panel connector labeled REMOTE DISPLAY OPTION see rear panel in Figure 1 1 When plugged in the main display module is disabled with the following message displayed REMOTE PANEL ENABLED When the remote display module is unplugged control returns to the main display module NOTE When connecting or disconnecting the remote display allow few seconds for the power supply to recognize the action Fast repeated connects disconnects of the remote display may cause the power supply to hang or appear to hang Disconnecting the remote display and waiting a few seconds to reconnect it may clear the problem If not cycling power on the power supply clears the condition 1 8 Getting Started Power up Line power connection The power supply operates from a line voltage in the range of 100 120VAC 200 240VAC at a frequency of 50 or 60Hz Line voltage and frequency are automatically sensed therefore there are no switches to set Check to see that the line power in your area is compatible Use the SYSTem LFRequency query Section 11 to read the line frequency Perform the following steps to connect the power supply to the line power and turn it on WARNING _ The power cord supplied with the Model 2306 contains a separate ground for use with grounded outlets When proper connections are made instrument chassis is connected to power line ground through the ground wire in the power cord Failure to use a gro
261. en parameters An error message is generated if all three parameters are not sent If less than three parameters are sent the unit will generate a parameter missing error message If more than three parameters are sent the unit will generate a too much data error message If and NRf2 are valid parameter values the voltage value for specified step NRf1 is updated regardless of the validity if NRf3 If NRf1 is invalid voltage or delay settings are not changed However if is valid and NRf2 is invalid the voltage and delay setting for the NRf1 step are not changed The trigger delay for each step must elapse completely before any other functionality 15 pro cessed If waiting for a delay on a channel to elapse the other channel will not be serviced TRIGger 1 EXTernal STEP lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal STEP lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands query the voltage and delay setting for a given step or query the MINimum MAXimum and DEFault settings For example TRIG EXT STEP 1 will return the following using the above set example 1 1 200000 00 1 00000 01 Another example 15 TRIG EXT STEP MAX which returns 20 1 500000 01 5 00000 00 TRIGger 1 EXTernal STEP Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal STEP Applies to charger channel 2 These commands query for the next step number to be completed upon detection of the trig ger in pulse with
262. ence shown Delay Meas on first step correspond to Output 49 5 5tep steps in Typical trigger lt gt lt gt sequence see text Voltage Delay Meas Trigger Trigger Trigger Delay Programmed Delay In 2 In 7 In Meas Measurement Period Time Trigger connections Trigger connectors The rear panel of the Model 2306 VS shows the trigger connectors Figure 6 2 Note that each channel includes a TRIGGER IN and TRIGGER OUT BNC connector Use only quality 50Q coaxial cable for all trigger connections to ensure proper operation Figure 6 2 Model 2306 VS rear panel trigger connectors WARNING NO INTERNAL OPERATOR SERVICABLE PARTS SERVICE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY ISOLATION FROM 22 VOLTS OUTPUT 1 OUTPUT 2 Es SENSE SOURCE sus DVM 50 ps MAX Im sens source DVM gt 9 gt ee LINE FUSE SLOWBLOW 2 0A 250V LINE RATING 100 120VAC CAUTION FOR CONTINUED PROJECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD REPLACE FUSE WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING Channel 1 Channel 2 Trigger Connectors Trigger Connectors 6 4 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Trigger signals General waveforms for the trigger signals are shown in Figure 6 3 and Figure 6 4 Note that both input and output triggers may be prog
263. ent must be calibrated while operating from a line voltage within this range Calibration 14 3 Calibration considerations When performing the calibration procedures Make sure that the test equipment is properly warmed up and connected to the appropriate Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 72 terminals depending on which channel you are calibrating e Always allow the source signal to settle before calibrating each point Do not connect test equipment to the Model 2306 through a scanner or other switching equipment e Calibration must be performed in the sequence outlined in this manual or an error will Both channels are calibrated during calibration e error occurs during calibration the Model 2306 will generate an appropriate error message See Appendix C for more information WARNING maximum common mode voltage voltage between LO and chassis ground is 22VDC Exceeding this value may cause a breakdown in insulation creating a shock hazard Calibration cycle Perform calibration at least once every two years to ensure the unit meets or exceeds its specifications Recommended calibration equipment Table 14 1 lists the recommended equipment for the calibration procedures You can use alternate equipment as long as that equipment has specifications at least four times better than corresponding Model 2306 specifications See also Resistor considerations later in this section for importan
264. ented measurement command summary FETCh 1 FETCh 1 ARRay FETCh2 FETCh2 ARRay Returns the last reading from battery channel 1 Triggered before reading s Returns the last array of readings from battery channel 1 Triggered before reading s Returns the last reading from charger channel 2 Triggered before reading s Returns the last array of readings from charger channel 2 Triggered before reading s 1 READ 1 ARRay READ2 READ2 ARRay Triggers and returns a new battery channel 1 reading Triggers and returns a new array of battery channel 1 readings Triggers and returns a new charger channel 2 reading Triggers and returns a new array of charger channel 2 readings MEASure 1 function MEASure 1 ARRay function MEASure2 function MEASure2 ARRay function BOTHTRG BOTHFETCH BOTHREAD Performs a READ on the specified battery channel 1 function Performs a READ ARRay on the specified battery channel 1 function Performs a READ2 on the specified charger channel 2 function Performs a READ2 ARRay on the specified charger channel 2 function Triggers a reading on channel and then channel 2 After this command completes the display is set for Channel 2 Responds with channel 1 and channel 2 readings in a single message The message contains a value for channel 1 a comma and then a value for channe
265. er and rear bezel Figure 14 4 J1013 Jumper connections to reset calibration code Q Pin 7 he Q Momentarily short pins 3 and 7 to Q reset calibration code Pin 3 0 Calibration 14 19 Viewing calibration date and count Viewing date and count from the front panel Follow the steps below to view the calibration date and count from the front panel 1 Press the MENU key then choose CALIBRATE UNIT and press ENTER The instrument will display the last date calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT LAST ON 02 01 2003 2 Press the A key The instrument will display the number of times it was calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT TIMES 1 3 Press MENU to return to the menu structure Acquiring date and count by remote Use the DATE and COUNT queries to determine the calibration date and count respectively See Miscellaneous commands in Appendix C for more details 14 20 Calibration 15 Disassembly 15 2 Disassembly Introduction This section explains how to handle clean and disassemble the Model 2306 drawings are located at the end of this section WARNING procedures in this section are intended only for qualified service personnel Disconnect the line cord and all test leads and wires from the instrument before disassembling the unit Handling and cleaning To avoid contaminating PC board traces with body oil or other foreign matter avoid touching the PC board traces while you are repairing the ins
266. er to determine if a pulse was present when the measurement was made NOTES For GPIB operation 1 use SEARCch to disable the search for pulses see the SEARch command in Table 4 2 2 FAST enables a fast readings mode can be used with long integration function ality see the FAST command in Table 4 2 3 DETect may be enabled to only detect pulses between user triggered readings see the DETect command in Table 4 2 4 also see Using FAST SEARch and DETect on page 4 14 4 6 Long Integration Measurements Measurement configuration NOTE Current range is selected from the CURRENT RANGE 1 2 item of the menu Integration time trigger edge trigger level range trigger level and pulse timeout are set from the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 item of the menu Details on integration time trigger edge trigger level range trigger level and pulse timeout are provided in the Overview Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Current range For long integration measurements the AUTO range selection is functionally a no op no operation The instrument will not autorange with the long integration measurement function selected Long integration measurements are always performed on the 5A range Therefore selecting long integration with the 5mA range active will cause the supply to first switch to the 5A range NOTE To get better trigger level resolution make sure the trigger level ra
267. eration 7 2 LLO local lockout Use the LLO command to prevent local operation of the instrument After the unit receives LLO all its front panel controls except POWER are inoperative In this state pressing the LOCAL key will not restore control to the front panel The GTL command restores control to the front panel GTL go to local Use the GTL command to put a remote mode instrument into local mode The GTL command also restores front panel key operation DCL device clear Use the DCL command to clear the GPIB interface and return it to a known state Note that the DCL command is not an addressed command so all instruments equipped to implement DCL will do so simultaneously When the power supply receives a DCL command it clears the input buffer and output queue cancels deferred commands and clears any command that prevents the processing of any other device command A DCL does not affect instrument settings and stored data SDC selective device clear The SDC command is an addressed command that performs essentially the same function as the DCL command However since each device must be individually addressed the SDC com mand provides a method to clear only selected instruments instead of clearing all instruments simultaneously as is the case with DCL GET group execute trigger GET is a GPIB trigger that is used as an event to control operation The power supply reacts to this trigger if it is the programmed cont
268. eriod or an integral number of pulse periods Long integration measurements are accomplished by taking an integral number of integration cycles during the total measurement time An integration cycle is the line cycle period 16 67ms for 60Hz plus a small processing time The system calculates the number of integration cycles required based on the total time and rounds down to the nearest integer Therefore the actual measurement time can be slightly less than the requested measurement time by up to one line cycle time one cycle is 16 67ms for 60 Hz and 20ms for a 50 Hz line frequency A long integra tion reading is the average of a series of current measurements defined by n ym ee Int 1 5772 where 15 an integer given by where 1PLC one power line cycle I integration time Here the integration time specified by the user and denominator represents the integration time of 1 PLC 16 67 msec for 60Hz or 20 ms for 50Hz and processing overhead The function int rounds the argument down to next lowest integer Long integration is a technique to extend the capabilities of the power supply A D circuit beyond its maximum integration time period The A D can measure pulses up to 833ms To extend this time period for longer pulses the long integration technique uses a filtered and sam pled measurement of the waveform This gives the power supply the ability to measure signals with periods up to 60 seconds Th
269. ernal measurements and or voltage steps to perform The minimum and default setting is 1 while the maximum setting is 20 TRIGger 1 EXTernal STEP VPT lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal STEP VPT lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands monitor for Voltage Protection Tripping VPT while using the TRIGger EXTernal features See Section 2 for VPT information If not using trigger external features the setting is ignored and VPT operates normally If set to OFF disabled the unit does not monitor for a condition while using the TRIGger EX Ternal features External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 6 11 If the delta step size difference between two voltage steps is greater or equal to the SOUR VOLT PROT setting RST default is 8V then a VPT condition may occur If a condition occurs while trigger external features are enabled the trigger external feature 15 disabled automatically and the output is turned off regardless of the channel experiencing the VPT BOTHTRIGEXT name Use this command to enable or disable external trigger BOTH configurations on channel 1 channel 2 or both with a single command You must use this command to use the BOTH feature Use TRIG EXT ENAB for individual channel control Channel 1 is processed first then channel 2 Parameters ONEON enable BOTH configuration on channel 1 TWOON enable BOTH configuration on channel 2 BOTHON enable BOTH con
270. error power supply received a message that does not follow the defined syntax of the IEEE 488 2 standard Semantic error power supply received a command that was misspelled or received an optional IEEE 488 2 command that is not implemented The instrument received a group execute trigger GET inside a program message Bit B6 user request Set bit indicates that the LOCAL key on the power supply front panel was pressed Bit B7 power ON PON Set bit indicates that the power supply has been turned off and turned back on since the last time this register has been read Status Structure 8 11 Figure 8 4 Standard event status EXE DDE Standard Event B15 B8 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 BO Register ESB Bit of Status Byte Register ESE lt NRf gt ESE EXE DDE QYE Standard Event 815 88 B7 B6 85 B4 B3 B2 81 BO Enable Register Decimal 128 64 32 16 8 4 1 Weights 27 26 25 24 23 22 20 Power On amp Logical AND URQ User Request OR Logical OR Command Error EXE Execution Error DDE Device Dependent Error QYE Query Error OPC Operation Complete 8 12 Status Structure Operation event status The used bits of the operation event register shown
271. esting an array of readings FETCh ARRay READ ARRay or MEASure ARRay average count specifies the number of measurements to place in an array For example with the average count set to 10 READ ARRay will trigger and return 10 battery channel readings charger channel command similar 2 Signal oriented measurement commands e g READ are covered in Section 9 Independent voltage measurements DVM The power supply has an independent digital voltmeter DVM that can measure up to 30VDC and down to 5VDC Connections for the DVM are shown in Figure 2 1 DVM input display mode The DVM input display mode must be selected in order to measure voltage applied to DVM input of the power supply This display mode is selected as follows NOTE To display measured readings if the instrument is in the settings mode press the SET key until the blinking stops the measured readings can then be displayed To deter mine if the instrument is in the settings mode check for a blinking cursor in a digit of the voltage or current field if present the instrument is in the setting mode 1 Press the DISPLAY key to access the display menu DISPLAY TYPE 1 battery chan nel active or DISPLAY TYPE 2 charger channel active will appear on the top line of the display Use or gt keys to toggle the active channel 2 Press the A or V key until DVM INPUT is displayed 3 Press ENTER NOTE For details on display modes see Display modes
272. external trigger enabled The power up value is 1 and the value is set to 1 each time trigger external is enabled after being disabled The query value will also be 1 while waiting for the INIT command when taking measurements 6 10 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only TRIGger 1 EXTernal STEP VOLTage lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal STEP VOLTage lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands are used to change voltage stepping from ON or OFF If ON the voltage will step when the trigger in pulse is detected If OFF no voltage stepping is performed when the trigger in pulse is detected The default 15 OFF TRIGger 1 EXTernal STEP VOLTage END lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal STEP VOLTage END lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands set the voltage value when the trigger external enable setting 15 turned OFF after being ON The parameter has a minimum and default setting of 0 and maximum setting of 15 The END voltage becomes the voltage setting whenever external triggering is disabled which happens 1 by commands to disable external triggering 2 if the heat sink or power sup ply temperature is excessive or 3 if the VPT or current limit is tripped for either channel TRIGger 1 EXTernal STEP READing lt name gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal STEP READing lt name gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands set the readi
273. fer Figure 4 3 This functionality occurs if TEDGe is set to RISING or FALLING If TEDGe is set to NEITHER pulse detection will fail since synchronization to an edge for triggering does not occur there is nothing for the unit to detect In this mode the front panel will show LONG INT on the top line with a reading on the bottom The user will have to determine if the pulse was present for the reading or not In this mode the PTT bit of the status model will not be set as well and therefore not useful Since check ing the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse looks for the RISING edge this may set the PTT bit of the status model if TLEV setting causes no rising edge pulse detection Shaded cells designate command with precedence in each mode 4 18 Long Integration Measurements Programming examples The battery channel programming example applies to the Models 2306 2306 5 and 2306 PJ on the 5A current range To modify the example for the 500mA current range Model 2306 PJ only l 7 Change the SENS CURR RANG command line to select the 500mA current range Change the trigger level commands to appropriate commands for the 500m4A current range In the examples the command lines requiring this modification are italicized The following command sequence will trigger and return one long integration measurement Battery channel 1 DISP CHAN 1 SENS CURR RANG 5 VOLT 1 CURR 0 5 7 5 OUTP ON SE
274. fer to Section 6 scm TRIGger 1 Trigger subsystem for Channel 1 battery channel EXTernal Path for external trigger control BOTH name Select channel both control type NONE VOLT or AUTO BOTH Query channel both control type EDGE Path for specifying the trigger in amp out pulse edges for a channel IN lt name gt Select trigger in pulse polarity RISING or FALLING FALLING IN Query trigger in pulse polarity lt name gt Select trigger out pulse polarity RISING FALLING or FALLING Query trigger out pulse polarity ENABle b Enable ON or disable OFF external trigger feature Query external trigger feature state Initialize channel to take another set of STEP POINts measurements STEP lt NRf1 gt lt NRf2 gt lt NRf3 gt Set voltage step parameters step 1 20 Step 1 20 voltage 0 15 delay 0 5 step Os delay STEP lt NRf gt Query voltage and delay for a given step number STEP Query next step to be completed upon detection of the trigger in pulse VOLTage lt b gt Enable ON or disable OFF voltage step feature VOLTage Query voltage step state END lt NRf gt Set voltage value when external trigger turned OFF 0 15 END Query trigger OFF voltage READing lt name gt Set reading measurement mode NONE SYNC or AUTO READing Query reading measurement mode POINtS lt NRf gt Set of measurements and or voltage steps 1 20 P
275. fied number of charger channel s 2 readings average count have been taken Charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 9 Status Structure 8 15 Figure 8 6 Measurement event status BF2 RAV2 PTT2 ROF2 1 ROF1 E oe B15 B10 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 34 33 B2 BO Register B15 B10 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 BO Event Register EE of Status amp Wes E amp amp ENABle lt NRf gt 2 1 RAV2 PTT2 ROF2 RAV1 2111 1 B15 B10 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 2 0 Register 1024 512 256 128 64 32 16 8 Buffer Full amp Logical AND RAV Reading Available OR Logical OR PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout ROF Reading Overflow 8 16 Status Structure Questionable event status The used bit of the questionable event register shown in Figure 8 7 1s described as follows e Bit B8 calibration summary Cal Set bit indicates that an invalid calibration constant was detected during the power up sequence This error will clear after successful calibration of the power supply Figure 8 7 pus Questionable Condition Questionable event status B15 B9 8 Register EVENt Cal Questionable Event B15 B9 B8 87 Register To QSB Bit of Status Byte aor Register ENABLe
276. figuration on channel 1 amp 2 ONEOFF disable BOTH configuration on channel 1 TWOOFF disable BOTH configuration on channel 2 BOTHOFF disable BOTH configuration on channel 1 amp 2 When enabled a channel will automatically turn the output ON and turn the display OFF When disabled the output goes OFF and display goes back ON If the parameter is ONEON TWOON or BOTHON enable for each channel TRIG EXT ENAB or TRIG2 EXT ENAB goes ON If the parameter is ONEOFF TWOOFF or BOTHOFF enable for each channel goes OFF Therefore after sending this command if a query for TRIG EXT ENAB or TRIG2 EXT ENAB is sent the response will be either ON or OFF depending on the parameter sent The trigger external enable setting for both channels is changed by this command Settings Conflicts that may occur when sending one of the ON parameters ONEON TWOON or BOTHON 1 Received the BOTHTRIGEXT command with ONEON TWOON BOTHON parameter while a channel already has trigger external enable set to ON Error message 225 Bothtrigext command on parameter conflict 2 BOTH for either channel is set to NONE when BOTHON is parameter with BOTHTRIGEXT command Error message 226 Bothon parameter with a channel both conflict 3 Channel with BOTH VOLT has STEP VOLT OFF or STEP READ is not NONE with BOTHON parameter for BOTHTRIGEXT command Error message 227 Both volt has step volt or step read conflict 4 Channel with BOTH AUTO has STE
277. for trigger out pulse on channel 1 Generate 8 trigger in pulses on channel 1 and monitor for trigger out pulses on channel 1 make sure a new trigger in pulse occurs after each trigger out pulse Trigger in pulses are ignored until the trigger out pulses Trigger ins detected on falling edge and trigger outs pulse low for about 10us FETCH ARRAY get the data back TRIG EXT ENAB INIT init external trigger to take another set of 8 measurements go back to Loop 2 TRIG EXT ENAB OFF when done taking measurements or desire to make changes go back to Loop 1 after making changes NOTE Ifyou are unable to monitor for trigger out pulses either 1 monitor the buffer full bit in the status model Section 8 or 2 allow sufficient time between trigger in pulses to allow the unit to complete each step see the specifications in Appendix A for time guidelines External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Example 2 Voltage step and measure high current in a chain of GSM signal Model 2306 VS configuration using channel 1 RST VOLT CURR SENS SENS SENS SENS TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG TRIG Loopl1 TRIG 6 2 25 PCUR FAST ON PCUR TIME HIGH 500e 6 PCUR MODE HIGH FUNC EXT STEP VOLT ON EXT STEP READ AUTO EXT EXT EXT EXT EXT EXT STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP ENAB N Ul 4 6 POIN e
278. formed out of sequence CAL PROT SAVE Save calibration constants CALibration PROTected STEP n Purpose Format Parameters Description Note Example To perform various calibration steps Cal prot step lt n gt See Table C 1 on page C 3 The CAL PROT STEP lt n gt command performs calibration at the various points listed in Table 2 See Section 14 for details on test equipment and connections Calibration steps must be performed in the order listed in Table C 2 or an error will occur CAL PROT STEPO 14 Perform cal step 0 Ch 1 full scale output 6 Calibration Reference Detecting calibration errors If an error occurs during any calibration step the Model 2306 will generate an appropriate error message Several methods to detect calibration errors are discussed below Reading the error queue As with other Model 2306 errors any calibration errors will be reported in the error queue Use the SYST ERR query to read the error queue Error summary Table C 2 summarizes calibration errors Status byte EAV Error Available bit Whenever an error is available in the error queue the EAV Error Available bit bit 2 of the status byte will be set Use the STB query to obtain the status byte then test bit 2 to see if it is set If the EAV bit is set an error has occurred and you can use the appropriate error query to read the error and at the same time clear the EAV bit in the status byte
279. g the appropriate voltage and current values turn on the output Select the long integration display type If the trigger level is too low or too high the PULSE message will be displayed If long integration measurements are instead being displayed the trigger level is valid You can skip the rest of this procedure Go into the main menu access the main menu in step 3 press the MENU key twice the first press will stop the readings while the second press accesses the menu Select LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 Select LONG INTEGRAT 1 for the battery channel and LONG INTEGRAT 72 for the charger channel Select and adjust the TRIGGER LEVEL and press ENTER The unit starts looking for the rising edge of the pulse this is regardless of the trigger edge setting If the trigger level is still too low too high the LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED message will be displayed briefly Note that it may take as long as the timeout value for the message to appear see LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED message for more information Long Integration Measurements 4 11 5 If the message appeared repeat step 4 until a valid trigger level is found 6 Use the MENU key to back out of the menu structure and display long integration current measurements NOTE For the battery channel make sure the trigger level range setting agrees with the trigger level setting set in Step 4 LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED message The TRIG NOT DETECTED message is poss
280. g to a bus command reading time not incurred If SEARCH OFF or FAST ON search time and reading time not incurred Search time needs to elapse when checking TLEV command for valid setting Table 4 3 FAST SEARch and DETect command reference FAST SEARch DETect Description ON ON ON The unit is most responsive to bus commands in this mode The supply does not wait ON ON OFF for TOUT or search time plus reading time for background readings and TLEV com mand checks Refer to Figure 4 3 Front panel displays FAST LINT instead of ON OFF ON LONG INT ON OFF OFF With FAST set to ON no background long integration measurements occur no pulse detection between user triggered readings occur no checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse occur no setting of the pulse trigger timeout bits in the status model between user triggered readings occur For triggered readings to set the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bits in the status model set TEDGe to be RISING or FALLING If TEDGe is set to NEITHER the PTT will not be set after the initial setting of FAST to ON and TEDGe to NEITHER The setting of NEITHER specifies no pulse edge for synchronization or detection The bit is latched until read so the bit may still be set in the status model from a previous timeout See section 7 on the status model for more information Shaded cells designate command with precedence in each mode 4 16 Long Inte
281. ge would equal 2V to 6V However if protection clamp is set to ON the range would equal 0 6V to 6V NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table NOTE Electrostatic Discharge ESD to the output connector pins may cause the VPT cir cuitry to turn the output off Use proper ESD handling precautions before making any contact with the output connector pins or wires connected to the pins Procedure To set the VPT value from the front panel 1 Press the MENU key to access the main menu 2 Select VOLT PROTECT 1 or 2 by scrolling through the primary menu items use the A and V keys to scroll Scroll until VOLT PROTECT is displayed on the bottom line 3 Select channel for Toggle between VOLT PROTECT 1 or 2 using the 4 and keys Press ENTER 5 Usethe A V 4 and P keys to key in the desired value and to select cOFF voltage protection clamp OFF or cON voltage protection clamp ON Setting changes can be canceled by pressing MENU 6 Press ENTER to save and return to main menu 2 6 Basic Power Supply Operation Selecting proper current range NOTE The current range value is channel specific The number after the indicates the channel affected by editing Power supply current ranges are listed in Table 2 1 With auto range selected the instrument will automatically go to the most sensitive range to perform the measurement The current range setting may be the
282. gger level feature AMP lt NRf gt Set trigger level in amps for 5A range 0 5 SmA resolution ONE lt NRf gt Set trigger level in amps for 1A trigger level range 0 1 1mA resolution MILLiamp lt NRf gt Set trigger level in amps for 100mA range 0 0 1 0 1mA resolution HALFamp lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only set trigger level in amps for 500mA range 0 500mA 0 5mA res olution HUNDred lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only set trigger level in amps for 100mA range 0 100mA 0 1mA res olution lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ only set trigger level in amps for 10mA range 0 10mA 0 01mA reso lution RANGe lt NRf gt Model 2306 2306 VS or 2306 PJ when on 5A current range Set trigger level range 100mA 1A or 5A The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with the trigger level setting of MILL ONE or AMP Queries receive responses of 0 1 1 0 or 5 0 accordingly In other words if a value of 2 0A is sent with the command a value of 5A will be returned as a response to a query Long Integration Measurements 4 13 Table 4 2 SCPI commands long integration measurements cont SENSe 1 LINTegration TLEVel lt NRf gt RANGe lt NRf gt MILLiamp lt NRf gt TEDGe name TimeOUT lt NRf gt SEARch b FAST b DETect lt b gt Model 2306 PJ when on 500mA current range Set trigger level range 10mA 100m
283. gration Measurements Table 4 3 FAST SEARch and DETect command reference cont FAST SEARch DETect Description OFF OFF The unit is more responsive to bus commands in this mode since the supply does not OFF OFF OFF need to wait for TOUT or search time plus reading time for background readings How ever the supply does need to wait for TOUT or search time when checking the parameter setting for TLEV commands Refer to Figure 4 3 Front panel displays NO SEARCH instead of LONG INT Although no background long integration measurements or pulse detection between user triggered readings will occur the checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV com mands to detect a pulse will occur The setting of the pulse trigger timeout bits in the status model will only occur between user triggered readings if TLEV commands sent This is regardless of the TEDGe setting since the RISING edge is used for this feature For triggered readings to set the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bits in the status model the TEDGe setting needs to be RISING or FALLING If TEDGe is set to NEITHER the PTT will not be set after the initial setting of SEARch to OFF and TEDGe to NEITHER The setting of NEITHER specifies no pulse edge for synchronization or detection The bit is latched until read so the bit may still be set in the status model from a previous timeout See section 8 on the Status model for more information OFF ON ON This mode allows the user to
284. gration time and storing reading in buffer HW 6 20 03 Rev B Page 6 of 7 2306 5 Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator GENERAL ISOLATION LOW EARTH 22VDC max Do not exceed 60VDC between any two terminals of either connector PROGRAMMING IEEE 488 2 SCPI USER DEFINABLE POWER UP STATES 3 REAR PANEL CONNECTORS Two trigger in and two trigger out BNC connectors Two 8 position quick disconnect terminal block for output 4 sense 2 and DVM 2 TRIGGER IN OUT CONNECTORS IN High 3 5V IN Low lt 0 8V OUT High 24V OUT Low lt 0 8 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OUTSIDE 23 5 C Derate accuracy specification by 0 1 x specification C OPERATING TEMPERATURE 0 to 50 Derate to 70 0 to 35 Full power STORAGE TEMPERATURE 20 to 70 HUMIDITY lt 80 35 non condensing DISPLAY TYPE 2 line x 16 character DIMENSIONS 89mm high x 213mm wide x 411mm deep 31742 in x 8348 in x 163 416 in NET WEIGHT 3 9kg 8 6lbs SHIPPING WEIGHT 6 4kg 14165 INPUT POWER 100 120VAC 220 240V AC 50 60Hz auto detected at power up POWER CONSUMPTION 165VA max WARRANTY Two years parts and labor on materials and workmanship EMC Conforms with European Union Directive directive 89 336 EEC EN 61326 SAFETY Conforms with European Union Directive 73 23 EEC EN 61010 1 VIBRATION MIL PRF 28800F Type III Class 3 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED User and service manual output con
285. hannel Battery Charger Simulator VOLTAGE STEPPING ONLY TEST CONDITIONS 1 Trigger external is enabled on both channels 2 Only a single channel is externally triggered during the sequence while remaining channel stays idle 3 Times based on 0 programmable user delay Channel trigger in Output voltage Channel trigger out Output 71 Battery Output 2 Charger A 70us typical A 55ys typical B 330us typical B 545us typical C Programmable user delay 0 5 seconds C Programmable user delay 0 5 seconds D 400us typical with C as 0 D 600us typical with C as 0 AUTO MEASUREMENT ONLY TEST CONDITIONS 1 Trigger external is enabled on both channels 2 Only a single channel is externally triggered during the sequence while remaining channel stays idle 3 Times based on 0 programmable user delay 4 Measurement time 167 5 0 01 plc 5 Steps points 4 Channel trigger in LS Measurement time Channel trigger out Output 1 Battery Output 2 Charger A 43us typical A 43us typical B Programmable user delay 0 5 seconds B Programmable user delay 0 5 seconds C is measurement time C is measurement time D 410us typical steps 1 2 and 3 D 650us typical steps 1 2 and 3 E 620us typical for steps 1 2 and 3 with B as 0 E 860us typical for steps 1 2 and 3 with B as 0 8ms typical for step 4 with B as 0 8ms typical for step 4 with B as 0 HW 6 20 03 Rev B P
286. hannel s 2 output is in current limit This bit clears when the instrument is no longer in current limit Charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 3 Bit B8 current limit tripped 2 CLT2 Set bit indicates that the charger channel s 2 output has turned off due to a current limit trip condition This bit clears when the output is turned back on charger channel only for the battery channel see Bit 4 Status Structure 8 13 Figure 6 5 Operation event status CLT2 CL2 PSS HSS CETT CL1 VPT2 VPT1 B15 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 34 33 82 81 mE CLT2 CL2 PSS HSS CLT1 B15 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 CONDiition Operation Condition Register CL1 VPT2 VPT1 Operation Event Register To OPC Bit of Status Byte Register Operation Event Enable Register lt NRf gt CLT2 CL2 55 55 CLT1 CL1 VPT2 VPT1 15 9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO 256 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 55 Power Supply Shutdown amp Logical AND CLT Current Limit Tripped OR Logical OR CL Current Limit HSS Heat Sink Shutdown VPT Voltage Protection Tripped 8 14 Status Structure Measurement event status The used bits of the measurement event register shown in Figure 8 6 are described as follows Bit B3 reading overflow 1 ROF1 Set bit indicates that the battery channel s 1 reading exceeds the me
287. harger channel 2 Since no long integration readings are being taken you will not get any information on whether the pulse is present or not on the battery channel 1 Make sure the voltage and current settings are appropriate for DUT If a pulse timeout occurs no pulses detected current will not be measured i e A and the PULSE message will be displayed Pulses are not detected with the output OFF With the output ON pulses will not be detected if the trigger level is too low or too high Perform the Determining correct trigger level long integration procedure on page 4 10 to find an appropriate trigger level While the NO PULSE message is displayed the instrument continues to search for a pulse The search can be terminated by pressing any front panel key The NOT TRIG message replaces the NO PULSE message To restart the search press A or V key while displaying long integration readings The timeout or pulse detection will need to elapse before the display changes To stop taking long integration readings press any front panel key As long as the instrument remains in the long integration display state the measurement process can be resumed by pressing A or V key While readings are not being taken the bottom line displays the last valid long integration reading or dashes if no pulse detected before being stopped Determining correct trigger level long integration 1 After selectin
288. he channel trigger out pulse will handshake 2 3 SYNC 1 The channel voltage will step 2 The step delay setting will elapse 3 A synchronized pulse current measurement will be triggered a A valid trigger level setting is needed b Measurement will sync to pulse edge rising falling Store measurement in the buffer The channel trigger out pulse will handshake Table 6 2 cont External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 6 15 External trigger sequences for various operating modes cont BOTH VOLT READ Sequence After Detecting Trigger In Pulse The channel voltage will step The step delay setting will elapse Automatically trigger and take a voltage current DVM or pulse current measurement a Pulse current measurements do not need a valid trigger level setting b Pulse current measurement will not sync to a pulse edge rising falling Store measurement in buffer See programming example number 2 The channel trigger out pulse will handshake VOLT AUTO See programming example number 4 The step delay setting will elapse Automatically trigger and take a voltage current DVM or pulse current measurement a Pulse current measurements do not need a valid trigger level setting b Pulse current measurement will not sync to a pulse edge rising falling Store measurement in buffer The channel trigger out pulse will handshake AUTO See programming example number 1
289. he trigger level setting of HALFamp HUNDred or TEN Queries receive responses of 0 5 0 1 or 0 01 accordingly For example if a value of 75mA is sent with the command a value of 0 1A will be returned as a response to a query lt NRf gt Set trigger level for each TLEV step where x equals 1 20 0 0 maxA where max is 100mA for 100mA RANGe setting 1A for RANGe setting and 5A for 5 RANGe setting Pulse Current Measurements 3 15 Table 3 2 SCPI commands pulse current measurements cont Default SENSe 1 PCURrent FAST SEARch DETect TimeOUT SENSe2 FUNCtion PCURrent PCURrent AVERage lt NRf gt MODE name TIME AUTO HIGH lt NRf gt LOW lt NRf gt AVERage lt NRf gt DIGitize lt NRf gt SYNChronize STATe TLE Vel lt NRf gt DELay lt NRf gt FAST SEARch DETect TimeOUT READ 1 READ 1 ARRay READ2 READ2 ARRay Enable or disable pulse current fast readings Enable or disable pulse current search Enable or disable pulse current detection mode Specify length of timeout 5ms 32s incrementing in 1ms SENSe subsystem for Channel 2 charger channel Select pulse current measurement function Pulse current configuration Specify average count to 100 pulse current measurements or to 5000 pulse current digitization Select measurement mode HIGH LOW or AVERage Set integration times Integration times set a
290. he trigger out pulse the instrument is ready for the next trigger in pulse unless a complete set of POINts measurements has been taken In this case the TRIG EXT ENAB INIT command must be sent to resume taking measure ments Make sure after generating a trigger in pulse that the trigger out pulse is detected After detecting the trigger out generate another trigger in pulse Once detecting a trigger in pulse another one is not detected until the trigger out pulse pulses For the channel configurations with BOTH set to VOLT or AUTO only a single delay is incurred for the given channel configuration If the BOTH setting is VOLT for channel 2 that step delay for channel 2 is incurred before going to the next aspect of the configuration If BOTH is set to VOLT or AUTO for a channel that channel is the one the trigger in pulse needs to occur on and the trigger out pulse will occur on When recalling a setup user or RST the unit will turn the display ON and set both channels TRIG EXT ENAB command setting to OFF regardless of how saved Like the Model 2306 the output state 1s recalled being OFF If TRIG EXT ENAB is ON for a channel and an exception occurs regardless of channel or exception current limit tripping either channel VPT either channel heat sink too hot or power supply too hot the display state is turned ON the output is turned OFF voltage is set to TRIG EXT VOLT STEP END value and TRIG EXT ENAB is set to OFF for that channel Pa
291. ibly displayed when specific TLEV settings coupled with specific TLEV ranges have been set and a trigger has not been detected Refer to Table 4 1 for message preconditions See step 2 of the Long integration measurement procedure on page 4 9 for information on setting the trigger level range For the charger channel 2 the trigger level range setting is not user selectable Table 4 1 TRIG NOT DETECTED message TLEV setting TLEV range TRIG NOT DETECTED Message displayed No not checked because TLEV setting does not match TLEV range May appear Yes TLEV setting too low No valid setting Yes TLEV too high NOTE Setting the trigger level and or the trigger range may cause LONG INT TRIG NOT DETECTED to appear 4 12 Long Integration Measurements SCPI programming The commands for long integration measurements are summarized in Table 4 2 a listing fol lowing the table contains specific command notes Programming examples on page 4 18 demonstrate how to use these commands Table 4 2 SCPI commands long integration measurements SENSe 1 SENSe subystem for channel 1 battery channel FUNCtion LINTegration Select long integration measurement function LINTegration Long integration configuration lt NRf gt Set integration time in sec X to 60 where X is 0 850 for 60Hz or 0 840 for 50Hz AUTO Integration time set automatically TLE Vel lt NRf gt Path to set tri
292. igger external functionality is disabled or if the INIT command is being requested while the channel s trigger external BOTH setting is NONE and the other channel s trigger external BOTH setting is AUTO or VOLT Error message 224 Trigger external enable init conflict External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 6 9 TRIGger 1 EXTernal STEP lt NRf1 NRf2 NRf3 gt _ Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal STEP lt NRf1 NRf2 NRf3 gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands set the voltage and delay values for a given step lt NRf1 gt is the step number being configured This parameter has a minimum setting of 1 and maximum setting of 20 lt NRf2 gt is the voltage value for the step specified with lt NRf1 gt This parameter has a mini mum setting of and a maximum setting of 15 volts with a default value of 0 for each step lt NRf3 gt is the delay setting for the step specified with lt NRf1 gt This parameter has a mini mum setting of 0 and a maximum setting of 5 seconds with a default setting of for each step and may be set in 10 8 step increments The NRf parameters must be comma separated with no spaces after the comma and start of the next parameter An error will occur if spaces are placed after the commas For example TRIG EXT STEP 1 1 2 1 will configure step 1 on channel 1 for 1 2 volts with a delay of 100 ms However TRIG EXT STEP 1 1 2 1 will generate an error message because of the spaces betwe
293. ime applies for all subsequent long integration measure ments until another AUTO TIME is performed or the time is changed manually If you want the integration period to encompass two or more pulses you will have to set the integration time manually However you must make sure that the integration time covers only the portion of the pulse you want to measure For example if you want a long integration of two pulses you must make sure that the set integration time does not extend into the third pulse Trigger edge A pulse edge can be used to trigger the start of the measurement Either a rising or a falling pulse edge can start the measurement A pulse has to be detected before a rising or falling pulse edge can trigger a long integration measurement pulses that are less than the specified trigger level are ignored see Trigger level on page 4 4 Pulse edges are ignored while a long integration is in process A third option is available if you do not want measurements controlled by pulse edges With NEITHER selected measurements start as soon as the long integration function 15 selected This option does not need a valid trigger level to generate a reading It will perform a measurement and produce a reading of the current even if a pulse is not present Therefore with NEITHER selected the NO PULSE message will not appear on the display 4 4 Long Integration Measurements Trigger level Before a rising or falling pulse edge
294. in Section 1 Basic Power Supply Operation 2 19 Measurement configuration The NPLC RATE 1 2 and AVER READINGS 1 2 DVM measurements can be checked or changed from the menu which is accessed by pressing the MENU key The 1 battery channel active or 2 charger channel active will appear on the top line of the dis play Use 4 or gt keys to toggle the active channel NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the tables These two measurement configuration menu items are the same ones used for actual V and I measurements See Measurement configuration on page 2 15 for details on NPLC rate and average readings SCPI programming DVM The commands to perform actual V and I measurements are also used to perform DVM measurements These commands are documented in Table 2 3 The DVM measurements programming example at the end of this section demonstrates how to use these commands to measure the DVM input Sink operation Sink operation allows the power supply to be used as a constant current load To function as a constant current load the power supply must be in compliance current limit When operating as a sink the power supply is dissipating power rather than sourcing it Figure 2 3 shows an example of how the power supply can be made to operate as a sink An external source such as a battery charger circuit whose voltage is higher than the programmed power su
295. in the main menu If present the front panel menu choices are as follow FULL BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS OFF 1 4 BRIGHTNESS 1 2 BRIGHTNESS 3 4 BRIGHTNESS NOTE Setting this option when a remote is connected Model 2306 DISP via remote or through the bus will be ignored No error message will be generated The Model 2306 DISP cannot be used with the Model 2306 VS DISPlay CHANnel lt NRf gt Sets active display channel Parameters lt NRf gt 1 or 2 To set front panel to battery channel active NRf 1 To set front panel to charger channel active lt NRf gt 2 This command sets the active channel on the front panel display To set the front panel display to battery channel active send a parameter of 1 To set the front panel display to charger channel active send a parameter of 2 From the front panel the lt and gt keys will toggle the active display channel between channel 1 battery channel and channel 2 charger channel Note that changing active channels using this method 4 and gt keys is only available from one of the following areas e display menu main menu e pulse current top level menu long integration top level menu e and display of data readings 11 4 DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem DISPlay TEXT DATA a Define message on display DISPlay WINDow 1 TEXT DATA lt a gt Parameters a ASCII characters for message lypes String Indefinite Block
296. in your program do not include the brackets Parameter types The following are some of the more common parameter types b Boolean Used to enable or disable an instrument operation 0 or OFF disables the operation and 1 or ON enables the operation Example DISPlay TEXT STATe ON Enable text message mode of display gt Name parameter Select a parameter name from a listed group Example name LIMit TRIP CURRent LIMit TYPE TRIP Turn output off when current limit reached on battery channel 1 7 10 GPIB Operation e lt NRf gt Numeric representation format This parameter is a number that can be expressed as an integer e g 8 areal number e g 23 6 or an exponent 2 3 6 Example SENSe 1 AVERage 5 Set average count value to 5 for battery channel 1 n Numeric value numeric value parameter can consist of an NRf number or one of the following name parameters DEFault MINimum MAXimum When the DEFault parameter is used the instrument is programmed to the RST default value When the MINimum parameter is used the instrument is programmed to the lowest allowable value When the MAXimum parameter is used the instrument is programmed to the largest allowable value Examples SENSe 1 NPL Cycles 2 Set integration period to 2 PLC SENSe 1 NPLCycles DEFault Set integration period to 1 PLC SENSe 1 NPLCycles MINimum Set integration period to 0 01 PLC S
297. ine a syntax for sending data to and from instruments how the instrument interprets this data what registers should exist to record the state of the instrument and a group of common commands e SCPI 1995 0 Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments This standard defines a command language protocol It goes one step further than IEEE 488 1987 2 and defines a standard set of commands to control every programmable aspect of the instrument GPIB bus connections To connect the power supply to the GPIB bus use a cable equipped with standard IEEE 488 connectors The IEEE connector on the power supply is shown in Figure 7 1 Figure 7 1 Ioa EE 488 connector RELAY Quem WOWO 22002 488 ENTER IEEE ADDRE SS DISPLAY FROM FRONT PANEL MENU OPTION gt IR HAZARD FUSE WITH AND RATING IEEE 488 Connector NOTE minimize interference caused by electromagnetic radiation use only shielded IEEE 466 cables Available shielded cables from Keithley are Models 7007 1 and 7007 2 GPIB Operation 7 3 For a multi unit test system you can daisy chain the instruments to the controller by connecting an IEEE cable from one unit to another Figure 7 2 shows a typical multi unit connecting scheme daisy chaining Although any number of connectors could be stacked on one instrument s GPIB port avoid possible mechanical damage by not stacking more than three
298. ing integration times Before the integration process begins after pulse detection the internal trigger delay of 15 for code execution in addition to any user specified trigger delay must elapse 3 AUTO time will account for the internal trigger delay 15msec but not for any user trig ger delay user trigger delay is set using the DELay command SENSe 1 PCURrent TIME DIGitize lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent TIME DIGitize lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 This command allows you to specify the integration time that occurs when the Model 2302 2306 2306 PJ or 2306 VS is digitizing or in burst mode SENS PCUR SYNC STAT is OFF for the particular channel Units with firmware version at or below B09 will have digitization occur at the integration rate of 33 375 With firmware version B10 and beyond the integration rate will be at the value set with this command This feature allows you to sample a pulse load for a longer time than the existing method by increasing the integration time from 33 3yus NOTE Pulse current digitization is also known as pulse current burst mode Pulse Current Measurements 3 17 SENSe 1 PCURrent SYNChronize b Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PCURrent SYNChronize b Applies to charger channel 2 Boolean parameters or 1 Enables trigger synchronization for pulse current measurements A pulse current reading will not trigger until the specifi
299. ingle precision Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 8 Double precision DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem 11 7 For reverse byte order the data format for each element is sent as follows Byte 4 Byte 3 Byte 2 Byte 1 Single precision Byte 8 Byte 7 1 Double precision The 0 header is not affected by this command The header is always sent at the beginning of the data string for each measurement conversion The ASCII data format can only be sent in the normal byte order The SWAPped selection is ignored when the ASCII format is selected SYSTem subsystem The SYS Tem subsystem contains miscellaneous commands summarized in Table 11 3 Table 11 3 SCPI commands system SYSTem LFRequency Read power line frequency POSetup name Select power on setup RST or SAVx where x 0 to 4 2306 2302 x 0 to 2 2306 PJ 2306 VS 2302 PJ VERSion Query SCPI revision level ERRor Read and clear oldest message in error queue see Note CLEar Clear messages from error queue MEP Path to control GPIB protocol STATe b Select 488 1 OFF or SCPI ON protocol ON AZERO Path to control auto zero STATe b Enable ON or disable OFF auto zero ON TRIGger Path to system trigger commands TALK Path to talk commands BOTH b Enable disable 2 reading trigger on talk CONTinuous lt b gt Enable disable trigger continuous mode See Line power connection under Power up in Section 1 for details Note
300. ings to be taken If no pulse is present the setting of TimeOUT affects how responsive the supply is to bus commands If a pulse is present the search time affects how responsive the supply is to bus commands refer to Figure 3 4 Table 3 3 contains the available settings for FAST SEARch and DETect commands and a description of the resulting action In order to efficiently use FAST SEARch and DETect for pulse current measurements the user must know the approximate period of the expected pulse TOUT TimeOUT specifies the timeout length for searching for the pulse default setting is 1 second When the TOUT value is reached NO PULSE is displayed top line of the front panel display if default settings for FAST SEARch and DETect are used See Table 3 3 for what is shown on the front panel display if the default settings are not used Set the value for TOUT as follows TOUT Search Time Period Search Time time allowed for detection of a pulse edge Period time between consecutive pulse edges In other words the timeout value should be set to allow sufficient time for detection of the pulse if the edge is just missed In Figure 3 4 P 15 the point to start looking for the pulse Since the rising edge was just missed D will be the first detectable rising edge If the timeout is less than search time a pulse trigger time out due to TOUT may occur Therefore if the period 0 4 seconds a good TOUT value would be 0 5 seconds A si
301. ion carefully before us ing the product Refer to the manual for complete product specifications If the product is used in a manner not specified the protection provided by the product may be impaired The types of product users are Responsible body is the individual or group responsible for the use and maintenance of equipment for ensuring that the equip ment is operated within its specifications and operating limits and for ensuring that operators are adequately trained Operators use the product for its intended function They must be trained in electrical safety procedures and proper use of the instrument They must be protected from electric shock and contact with hazardous live circuits Maintenance personnel perform routine procedures on the product to keep it operating properly for example setting the line voltage or replacing consumable materials Maintenance procedures are described in the manual The procedures explicitly state if the operator may perform them Otherwise they should be performed only by service personnel Service personnel are trained to work on live circuits and perform safe installations and repairs of products Only properly trained service personnel may perform installation and service procedures Keithley products are designed for use with electrical signals that are rated Measurement Category I and Measurement Category II as described in the International Electrotechnical Commission IEC Standard IEC 606
302. ion have been calculated using only the Model 2306 accuracy specifications and they do not include test equipment uncertainty If a particular measurement falls outside the allowable range recalculate new limits based both on Model 2306 specifications and corresponding test equipment specifications Example limits calculation As an example of how verification limits are calculated assume you are testing the unit using 10 output value Using the Model 2306 voltage output accuracy specification of 0 05 of output 3mV offset the calculated output limits are Output limits 10V OV X 0 05 3n V Output limits 10V 0 005 0 003 Output limits 10V 0 008V Output limits 9 992V to 10 008V Performing the verification test procedures Test summary DC voltage output accuracy DC voltage readback accuracy DC current output accuracy DC current readback accuracy Digital voltmeter input accuracy If the Model 2306 is not within specifications and out of warranty see the calibration procedures in Section 14 for information on calibrating the unit Test considerations When performing the verification procedures Make sure that the test equipment is properly warmed up and connected to the correct Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 terminals on the rear panel as appropriate for the channel you are testing Before setting output values select Channel 1 battery channel or Channel 2 charger channel as required
303. is configured to only control a single channel and not both For this setting use TRIG EXT ENAB to control whether trigger external functionality is ON or OFF If VOLT is selected both channels are controlled with the channel s trigger in pulse to voltage step only no measurements taken If AUTO is selected both channels are taking AUTO measurements and doing no voltage stepping For VOLT or AUTO settings use the BOTHTRIGEXT command to enable or disable the trigger external functionality If a channel has BOTH set to AUTO and the other channel set to VOLT the channel set to BOTH VOLT will step voltages as long as trigger in pulses are detected even though the channel set to BOTH AUTO has stopped measuring The BOTH AUTO channel will require an INIT command to resume measuring after the programmed number of STEP POINts but the BOTH VOLT channel will not require an INIT command to resume measuring under these conditions External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 6 7 TRIGger 1 EXTernal EDGE IN lt name gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal EDGE IN lt name gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands select the polarity of the trigger in signal With RISING selected the unit will trigger on the rising edge of the trigger in signal With FALLING selected the unit will trigger on the falling edge of the trigger in signal TRIGger 1 EXTernal EDGE OUT name Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal EDGE OUT lt
304. isted at the front of this manual Safety symbols and terms Keithley uses a standard set of safety symbols and terms that may be found on an instrument or in its manual The N symbol on an instrument indicates that the user should refer to the operating instructions located in the manual The symbol on instrument shows that high voltage be present on the terminal s Use standard safety precautions to avoid personal contact with these voltages The WARNING heading used in a manual explains dangers that might result in personal injury or death Always read the associated information very carefully before performing the indicated procedure The CAUTION heading used in a manual explains hazards that could damage the instrument Such damage may invalidate the warranty Specifications Full power supply specifications can be found in Appendix A of this manual Inspection Getting Started 1 3 The power supply was carefully inspected electrically and mechanically before shipment After unpacking all items from the shipping carton check for any obvious signs of physical damage that may have occurred during transit Note There may be a protective film over the display lens which can be removed Report any damage to the shipping agent immediately Save the original packing carton for possible future shipment The following items are included with every order Model 2306 Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator with line
305. ister The error queue holds up to 10 error status messages The commands to read the error queue are listed in Table 8 6 When you read a single message in the error queue the oldest message is read and then removed from the queue If the queue becomes full the message 350 queue overflow will occupy the last memory location On power up the error queue is empty When empty the message No Error is placed in the queue Messages in the error queue are preceded by a code number Negative numbers are used for SCPI defined messages and positive numbers are used for Keithley defined messages The messages are listed in Appendix B Status Structure 8 21 On power up all error messages are enabled and will go into the error queue as they occur Status messages are not enabled and will not go into the queue As listed in Table 8 6 there are commands to enable and or disable messages For these commands the lt list gt parameter is used to specify which messages to enable or disable messages are specified by their codes The following examples show various forms for using the list parameter lt list gt 110 Single message 110 222 Range of messages 110 through 222 110 222 220 Range entry and single entry separated by a comma When you enable messages messages not specified in the list are disabled When you disable messages each listed message is removed from the enabled list NOTE
306. it sets to 1 The bit remains latched to until the register is reset When an event register bit is set and its corresponding enable bit is set as programmed by the user the output summary of the register will set to 1 which in turn sets the summary bit of the status byte register Queues The power supply uses an output queue and an error queue The response messages to query commands are placed in the output queue As various programming errors and status messages occur they are placed in the error queue When a queue contains data it sets the appropriate summary bit of the status byte register Questionable Event Registers Figure 8 1 Status model structure 2 Event Register Condition Register ERR Calibration Summary SU HESS reed 10 815 11 419 22 re a ofa CONDiIition EVENt Output Queue Standard Event Registers Event Enable Register Event Register Operation Complete lt 9 Query Error Device Specific Error Execution Error EXE Command Error User Request Power On E NE L3 ESR ESE lt NRf gt ESE Measurement Event Registers Event Condition Event Enable Register Register Register 8 ey oa Reading Overflow Channel 1 Pulse Trigger Timeout Channel 1 Reading Available Channel 1 Ravi Reading Overflow Ch
307. just missed refer to Figure 4 2 Pulse current readings When taking a pulse current low readings with a low time of 500ms and a pulse average of 50 the integration will take 25 seconds Since the integration period is 25 seconds set the GPIB timeout for responses gt 25000 Setting timeout when taking pulse current high and pulse current average readings is similar Message Available Bit The MAV is an alternative to setting the GPIB timeout for responses The MAV is the message available bit of the status register Enabling the MAV bit causes an SRQ to occur when the instrument has a message to send to the computer When using the MAV two additional commands are required SRE 16 and the command that waits for SRQ specific to programming language Example Sets the MAV bit to enable This command is required before the send ing READ command Requests power supply to trigger a reading for the selected function on the battery channel channel 1 Programming language specific Wait for SRQ Programming language specific Request power supply to talk 7 6 GPIB Operation General bus commands General bus commands are those commands such as DCL that have the same general mean ing regardless of the instrument Table 7 1 lists applicable general bus commands Table 7 1 General bus commands Effect on power supply Goes into remote when next addressed to listen Reset interface all devices go int
308. k accuracy Follow the steps below to verify that Model 2306 voltage readback accuracy is within specified limits The test involves setting the source voltage to specific values as measured by a digital multimeter and then verifying that voltage readback readings are within required limits l With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter to the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 SOURCE and SENSE terminals as shown in Figure 13 1 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE and SENSE to INPUT HI SOURCE and SENSE to INPUT LO Select the multimeter DC volts function and enable auto ranging Select Channel 1 by pressing the and keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Make sure actual voltage readings are being displayed use DISPLAY and turn on the Model 2306 output Verify voltage readback accuracy for each of the voltages listed in Table 13 3 For each test point Set the Model 2306 output voltage to the indicated value as measured by the digital multimeter If it is not possible to set the voltage source precisely to the specified value use the closest possible setting and modify reading limits accordingly e Set compliance current to 0 25A or 250mA Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual Model 2306 voltage reading is within the limits given in the table After changing connections to OUTPUT 2 repeat steps 1 through 4 for Channel 2 use the 4 and gt keys to togg
309. know whether the pulse disappeared before a user triggered reading is requested The responsiveness of bus commands is governed by LINT TOUT if no pulses are detected or by search time if pulses are detected Reading time does not have to elapse after detecting the pulse in this mode Therefore the longest response time to bus commands is approximately the greater of either TOUT or search time values Refer to Figure 4 3 With DETect ON no background long integration measurements will occur between user triggered readings but pulse detection occurs If the pulse is detected the front panel will display DETECT on top line of display instead of LONG INT If no pulses are detected the front panel will display as well as the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit being set in the status model Since the PTT bit 15 latched see section 8 on Status Model a query for the PTT bit may indicate that pulse trigger timeout occurred although the display is showing DETECT The checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands will occur which may set the PTT bit since look ing for a rising edge This functionality occurs if TEDGe is set to RISING or FALLING If TEDGe is set to NEITHER pulse detection will fail since synchronization to an edge for triggering does not occur there is nothing for the unit to detect In this mode the DETECT NO DETECT on the front panel is not reliable and the setting of the PTT bit of the status model will
310. l Output current 1 9A for Ch 2 5A full scale cal Calibrate Ch 2 output current limit using calculated current Calibrate Ch 2 5A measurement range using calculated current Output 5mA nominal current for Ch 2 5mA range full scale cal Calibrate Ch 2 5mA measurement range Calibration was not unlocked with CODE command 2 Invalid data exists For example cal step failed or was aborted 3 Incomplete number of cal steps were performed 4 Calibration was not performed in the proper sequence 4 Calibration Reference COUNT CALibration PROTected COUNt Purpose To request the number of times the Model 2306 has been calibrated Format 1 count Response Number of times calibrated Description The COUNT query may be used to determine the total number of times the Model 2306 has been calibrated The calibration count will also be displayed during the front panel calibration procedure Example CAL PROT COUNT Request calibration count DATE CALibration PROTected DATE Purpose To program the calibration date Format cal prot date lt yyyy gt lt mm gt lt dd gt Parameters lt yyyy gt 1998 to 2097 mm to 12 dd 1 to 31 Query cal prot date Response lt gt mm lt dd gt Description The DATE command allows you to store the calibration date in instrument EEROM for future reference You can read back the date from the instrument by using the DA
311. l 2 After this command completes the display is set for Channel 1 Triggers reading on channel 1 and then channel 2 then responds with channel and channel 2 readings in a single message The message contains a value for channel 1 a comma and then a value for channel 2 After this command completes the display is set for Channel 2 NOTE For all array queries make sure the computer s buffer is large enough to accommodate all array readings Overflow readings exponential format 9 9 37 For all non array queries the overflow readings exponential format also 9 9 37 Signal Oriented Measurement Commands 10 3 Command notes Signal oriented measurement commands and queries Return last reading for the battery channel 1 FETCh 1 ARRay Return last array of readings for the battery channel 1 FETCh2 Return last reading for the charger channel 2 FETCh2 ARRay Return last array of readings for the charger channel 2 The FETCh command is used to return the last averaged reading and the FETCh ARRay command is used to return the last array of readings After sending either one of these commands and addressing the power supply to talk the averaged reading or reading array is sent to the computer These commands do not affect the instrument setup These commands do not trigger measurements but are triggered before reading s They return the last triggered averaged reading or reading array Note that they c
312. l bus commands Documents general bus commands that pertain to all GPIB instruments Front panel aspects of GPIB operation Describes aspects of the front panel and remote panel Programming syntax Provides syntax information for sending command and SCPI commands over the bus NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel 1 refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 feature only 7 2 GPIB Operation Introduction The GPIB bus is the IEEE 488 instrumentation data bus with hardware and programming standards originally adopted by the IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers in 1975 The power supply conforms to these standards e EEE 488 1987 1 e EEE 488 1987 2 These standards def
313. le between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 13 3 Voltage readback accuracy limits Model 2306 output Voltage readback limits Voltage setting 2 Years 18 C 28 C 4 995 to 5 005V 9 992 to 10 008V 13 990 to 14 010V lAs measured by digital multimeter Performance Verification 13 9 Compliance current accuracy Follow the steps below to verify that Model 2306 2306 VS 2306 PJ compliance current accuracy 18 within specified limits The test involves setting the compliance current to specific values and determining the actual current by measuring the voltages across a characterized 10 resistor with a precision digital multimeter 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 1 2 resistor to the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 SOURCE terminals as shown in Figure 13 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO Be sure to use 4 wire connections to the resistor terminals Figure 13 2 Connections for output current and 5 range current verification tests Input HI Input LO OUTPUT 1 connections AM Pa shown Use OUTPUT 2 V for Charger Channel 2001 MULTIMETER z e 7 amp QG Q Q CEA 9 J 1 Q Resistor Sense RANGE GE AMPS INFO LOCAL CHAN SCAN CONFIG MENU EXIT ENTER v e LIE ABLE PARTIB SERVICE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY DVM IN 1 30 VDC MAX UTPUT 2 3
314. le title for more command information SCPI Tables 12 3 Table 12 1 Display command summary refer to Display subsystem in Section 11 DISPlay ENABlIe lt b gt Enable or disable display ON Note 1 Query state of display BRIGhtness lt NRf gt Set brightness for VFD display Full brightness Range 0 000 1 000 Blank display lt NRf gt 1 4 brightness lt NRf gt lt 1 2 brightness lt NRf gt 3 4 brightness lt NRf gt lt Full brightness lt NRf gt lt BRIGhtness Query brightness of display CHANnel lt NRf gt Changes the active display channel 1 for battery and 2 for charger CHANnel Query the active display channel setting WINDowL 1 Path to locate message to display TEXT Control user text message Note 2 DATA a Define ASCH message a up to 32 String of 32 spaces characters DATA Query text message STATe b Enable or disable message mode OFF Note 3 5 Query state of message mode Notes 1 RST and RCL have no effect on display circuitry Cycling power enables ON the display circuit 2 RST and RCL have no effect on a user defined message Cycling power cancels all user defined messages 3 RST and RCL have no effect on the state of the message mode Cycling power disables OFF the message mode Table 12 2 FORMat command summary refer to Format subsystem in Section 11 FORMat DATA type Specify data format ASCii
315. less than 200ms 4 3 Specifications are subject to change without notice Keithley trademarks and trade names are the property of Keithley Instruments Inc All other trademarks and trade names are the property of their respective companies KEI I HLEY Keithley Instruments Inc Sales Offices BELGIUM CHINA FINLAND FRANCE GERMANY GREAT BRITAIN INDIA ITALY JAPAN KOREA NETHERLANDS SWEDEN TAIWAN 28775 Aurora Road Cleveland Ohio 44139 440 248 0400 Fax 440 248 6168 1 888 KEITHLEY 534 8453 www keithley com Bergensesteenweg 709 B 1600 Sint Pieters Leeuw 02 363 00 40 Fax 02 363 00 64 Yuan Chen Xin Building Room 705 12 Yumin Road Dewai Madian Beijing 100029 8610 82251886 Fax 8610 82251892 Halsuantie 2 00420 Helsinki Finland 09 53 06 65 60 Fax 09 53 06 65 65 3 all e des Garays 91127 Palaiseau C dex 01 64 53 20 20 Fax 01 60 11 77 26 Landsberger Strasse 65 82110 Germering 089 84 93 07 40 Fax 089 84 93 07 34 Unit 2 Commerce Park Brunel Road Theale Berkshire RG7 4 0118 929 75 00 Fax 0118 929 75 19 1 5 Eagles Street Langford Town Bangalore 560 025 080 212 80 27 Fax 080 212 80 05 Viale San Gimignano 38 20146 Milano 02 48 39 16 01 Fax 02 48 30 22 74 New Pier Takeshiba North Tower 13F 11 1 Kaigan 1 chome Minato ku Tokyo 105 0022 81 3 5733 7555 Fax 81 3 5733 7556 2
316. libration constants before SAVE by sending the CAL PROT LOCK command Calibration is performed on both channels at the same time it is not possible to only calibrate one channel Step 1 Prepare the Model 2306 for calibration 1 Connect Model 2306 to the controller IEEE 488 interface using a shielded interface cable 2 Turn on the Model 2306 and the test equipment and allow them to warm up for at least one hour before performing calibration 3 Make sure the IEEE 488 primary address of the Model 2306 15 the same as the address specified in the program you will be using to send commands 4 Send the following command with the correct code to unlock calibration CAL PROT CODE lt code gt For example with the factory default code of KI002306 send CAL PROT CODE KIOO2306 5 Send the following command to initiate calibration CAL PROT INIT Step 2 Perform Channel 1 battery channel calibration steps NOTE Allow the Model 2306 to complete each calibration step before going to the next one See Detecting calibration step completion in Appendix C 1 Connect the OUTPUT 1 SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN terminals to the digital multimeter as shown in Figure 14 1 Connect SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN to DMM INPUT HI SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN to DMM INPUT LO 2 Send the following command to output 14V CAL PROT STEPO 14 NOTE At this point the source output is turned and will re
317. lict Parameter error Execution error Expression data not allowed Invalid expression Expression error Invalid block data Block data error String data not allowed String too long Invalid string data String data error EE error event SE status event SYS system error event Error and Status Messages Table B 1 Error and status messages all models cont Character data not allowed Character data too long Invalid character data Character data error Too many digits Exponent too large Invalid character in number Numeric data error Header suffix out of range Undefined header Program mnemonic too long Header separator error Command header error Missing parameter Parameter not allowed GET not allowed Data type error Invalid separator Syntax error Invalid character Command error No error Operation complete Reading overflow battery channel Pulse trigger detection timeout battery channel Reading available battery channel Reading overflow charger channel Pulse trigger detection timeout charger channel Reading available charger channel Buffer full battery channel Buffer full charger channel Current limit event battery channel Current limit tripped event battery channel Heatsink shutdown event Power supply shutdown event Current limit event charger channel Current limit tripped event charger channel Overvoltage protection Overvoltage protection EE error event SE status event SYS
318. ltmeter DVM to make DC voltage measurements SCPI Programming DVM Contains SCPI commands related to DVM measurements Sink operation Explains how to use the power supply to dissipate power rather than sourcing it Programming examples Provides two examples one to output and read back voltage and current and one to measure the DVM input 2 2 Basic Power Supply Operation NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel I refers to the battery channel while chan nel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS feature only Test connections WARNING When installing a unit into a test system make sure the external power sources do not apply voltage to the power supply in excess of its maximum limits see specifications Failure to do
319. m calibration date None CAL PROT SAVE save calibration data None CAL PROT LOCK Lock out calibration None Step numbers correspond to STEP commands Steps 0 8 calibrate Channel 1 battery channel Steps 9 17 calibrate Channel 2 charger channel 2 Connect to OUTPUT 1 terminals for Steps 0 8 Connect to OUTPUT 2 terminals for Steps 9 17 Calibration 14 17 Changing the calibration code The default calibration code may be changed from the front panel or via remote as discussed below Changing the code from the front panel Follow the steps below to change the code from the front panel l Press the MENU key then choose CALIBRATE UNIT and press ENTER The instrument will display the last date calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT LAST ON 02 01 2003 Press the A key The instrument will display the number of times it was calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT TIMES 2 1 Press the A key The unit will then prompt you to run calibration CALIBRATE UNIT RUN Press ENTER The unit will then prompt for the calibration code CALIBRATE UNIT Cal Code 002306 Using the edit keys set the display to the current present calibration code then press ENTER Default KI002300 The unit will prompt you as to whether or not to change the code CALIBRATE UNIT Change Code NO Select YES then press ENTER The instrument will prompt you to change the code CALIBRATE UNIT New Code 002306 Use the edit keys to set the new code
320. m the front panel SCPI programming Documents the commands used to program the instrument for long integration measurements including FAST SEARch and DETect usage Programming examples Include programming examples to perform long integration measurements NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel I refers to the battery channel while chan nel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ feature only 4 2 Long Integration Measurements Overview Long integration is an average current measurement of one or more pulses that can be per formed on either the battery channel or the charger channel The integration time can be as long as 60 seconds Since long integration is an average measurement the integration time should be a complete pulse p
321. main on until calibration is completed or aborted with the CAL PROT LOCK command 10 11 12 13 Calibration 14 13 Note and record the DMM reading then send that reading as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP1 DMM Reading For example if the DMM reading is 14 012V the command would be 5 1 14 012 Note and record a new DMM reading then send that reading as the parameter for the following command CAL PROT STEP2 DMM Reading Send the following command for DVM full scale calibration CAL PROT STEP3 Connect the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 SOURCE terminals to the DMM volts input and characterized 4Q resistor as shown in Figure 14 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO Make sure the digital multimeter DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected Send the following command to output 1 9A for 5A full scale calibration CAL PROT STEPA 1 9 Note and record the DMM voltage reading then calculate the current from that reading and characterized 40 resistor value Send the following command using that calculated current as the parameter CAL PROT STEPS Calculated Current For example with a current value of 1 894A the command would appear as follows CAL PROT STEP5 1 894 Note and record a new DMM voltage reading then again calculate the current from the voltage and resistance Send the calculated current v
322. mation SENSe 1 PulseCURrent SEARch lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PulseCURrent SEARch lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information SENSe 1 PulseCURrent DETect lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PulseCURrent DETect lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information SENSe 1 PulseCURrent TimeOUT lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 PulseCURrent TimeOUT lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 Refer to Using FAST SEARch and DETect for detailed usage information on properly setting the TimeOUT variable 3 18 Pulse Current Measurements Using FAST SEARch and DETect Use FAST SEARch and DETect to control how background readings are taken A background reading is a measurement taken by the power supply between user triggered readings The selected function dictates how background readings are taken between user triggered readings For pulse current a background reading involves looking for the pulse and optionally gener ating a reading for the user The various settings of SEARch FAST and DETect allow the user to fine tune the function This enables the function to perform the desired background readings 1f any between user triggered readings The default settings FAST OFF SEARCh ON and DETect OFF allow the pulse current background read
323. milar method for selecting a TOUT value would be to use a value equal to 10596 of the expected pulse period Pulse Current Measurements 3 19 Figure 3 4 PCURent and SEARch time for pulse high measurement Period 5l D Search Time Search Measured from when unit starts looking for the 6 UT setting must account Search Time and Period Search for Pulse High edge started Reading time taken Detected pulse edge Rising for pulse high measurements TO pulse until the first detectable desired edge This Is a rising edge for HIGH and AVG measurements and falling edge for LOW measurements Period Time between consecutive pulse edges NOTES Ifa pulse is not present timeout needs to elapse TOUT This TOUT elapsing paces the unit for processing bus commands 17 DETECT ON only search time needs to elapse before responding to a bus command e If SEARCH OFF or FAST ON search time and TOUT are not incurred while pro cessing non user triggered commands refer to Section 10 of the User s Manual for examples of user triggered e Search time TimeQUT needs to elapse when checking TLEV command for valid setting if enabled 3 20 Pulse Current Measurements Table 3 3 PCURrent FAST SEARch and DETect commands FAST SEARCH DETECT DESCRIPTION ON ON ON ON OFF OFF pulse is not detected Over the bus an overflow reading indicate
324. mited sources NEVER connect switching cards directly to AC mains When connecting sources to switching cards install protective devices to limit fault current and voltage to the card Before operating an instrument make sure the line cord is connected to a properly grounded power receptacle Inspect the connecting cables test leads and jumpers for possible wear cracks or breaks before each use When installing equipment where access to the main power cord is restricted such as rack mounting a separate main input power disconnect device must be provided in close proximity to the equipment and within easy reach of the operator For maximum safety do not touch the product test cables or any other instruments while power is applied to the circuit under test ALWAYS remove power from the entire test system and discharge any capacitors before connecting or disconnecting 5 03 cables jumpers installing removing switching cards or making internal changes such as installing or removing jumpers Do not touch any object that could provide a current path to the common side of the circuit under test or power line earth ground Always make measurements with dry hands while standing on a dry insulated surface capable of withstanding the voltage being measured The instrument and accessories must be used in accordance with its specifications and operating instructions or the safety of the equipment may be impaired Do not exceed the
325. n Table 14 3 Remote calibration summary Test CAL PROT CODE KI002306 Unlock calibration None CAL PROT INIT Initiate calibration None CAL PROT STEPO 14 Full scale 14V output Figure 14 1 CAL PROT STEPI DMM Reading Full scale output cal Figure 14 1 CAL PROT STEP2 DMM Reading Full scale measure cal Figure 14 1 5 full scale cal Figure 14 1 CAL PROT STEPA 1 9 Source full scale current Figure 14 2 cal CAL PROT STEPS Current 5A current limit cal Figure 14 2 CAL PROT STEP6 Current 5A measure cal Figure 14 2 CAL PROT STEP7 Model 2306 2306 VS Figure 14 3 Source 5mA full scale Model 2306 PJ Source 500mA full scale current CAL PROT STEPS Current Model 2306 2306 VS 5mA Figure 14 3 range measure cal Model 2306 PJ 500mA range measure cal CAL PROT STEPO 14 Full scale 14V output Figure 14 1 CAL PROT STEPI0 DMM Reading Full scale output cal Figure 14 1 CAL PROT STEPI1 DMM Reading Full scale measure cal Figure 14 1 5 12 full scale cal Figure 14 1 CAL PROT STEPI3 1 9 Source full scale current Figure 14 2 cal CAL PROT STEPIA Current 5A current limit cal Figure 14 2 CAL PROT STEPIS Current 5A measure cal Figure 14 2 CAL PROT STEPI16 Source 5mA full scale cur Figure 14 3 rent CAL PROT STEP17 Current 5mA range measure cal Figure 14 3 CAL PROT DATE lt yyyy mm dd gt Progra
326. n commands you must wait until the instrument completes the current operation before sending another command You can use either OPC or OPC to determine when each calibration step is completed Using the OPC command Using OPC is the preferred method to detect the end of each calibration step To use do the following 1 Enable operation complete by sending ESE 1 This command sets the OPC operation complete bit in the standard event enable register allowing operation complete status from the standard event status register to set the ESB event summary bit in the status byte when operation complete is detected 2 Sendthe OPC command immediately following each calibration command For example CAL PROT STEPO 14 OPC Note that you must include the semicolon to separate the two commands and that the OPC command must appear on the same line as the command 3 After sending a calibration command repeatedly test the ESB Event Summary bit bit 5 in the status byte until it is set Use STB to request the status byte 4 Once operation complete has been detected clear OPC status using one of two methods 1 use ESR query then read the response to clear the standard event status register or 2 send the CLS command to clear the status registers Note that sending CLS will also clear the error queue and operation complete status Using the OPC query With the OPC operation complete query th
327. n operating as a sink the LOW bandwidth output mode provides superior results with a constant current or voltage load such as a battery charger Programming examples Basic Power Supply Operation 2 21 Outputting and reading back V and I The following command sequences demonstrate how to output voltage and current and read back measure the actual voltage and current Battery channel 1 DISP CHAN 1 VOLT 5 SENS CURR RANG AUTO ON CURR 7506 3 CURRSTYPE TRIP SENS FUNC VOLT SENS NPLC 2 SENS AVER 5 OUTP ON READ SENS FUNC CURR READ Charger channel 2 DISP CHAN 2 SOUR2 VOLT 5 SENS2 CURR RANG AUTO ON SOUR2 CURR 750e 3 SOUR2 CURR TYPE LIM SENS2 FUNC VOLT SENS2 NPLC 4 SENS2 AVER 4 OUTP2 ON READ2 SENS2 FUNC CURR READ2 ARR Select battery channel as active one Set output voltage to 5V Enable auto range for current Set current limit to 750mA Select trip mode for current limit Select the voltage measurement function Set integration rate to 2 PLC Set average reading count to 5 Turn on the power supply output Trigger 5 voltage measurement conversions and return the average of those 5 conversions The average reading is displayed on the front panel Select current measurement function Trigger 5 current measurement conversions and return the average of those 5 conversions The average of the 5 readings is displayed on the front panel Select
328. nable registers 8 18 SCPI commands error queue 8 21 Common Commands IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries 9 2 and OPC commands 9 4 Signal Oriented Measurement Commands Signal oriented measurement command summary 10 2 DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem SCPL commands display secreten ansa irii 11 2 SCPI commands data we 11 4 SCPI commands 11 7 SCPI Tables Display command summary refer to Display subsystem e vue 12 3 FORMat command summary refer to Format subsystem 12 3 OUTPut command summary refer to Tables 2 3 WIN 12 4 SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 SN IE CA m C 12 5 SOURce command summary refer to Table 2 3 12 14 STATus command summary refer to Section 12 15 SYSTem command summary refer to System subsystem m Secon bl 12 17 Model 2306 VS external trigger command summary PETER TO Section Dj 12 18 13 Table 13 1 Table 13 2 Table 13 3 Table 13 4 Table 13 5 Table 13 6 Table 13 7 Table 13 8 14 Table 14 1 Table 14 2 Table 14 3 16 Table 16 1 Table 16 2 Table 16 3 Table 16 4 Table 16 5 Table 16 6 Table 16 7 Table 16 8 B Table B 1 Table B 2 C Table C 1 Table C 2 G Table G 1 Table G 2 Table G 3
329. name gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands select the polarity of the trigger out signal Upon power up or recalling a setup user or RST the Model 2306 VS will check the trigger out edge setting If set for FALLING edge the trigger out signal will be at a 1 when in the idle state If set for RISING edge the trigger out signal will be at 0 when idle The idle state will also change when the command is sent to change the desired edge selection TRIGger 1 EXTernal ENABle lt b gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal ENABle lt b gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands enable or disable the external trigger feature If ON the trigger external feature is being used as configured Set the parameter to OFF to disable the feature and to make changes after being ON Recalling a setup user or RST will automatically set this state to OFF regardless of the value when saved NOTE When enabled a channel will automatically turn the output ON and turn the display OFF When disabled the output goes OFF and the display goes back ON Settings conflicts that may occur for a channel when enable is set to ON 1 channel being enabled has BOTH not set to NONE Error message 220 Channel enabled with both conflict 2 The opposite channel from the one being enabled has BOTH not set to NONE and is enabled Error message 221 Opposite channel enabled with both conflict 3 channel being enabled h
330. nd selects the 488 1 OFF or SCPI ON GPIB protocol The 488 1 protocol can be used to speed up operation over the GPIB See Appendix G for details SYSTem TRIGger TALK BOTH lt b gt Enable disable 2 reading trigger on talk This command enables and disables 2 reading trigger on talk See Appendix G for details SYSTem TRIGger CONTinuous lt b gt Enable disable trigger continuous mode This command enables and disables the trigger continuous mode See Appendix G for details 12 SCPI Tables NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel I refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ feature only Refer to Section 6 for details on commands specific to the Model 2306 VS See Section 10 for signal oriented measurement c
331. nds are not case sensitive You can use upper or lower case and any case combination Examples RST rst DATA data S TATus PRESet status preset Long form and short form versions A SCPI command word can be sent in its long form or short form version The command subsystem tables in Section 12 provide the long form version However the short form version is indicated by upper case characters Examples S TATus PRESet long form S 5 short form STATus PRES long form and short form combination Note that each command word must be in either long form or short form For example S TATu PRESe is illegal and will generate an error The command will not be executed Short form rules Use the following rules to determine the short form version of any SCPI command or parameter Ifthe length of the word is four letters or less no short form version exists Example auto These rules apply to words that exceed four letters If the fourth letter of the word is a vowel delete it and all the letters after it Example dvmeter dvm If the fourth letter of the command word is a consonant retain it but drop all the letters after it Example format form If the command contains a question mark query or a non optional number included in the command word you must include it in the short form version Example function func SOURce2 SOUR2 Command words or char
332. nectors mating terminal part no CS 846 PLC 1 00 2 Following 15 minute warm up the change in output over 8 hours under ambient temperature constant load and line operating conditions 3 Remote sense at output terminals 0 5A to 5A typical 4 Remote sense with 4 5m 15 ft of 16 gauge 1 31mm2 wire and 10 resistance in each lead to simulate typical test environment 1 5A load change 0 154 to 1 65A 5 Minimum current in constant current mode is 6mA 6 6017 50 2 7 PLC Power Line Cycle IPLC 16 7ms for 60Hz operation 20ms for 50Hz operation 8 Display off 9 Speed includes measurement and binary data transfer out of GPIB 10 Typical values peak to peak noise equals 6 times rms noise 11 Based on settled signal 100us pulse trigger delay 12 Also applies to other apertures that are integer multiples of IPLC 13 Recovery to within 20mV of previous level Specifications are subject to change without notice HW Page 7 of 7 and Status Messages 2 Error and Status Messages Table B 1 Error and status messages all models Query unterminated after indefinite response Query deadlocked Query unterminated Query interrupted Input buffer overrun Queue overflow Self test failed Save recall memory lost Configuration memory lost Expression error Hardware missing Data corrupt or stale Out of memory Illegal parameter value Too much data Parameter data out of range Settings conf
333. ng conflicts that may be seen while enabled l Z Trying to change a trigger external setting while a channel s trigger external enable is ON Error message 234 Trigger external setting channel enabled conflict Trying to change a system parameter that would interfere with a channel having its trigger external enable ON Error message 235 Trigger external enabled system setting conflict External trigger sequences The discussion below highlights typical external trigger sequences for various operating modes For any of these configurations to be executed on the Model 2306 VS the TRIG EXT ENAB command state must be ON However this must be the last configuration command sent to the power supply Prior to this command send all of the other commands needed to configure the supply for all other desired functionality Since TRIG EXT ENAB must be ON for all of these configurations it is not listed in the table but rather be implied For BOTH configurations the TRIG EXT ENAB command is replaced with the BOTHTRIGEXT command The following list of abbreviations apply to the list of characteristics and Table 6 2 that follows BOTH implies the TRIG EXT BOTH setting VOLT implies the TRIG EXT STEP VOLT setting READ implies the TRIG EXT STEP READ setting For optimal speed have trigger external enabled on both channels even if you intend to use only a single channel The trigger in and trigger out pulse may be configured to o
334. ng measurement mode The default is AUTO With NONE selected no measurement is taken when the trigger in pulse is detected Use NONE if a channel is going to be configured for voltage stepping only If SYNC is selected a synchronized pulse current measurement will be triggered upon detecting the trigger in pulse For SYNC the only measurement option is pulse current see Section 3 To perform synchronized pulse current measurements a valid trigger level setting is needed to cause the detection of a rising or falling pulse edge based on pulse current mode HIGH LOW or AVERage With SYNC a trigger pulse is needed for trigger as well as one for detecting the pulse when taking measurements For AUTO a measurement will be triggered automatically upon detecting the trigger in pulse With AUTO pulse current measurements no longer need a valid trigger level setting or need to detect a rising or falling pulse edge before taking a measurement reading as they do for SYNC Besides pulse current measurements for AUTO a voltage current or DVM measurement may be performed Long integration measurements are not supported in SYNC or AUTO mode and will generate settings conflict if selected Error message 237 trigger external enable long integration conflict TRIGger 1 EXTernal STEP POINts lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 TRIGger2 EXTernal STEP POINts lt NRf gt Applies to charger channel 2 These commands are used to change how many ext
335. ng procedures to remove the fan and line filter require that the case cover front panel and digital and analog circuit boards have been removed as previously explained Fan removal Perform the following steps to remove the fan 1 Remove the four nuts that secure the fan to the rear panel 2 Remove the fan from the chassis 3 Pull out the fan connector from the digital board NOTE Digital board does not have to be removed to take out the fan 15 6 Disassembly Instrument reassembly Reassemble the instrument by reversing the previous disassembly procedures Make sure that all parts are properly seated and secured and that all connections are properly made WARNING continued protection against electrical shock verify that power line ground green and yellow wire attached to the line filter module is connected to the chassis Also make certain that the two bottom case screws are properly installed to secure and ground the case cover to the chassis 070 90 6 RON B 25213 2306 1108 WAS 2306 011 11 12 8 00 BI 27201 2306 11081 Was 2306 1108 amar B2 27978 Add Note 57 13 03 28129 Note 4 Rev From Part Number ST 2 18 03 2306 110 DISPLAY COMPONENT LAYOUT 16 WASHER 4 0 4 40X1 4PPH 4 REQ DI G IN LBS 2304 306 FRONT PANEL Ree ERO PIN OPENING DES S T BE 2306 313 OVERLAY MEMBRANE SWITCH THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN
336. nge is set appro priately for the expected measurement set from TRIG LEVEL RANGE under LONG INTEGRAT 1 Current range 1s linked to current limit Therefore as general rule the user selects the rent range before setting the current limit See Outputting voltage and current in Section 2 for details on current range and current limit Current range 15 selected from CURRENT RANGE 1 2 item of the menu CURRENT RANGE 1 refers to the battery channel while CURRENT RANGE 72 refers to the charger channel Integration time Use the following items of the LONG INTEGRAT 1 2 menu item to set the integration time LONG INTEGRAT 1 refers to the battery channel while LONG INTEGRAT 2 refers to the charger channel INTEGRATION TIME Manually set the long integration time For 60Hz power line frequency integration time can be set from 850msec to 60 sec 1 ms step value For 50Hz power line frequency integration time can be set from 840msec to 60 sec 1 ms step value AUTO TIME Use to automatically set the integration time When the AUTO TIME operation is performed the instrument measures the time between two rising pulse edges and sets an appropriate inte gration time that will encompass the high and low periods of a single pulse Long Integration Measurements 4 7 AUTO TIME searches for two consecutive RISING edges The setting of trigger edge does not affect AUTO TIME Therefore with NEITHER edge set the P
337. nges have been set and a trigger has not been detected Refer to Table 3 1 for the message preconditions Table 3 1 TRIG NOT DETECTED message TLEV setting TLEV range TRIG NOT DETECTED Message displayed 90mA for 100mA range 1A No not checked because TLEV setting does not match TLEV range 90mA for 100mA range 5A No not checked because TLEV setting does not match TLEV range 0 75A for range May appear 0 1A for 5A range May appear 3 0A for 5A range May appear 1 1A for 5A range 100mA No not checked because TLEV setting of 5A does not match TLEV range of 100mA 1 1A for 5A range 1A No not checked because TLEV setting of 5A does not match TLEV range of 1A appear depends OUTPUT If OFF the message will appear If ON display of the message will depend on the trigger level setting If trigger level setting gt expected low measurement and also trigger level setting the expected high measurement the message will not appear For example if the expected pulse high is 2 2A and the expected pulse low is 0 5A the output is on and the TLEV range is 5A notice the following results Setting 0 3A TRIG NOT DETECTED is displayed setting too low setting 3 0A TRIG NOT DETECTED is displayed setting too high Setting 1 1A The message will not display setting correct See steps 1 3 of the Pulse current measurement procedure on page 3 10 for information on setting the trigger level range For
338. no effect on Global Settings see Global settings in Table 1 2 on page 1 12 Similarly recalling a setup loads only the channel specific parameters from that setup NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table The setup MENU items are explained as follows NOTE For the Models 2306 PJ and 2306 VS the memory location settings available are from SAVO SAV2 SAV3 and SAV4 are not available e SAVE SETUP Save the present power supply setup to a memory location SAVO SAVA RECALL SETUP Return the power supply to the RST defaults Table 1 2 on page 1 12 or to one of the user saved setups SAVO SAVA Note the operate state output is always recalled as OFF POWER ON SETUP Select the setup to use at power up RST SAVO SAVA output off When powering up to the SAVO SAVI SAV2 SAV3 or SAV4 setup the output will be OFF regardless of the operate state when the setup was saved For example if the output is ON when the setup is saved as SAVO the power supply will power up with the output OFF for the SAVO power on setup NOTE For GPIB operation the setups are saved and recalled using the SAV RCL RST commands See Section 9 for details The power on setup is selected using the SYSTem POSetup command Section 11 Many aspects of operation are configured from the menus summarized in Table 1 3 Use the rules following the table to navigate through the menu structure NOTE
339. not happen Since checking for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse looks for the RISING edge this will occur and may set the PTT bit of the status model Shaded cells designate command with precedence in each mode Table 4 3 Long Integration Measurements 4 17 FAST SEARch and DETect command reference cont FAST SEARch DETect OFF ON OFF Description With DETect OFF background long integration measurements will occur between user triggered readings as well as pulse detection If the pulse is detected the front panel will display LONG INT on top line of display along with the reading on the bottom line If no pulses are detected the front panel will display NO PULSE as well as the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit being set in the status model Since the PTT bit is latched see section 8 on Status Model a query for the PTT bit may indicate that pulse trigger timeout occurred although the display is displaying LONG INT and a reading Check ing for the parameter of LINT TLEV commands to detect a pulse occurs by looking for a rising edge This may set the PTT bit If detecting pulses the supply s responsiveness to bus commands is affected by search time plus reading time If not detecting pulses the supply s responsiveness to bus commands is affected by TOUT Therefore the long est response time to bus commands is approximately the greater of either TOUT or search time plus reading time re
340. nt either the data must be read back or a Device Clear DCL or Interface Clear IFC must be performed to reset the query When sending a command or query do not attempt to read data from the power supply until the terminator has been sent usually Line Feed with EOI Otherwise a DCL or IFC must be sent to reset the input parser When receiving data all data up to and including the terminator LF with EOI must be accepted Otherwise a DCL or IFC must be sent to reset the output task Empty command strings terminator only should not be sent 4 488 1 Protocol Using SCPI based programs In general an existing SCPI based program will run properly and faster in the 488 1 protocol as long as it meets the previous guidelines and limitations Bus hold off OPC OPC and are still functional but are not needed for the 488 1 protocol When sending commands the GPIB is automatically held off when it detects a terminator The hold off is released when all the commands have finished executing or if there is some parser or command error Trigger on talk Trigger on talk functionality has been added for the 488 1 protocol If a query has not been received by the instrument the power supply will automatically assume a read query command has been sent when it is addressed to talk This technique increases GPIB speed by decreasing the transmission and parser times for the command For the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306
341. nt for pulse current see Section 3 or long integration measurements see Section 4 SCPI programming Basic Power Supply Operation 2 17 measure V and 1 and DVM input The commands to measure output voltage and current and the DVM input are summarized in Table 2 4 a listing following the table contains specific command notes The Programming examples at the end of this section demonstrates how to use these commands Table 2 4 SCPI commands measure V and 1 and DVM input SENSe 1 FUNCtion lt name gt NPLCycles n AVERage lt NRf gt SENSe2 FUNCtion name NPLCycles n AVERage lt NRf gt READ 1 READ 1 ARRay READ2 READ2 ARRay SENSe 1 subsystem for Channel 1 battery channel Select readback function VOLTage CURRent or Set integration rate in line cycles for voltage current and DVM measurements 0 01 to 10 Specify the average count for voltage current and DVM measurements 1 to 10 SENSe2 subsystem for Channel 2 charger channel Select readback function VOLTage CURRent or DV Meter Set integration rate in line cycles for voltage current and DVM measurements 0 01 to 10 Specify the average count for voltage current and DVM measurements 1 to 10 Trigger and return one reading for Channel 1 battery channel Trigger an array of readings and return them for Channel 1 battery channel
342. nt in the output queue Bit B5 event summary bit ESB Set summary bit indicates that an enabled standard event has occurred Bit B6 request service RQS master summary status MSS Set bit indicates that an enabled summary bit of the status byte register 15 set Bit B7 operation summary OSB Set summary bit indicates that an enabled operation event has occurred Depending on how it is used bit B6 of the status byte register is either the request for service RQS bit or the master summary status MSS bit When using the serial poll sequence of the power supply to obtain the status byte a k a serial poll byte is the RQS bit See Serial Polling and SRQ for details on using the serial poll sequence When using the STB command see Status byte and service request commands on page 8 9 to read the status byte B6 is the MSS bit 8 8 Status Structure Service request enable register The generation of a service request is controlled by the service request enable register This register is programmed by the user and is used to enable or disable the setting of bit B6 RQS MSS by the status summary message bits BO B2 B3 B4 B5 and B7 of the status byte register As shown in Figure 8 3 the summary bits are logically ANDed amp with the corresponding enable bits of the service request enable register When a set 1 summary bit is ANDed with an enabled 1 bit of the enable register the logic 1 o
343. ntrolled by pulse edges With NEITHER selected measurements will start as soon as the long integration function is selected A pulse has to be detected before a RISING or FALLING pulse edge can trigger a long integration measurement see Trigger level on page 4 4 Trigger level Before a RISING or FALLING pulse edge can trigger the start of a long integration the pulse must first be detected TRIGGER LEVEL specifies the minimum pulse level that will cause detection on the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ when on the 5A current range For the 2306 when on the 500mA current range use TRIGGER LEVEL to specify the mini mum pulse level detection on this current range For the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ battery channel 1 5A current range The trigger level can be set for either the 1A 100mA range For the 5A range the trigger level can be set from 0 to 5A in 5mA steps For the 1A range the trigger level can be set from 0 to in ImA steps For the 100mA range the trigger level can be set from 0 to 100mA in 0 1mA steps 4 8 Long Integration Measurements The three trigger level ranges are displayed as follows using the TRIGGER LEVEL menu option 5A Range LINT TRIG LEVEL 1 A 5 0 0 000A 1 Range LINT TRIG LEVEL 1 A 1 0 0 000A 100mA Range LINT TRIG LEVEL 1 mA 100 0 0000A For Model 2306 PJ battery channel 1 500mA current range The trigger level can be set for either the 500m
344. o talker and listener idle states Local key locked out Cancel remote restore front panel operation for the power supply Return all devices to known conditions Returns power supply to known conditions Initiates a trigger Serial polls the power supply REN remote enable The remote enable command is sent to the power supply by the controller to set up the instru ment for remote operation Generally the instrument should be placed in the remote mode before you attempt to program it over the bus Simply setting REN true does not actually place the instrument in the remote state You must address the instrument to listen after setting REN true before it goes into remote Note that the instrument does not have to be in remote to be a talker Also note that all front panel controls except for LOCAL and POWER are inoperative while the instrument is in remote You can restore normal front panel operation by pressing the LOCAL key IFC interface clear The IFC command is sent by the controller to place all instruments on the bus in the local talker listener idle states The power supply responds to the IFC command by canceling TALK or LSTN mode if the instrument was previously placed in one of those states Note that this command does not affect the status of the instrument settings data and event registers are not changed To send the IFC command the controller must set the IFC line true for a minimum of 10005 GPIB Op
345. occurs the display is turned on and the output is turned off See Section 6 Setting voltage protection value NOTE The VPT value voltage protection value is channel specific The number after the indicates the channel affected by editing Voltage protection circuitry VPT is provided for the battery and charger channels This function monitors the SOURCE pins see Figure 2 1 on page 2 3 or Figure 2 2 on page 2 4 with respect to the 2306 s internal ground and will shut off the output voltage for either channel when the protection voltage range which equals the set voltage protection voltage set by the user is exceeded This voltage is typically not the same voltage as at the device under test due to lead impedance and internal sense resistor losses VPT circuitry is useful in protecting the load from a high positive voltage if one of the remote sensing leads is disconnected When in VPT mode the output is held in the Operate OFF position until an Operate ON command is received VPT will be displayed until the output is turned back on The voltage protection feature has a clamp setting which can be turned ON or OFF If ON protection voltage values below volts 0 6 volts are not allowed If OFF protection voltage can go negative to the extent of the set voltage protection voltage For example If PROT 4V and SET 26V range is from 2 to 10V If the SET voltage is changed to 2V and protection clamp set to OFF the ran
346. ocommand or query can be after this command on a line going to the power supply 488 1 Protocol G 3 After sending this command allow some time for the instrument to switch into the new mode and be ready for new commands before sending another command or query For example the following command strings are valid SYST MEP ON SENS NPLC 1 5 SYST MEP OFF The following command strings are invalid SYST MEP ON SENS NPLC SYST MEP OFF VOLT 2 5 Changing the GPIB mode over the bus will clear the blinking R that indicates remote mode operation Protocol differences The following information covers the differences between the 488 1 and SCPI protocols Message exchange protocol MEP When the 488 1 protocol is selected the MEP is disabled to speed up GPIB operation The following guidelines limitations must be followed when using the 488 1 protocol l If a query is sent it must be the only command on the line or the last of a multiple command line this limitation also means no multiple queries can be sent Otherwise full SCPI command syntax is still supported including long form and short form commands multiple commands and MIN MAX DEF parameter definitions For example the following command strings are invalid SOUR VOLT OPC SENS CURR RANG READ READ READ The following command strings are valid SOUR VOLT 4 OPC SENS NPLC 1 0 SENS CURR RANG MIN SENS CURR RANG MAX READ When a query is se
347. of steps UP the number of steps DOWN 0 one reading will be returned an overflow The step method can be used on a variety of pulse forms See Figure 3 5 for pulse forms that can be measured either as one shot pulse or as a continuous pulse train For other pulse forms that can be measured as one shot only pulses see Figure 3 6 For pulse trains that have steps that rise and fall between steps use the one shot method to measure the step values see Pulse sequences rising and falling on page 3 26 If the continuous method is used on these pulse trains the first step may trigger on any step that would be appropriate for that trigger level For example a first step trigger level of 200 milliamps may trigger on any step with an expected value greater that 200 milliamps Figure 3 8 shows that with a first step TLEV of 200 milliamps that any one of the six steps may actually trigger as a first step reading Hence the array of step readings may have overflow readings and or expected step values out of sequence In addition this would vary between triggered step measurements Figure 3 5 Sample pulse forms for step method 4 Up 3 4 Down Figure 3 6 Sample one shot only pulses for step method Trigger level settings 0 Up 5 Down Pulse Current Measurements D Up Down O IC 5 own 3 25 The trigger level may be set to a unique value for each active step Use the TLEVx command to set appro
348. of the decimal weights for those bits 164 842 26 Figure 8 2 16 bit status register A Bits 0 through 7 Bit Position B7 86 1 8 amp B 8 Binary Value 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1 B Bits 8 through 15 BitPosition BIs B4 BG BH Bo 59 es Binary Value Decimal Weishts 32768 16384 8192 4096 2048 1024 512 256 5 215 214 213 212 211 219 2 28 Reading registers Any register in the status structure can be read by using the appropriate query command The specific query commands are covered later in this section refer to Table 8 2 through Table 8 5 The response message to the query command is a decimal value To determine which bits in the register are set convert that decimal value to its binary equivalent For example the binary equivalent of decimal 41 is 101001 This binary value indicates that bits B5 B3 and BO are set 8 6 Status Structure Status byte and service request SRQ Service request is controlled by two 8 bit registers the status byte register and the service request enable register Figure 8 3 shows the structure of these registers Figure 8 3 Status byte and service request Status Summary Messages 6 Service 5 Request STB OSB B6 QSB MSB Status Byte Generation Serial Poll B7 MSS B5 B4 B3 B2 81 BO Register EL AA 2 1 L4 amp lt lt d SRE OSB
349. olution When used with a pulsed load the power supply can read back peak current idle current and average current See Section 3 for details A long integration up to 60 seconds function is provided to measure average current of a low frequency pulse long period or a series of pulses See Section 4 for details Figure 1 3 Battery Channel Charger Channel Simplified power supply diagram Channel 1 Channel 2 V Source with I Limit V Source with I Limit Source Source Digital Digital Voltmeter Voltmeter Getting Started 1 7 Remote display option NOTE The remote display option cannot be used with the Model 2306 VS If mounting the power supply in a location where the display cannot be seen or the controls are not easily accessible use the optional Model 2304 DISP or 2306 DISP Display Module see Figure 1 4 This remote display module includes all front panel instrument controls features with the exception of power features menus work as described for the Model 2306 exceptions are noted A 9 foot cable attaches the remote display to the rear of the power supply allowing the unit to be operated remotely Figure 1 4 2304 DISP Remote display option 2306 DISP similar IKEITHLEY 304 DISP REMOTE DISPLay a LOCAL C NOTE When using the remote display VFD BRIGHTNESS not appear in the main menu dependent on the firmware revision in the unit Plug the r
350. ommands 12 2 SCPI Tables SCPI command subsystems reference tables Tables 12 1 to 12 8 summarize the commands for each SCPI subsystem The following list includes the table numbers and page numbers for each SCPI subsystem command summary Table Title Page 12 1 DISPlay command summary sees 12 3 12 2 FORMat command summary et 12 3 12 3 OUTPut command Summary 12 4 12 4 SENSe command summary eeeeeeeeeeeeee enne 12 5 12 5 SOURce command summary pp 12 14 12 6 STATus command summary esee 12 15 12 7 SYSTem command summaary eese 12 17 12 8 Model 2306 VS external trigger command summary 12 18 General notes Brackets are used to denote optional character sets These optional characters do not have to be included in the program message Do not use brackets in the program message Angle brackets lt gt are used to indicate parameter type Do not use angle brackets in the program message SCPI checkmark v indicates that the command and its parameters are SCPI confirmed An unmarked command indicates that it is a SCPI command but does not conform to the SCPI standard set of commands It is not a recognized command by the SCPI consortium SCPI confirmed commands that use one or more non SCPI parameters are explained by notes Refer to Section 7 for GPIB operation Refer to Section 9 for common commands Refer to tab
351. on either range can be quickly set to the minimum value 0 006A by decre menting the first leading zero of the reading If there is no leading zero decrement the units digit Editing restrictions With the output ON the following editing restrictions are in effect e You cannot increment a digit that would display a value that jumps to the maximum For example for the value 14 200 V you cannot increment the 1 or the 4 since the resultant value would exceed 15 000 V When decrementing a digit only that digit and digits to the left are affected The digits to the right of the cursor are not changed Pressing operate NOTE Pressing OPERATE is channel specific The number after the indicates the channel affected by the OPERATE key Use the OPERATE key to control power supply output This key toggles the output ON and OFF for the active channel even if output status is not displayed To display the output status for the active channel place the unit in readings or set mode the output status is not shown in display type menu main menu or submenus When output status is displayed ON or OFF will appear in the upper right hand corner of the display NOTE DVM measurements be performed with the output off 2 10 Basic Power Supply Operation Output bandwidth The battery and charger channel s output bandwidth control has HIGH and LOW settings The HIGH setting will result in the fastest response with dynamic load
352. ontrol 5 1 6 1 Pinouts 5 4 Remote 1 7 enable 7 6 indicator and LOCAL key 7 8 Sense 2 3 remote display 1 7 Remote display option 1 7 Removal Analog board 15 4 Case cover 15 4 Digital board 15 5 Mechanical components 15 5 REN remote enable 7 6 Resistor considerations 13 4 Response message terminator RMT 7 14 REVISION NUMBER 1 15 RFI 2 4 Safety symbols and terms 1 2 SAVE SETUP 1 15 SCPI command display 11 2 Error queue 8 21 General notes 12 2 Output relay control 5 6 Outputting voltage and current 2 12 Subsystems reference tables 12 2 SCPI programming 1 18 3 13 4 12 DVM 2 19 Measure V and I and DVM input 2 17 Outputting voltage and current 2 12 SDC selective device clear 7 7 Selective device clear 7 7 Sending response message 7 14 SENSe command summary 12 5 SERIAL NUMBER 1 15 serial polling 7 7 8 8 Serial polling and SRQ 8 8 Service request enable register 8 8 setting the GPIB timeout for Responses 7 4 Setups Save Power on and Recall 1 14 Short form rules 7 11 Signal oriented measurement command summary 10 2 signal Oriented Measurement commands 10 2 simplified power supply diagram 1 6 simulated GSM phone current profile E 4 simulating battery impedance E 2 single command messages 7 12 Sink operation 2 19 Solder repairs 15 2 SOURce command summary 12 14 SPE SPD serial polling 7 7 8 8 Specifications 1 2 F 2 Specifying the timeout length for the pulse 4 4 Standard event status 8 10 8 11 Static sen
353. or all cal steps D 4 Calibration Program 0 OR 1 4 OR 7 OR 9 OR I 13 OR I 16 THEN Prompt for test connections READ Msg PRINT Msgs GOSUB KeyCheck END IF 15 STRS I 1 CS RIGHTS IS SELECT CASE I CASE 0 9 Cmd C1 14 1 2 5 6 8 10 11 14 15 GOSUB ReadDMM Cmd 15 Readings CASE 3 7 12 16 Cmas 1 CASE 4 13 C1S 1 9 END SELECT PRINT 1 OUTPUT 16 5 GOSUB ErrCheck GOSUB CalEnd NEXT I 15 1 Build command string Send command string to 2306 LINE INPUT Enter calibration date yyyy mm dd D PRINT 1 OUTPUT 16 CAL PROT DATE PRINT 1 OUTPUT 16 CAL PROT SAVE PRINT 1 OUTPUT 16 CAL PROT LOCK GOSUB ErrCheck PRINT Calibration completed PRINT 1 LOCAL 16 17 CLOSE END KeyCheck WHILE INKEYS lt gt WEND PRINT PRINT Press any key to continue DO I INKEYS LOOP WHILE I IF I CHR 27 THEN GOTO EndProg RETURN CalEnd DO PRINT 1 SRQ INPUT 2 S LOOP UNTIL S PRINT 1 OUTPUT 16 ESR PRINT 1 ENTER 16 INPUT 2 S PRINT 1 SPOLL 16 INPUT 2 S RETURN D Save calibration constants Lock out calibration Check for key press routine Flush keyboard buffer ESC to abort program Abort if ESC is pressed Check for cal step completion Request SRO status Input SRQ status byte Wait for ope
354. ories shall not be connected to humans Before performing any maintenance disconnect the line cord and all test cables To maintain protection from electric shock and fire replacement components in mains circuits including the power transformer test leads and input jacks must be purchased from Keithley Instruments Standard fuses with applicable national safety approvals may be used 1f the rating and type are the same Other components that are not safety related may be purchased from other suppliers as long as they are equivalent to the original component Note that selected parts should be purchased only through Keithley Instruments to maintain accuracy and functionality of the product If you are unsure about the applicability of a replacement component call a Keithley Instruments office for information To clean an instrument use a damp cloth or mild water based cleaner Clean the exterior of the instrument only Do not apply cleaner directly to the instrument or allow liquids to enter or spill on the instrument Products that consist of a circuit board with no case or chassis e g data acquisition board for installation into a computer should never require cleaning if handled accord ing to instructions If the board becomes contaminated and operation is affected the board should be returned to the factory for proper cleaning servicing Table of Contents 1 Getting Started 1 2 Warranty inf
355. ormation 2 1 2 Contaci JDFOEI 1 2 Safety symbols and terms 2 1 2 Da 1 2 1 3 Options and ACCESSOUIES 1 3 Power supply overview 1 4 OO 1 7 WwW 1 8 Laine OVS TC ONS RONDE 1 8 Power 56 2 3 5 9 4 00 00 0 essa dd 1 8 Paete PACE I eee 1 9 Display AONE Si E 1 10 1 11 Setups Save Power on and Recall 1 14 NI 1 14 Getting around the MENU pp 1 17 2 AE 1 18 2 Basic Power Supply Operation COMMCCIIONG 2 2 o i qe 2 3 ER 2 4 RFI considerations 2 4 Outputting voltage and current 2 5 Setting voltage protection value 2 5 Selecting proper current range 222222221 2 6 Selecting current limit mode 22 222222221 2 6 Editing output voltage and current limit values 2 7 OP lal es RIEN 2 9 Output
356. other registers 8 20 Status Structure Output queue The output queue holds data that pertains to the normal operation of the instrument For example when a query command is sent the response message is placed in the output queue When data is placed in the output queue the message available bit in the status byte register sets data message 15 cleared from the output queue when it is read The output queue is considered cleared when it is empty An empty output queue clears the MAV bit in the status byte register A message is read from the output queue by addressing the power supply to talk after the appropriate query is sent The following command sequence enables the MAV bit B4 of the status byte register set and then causes an SRQ SRE16 Enable MAV bit of status byte to cause an SRQ Language specific Send a query command to supply Language specific Wait for an SRQ indicating ready to read Language specific Read the query response Error queue The error queue holds error and status messages When an error or status event occurs a message that defines the error status is placed in the error queue When a message is placed in the error queue the error available EAV bit in the status byte register is set An error status message is cleared from the error queue when it 1s read The error queue is considered cleared when it is empty An empty error queue clears the EAV bit in the status byte reg
357. ount kit 1 PLC 1 00 2 Following 15 minute warm up the change in output over 8 hours under ambient temperature constant load and line operating conditions 3 Remote sense at output terminals 0 5A to 5A typical Remote sense with 4 5m 15 ft of 16 gauge 1 3102 wire and 10 resist ance in each lead to simulate typical test environment 1 5A load change 0 15A to 1 65A 5 Minimum current in constant current mode is 6mA 6 60Hz 50Hz 7 PLC Power Line Cycle 1PLC 16 7ms for 60Hz operation 20ms for 50Hz operation 8 Display off Speed includes measurement and binary data transfer out of GPIB 10 Typical values peak to peak noise equals 6 times rms noise 1 Based on settled signal 100us pulse trigger delay 12 Also applies to other apertures that are integer multiples of 1PLC 13 Recovery to within 20mV of previous level Specifications are subject to change without notice 2306 PJ Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator OUTPUT 1 BATTERY DCVOLTAGE OUTPUT 2 YEARS 23 5 C OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 to 15VDC OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 05 PROGRAMMING RESOLUTION ImV READBACK ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READBACK RESOLUTION 1mV OUTPUT VOLTAGE SETTLING TIME 5ms to within stated accuracy LOAD REGULATION 0 0196 2mV LINE REGULATION 0 5mV STABILITY 0 01 0 5mV MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 85 31m
358. out has two settings one for the first step and one for the remaining steps in the sequence Use an array command to trigger this method since an array of values are returned e g READ I ARRay TLEV steps TLEV trigger level steps are used to define the pulse sequence A maximum of 20 steps may be defined These steps can be all UP steps all DOWN steps or a combination with the summa tion of UP and DOWN steps to measure not exceeding 20 see Table 3 4 UP steps are always measured before DOWN steps To use the step method on pulse forms with DOWN steps first special programming considerations can be taken Refer to Pulse sequences down steps first on page 3 27 NOTE Erroneous readings will result if the current range is changed after the trigger level range is selected Model 2306 PJ only When using the Pulse current step method on the Model 2306 PJ select the current range first either or 500 then select the trigger level range based on that current range before set ting the trigger level step values For the 5A current range the trigger level range options are 5A 1A or 100mA full scale For the 500mA range the trigger level range full scale options are 500mA 100mA or 10 Current range and trigger level range needs to be specified before step values because the step values are shared for all current range and trigger level range options Selecting the trigger level range is less critical than setting
359. overs Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel I refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 feature only 11 2 DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem DISPlay subsystem The display subsystem controls the display of the power supply and is summarized in Table 11 1 Table 11 1 SCPI commands display DISPlay ENABlIe lt b gt Turn display on or off see Notes 1 3 BRIGhtness lt NRf gt Set brightness for VFD display Range 0 1 0 1 0 Blank display lt gt 0 1 4 brightness NRf lt 0 25 1 2 brightness NRf lt 0 50 3 4 brightness lt NRf gt lt 0 75 Full brightness lt NRf gt lt 1 0 CHANnel lt NRf gt Changes the active display channel 1 for battery and 2 for charger WINDow 1 Text
360. pecifications can be found in Appendix A of this manual Power supply overview The Model 2302 and 2302 PJ power supplies single channel battery simulator Figure F 1 simulate a battery The features match the battery channel features Channel 1 documented in this manual 2306 901 01 Operational differences Front panel operation Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel units disregard any statements in the manual such as Toggle active channel using the 4 or keys Also the 1 or 2 indicating the active channel is not displayed the active channel is always the battery channel SCPI operation If a channel 2 bus command is issued an Undefined header error 113 will result IDN will reflect the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ instead of the Model 2306 2306 VS or 2306 When using DISP CHAN command only send 1 as a parameter Other values will result in a parameter data out of range error 222 The BOTHOUTON and BOTHOUTOFF along with other BOTH commands do not work with the Model 2302 or 2302 PJ Calibration When performing a front panel calibration on the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Section 14 perform steps 1 2 and 4 i e skip step 3 Perform Channel 2 charger channel calibration steps Also the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Cal Code is KI002302 Model 2302 Specifics F 3 When performing remote calibration on the Model 2302 and 2302 Section 14 calibrate CHAN I
361. ped byte order bytes sent in reverse order Header Byte 8 s sign bit positive 1 negative Byte 7 Byte 1 e exponent bits 11 f fraction bits 52 The Header is only sent once for each measurement conversion During binary transfers never un talk the power supply until after the data is read input to the computer Also to avoid erratic operation the readings of the data string and terminator should be acquired in one piece The header 0 can be read separately before the rest of the string The number of bytes to be transferred can be calculated as follows Bytes 2 Rdgs 4 1 for SREAL Bytes 2 Rdgs 8 1 for DREAL where 2 is the number of bytes for the header 0 Rdgs is the number of readings to be transferred 4 or 8 is the number of bytes for each reading 1 is the byte for the terminator For example assume that the power supply is configured to trigger 10 voltage readings and send the 10 voltage measurements to the computer using the binary format Bytes 2 10x 4 1 43 for SREAL Bytes 2 10x 8 1 83 for DREAL FORMat BORDer name Specify binary byte order Parameters name NORMal Normal byte order for binary formats SWAPped Reverse byte order for binary formats This command is used to control the byte order for the IEEE 754 binary formats For normal byte order the data format for each element is sent as follows Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 S
362. pply voltage is connected as shown If the supply is operated in remote sense and V Charger gt V Supply IsinkR cable 15 Satisfied current Link flows into the positive terminal of the power supply Current readback is negative CAUTION Exceeding current sink capacity 0 5 max 5V 15V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V could cause damage to the power supply that is not covered by the warranty 2 20 Basic Power Supply Operation Figure 2 3 Sink operation Model 2306 Charger Circuit output T sense Mon V Supply sense output However in this configuration current compliance may not be reached and current measure ments may be unstable if 15 large Figure 2 4 shows a preferred method for measuring the current output of the charger circuit at a rated output voltage with the power supply operating in local sense mode Set the supply output voltage to 0 00V and the enter the desired test com pliance current Select Ri so that V charger the desired test voltage is the product of Lest and Figure 2 4 Preferred method Model 2306 Ree Lane Charger Circuit output Sink sense ae Y chaite sense output R Cable NOTE Figure 2 4 shows the preferred method for measuring current output of the charger circuit at a rated output voltage with the power supply operating in local sense mode Unless high speed transient performance is absolutely required whe
363. press ENTER The unit will prompt you for the DMM reading which will be used to calibrate the Channel 2 full scale output voltage CAL VOLTS CHAN 2 READ1 14 0000 V 5 Using the edit keys adjust the Model 2306 voltage display to agree with the DMM volt age reading then press ENTER The unit will prompt for another DMM reading which will be used to calibrate the full scale Channel 1 measurement function CAL VOLTS CHAN 2 READ2 14 0000 V 14 10 Calibration 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Using the edit keys adjust the display to agree with the new DMM voltage reading then press ENTER The unit will prompt for Channel 2 full scale calibration CAL DVM CHAN 2 ALL READY TO DO Press ENTER to complete Channel 2 DVM full scale calibration Connect the digital multimeter volts input and characterized 40 resistor to the Model 2306 OUTPUT 2 SOURCE terminals using the same general connections shown in Figure 14 2 Be sure to observe proper polarity SOURCE to DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to INPUT LO Be sure the digital multimeter DC volts function and auto ranging are still selected At this point the unit will prompt for 5A Channel 2 full scale calibration output CAL 5 A CHAN 2 SET 1 90000 A Using the edit keys adjust the set value to 1 9000A then press ENTER The unit will prompt you for the DMM reading which calibrates the Channel 2 5A current limit CAL 5 A CHAN 2 1
364. priate trigger levels for each active step in the waveform Make sure that the maxi mum setting for the selected trigger level range is not exceeded See Trigger level range on page 3 29 Figure 3 7 has 5 rising edge steps and 4 falling edge steps Set the trigger levels for each step measurement according to the expected pulses Based on the wave form the nine trigger levels could be set as follows For a programming example of this sample see Sample step method on page 3 32 Rising TLEV1 TLEV2 TLEV3 TLEV4 TLEV5 100mA 300mA 500mA 700mA 900mA Falling TLEV6 TLEV7 TLEV8 TLEV9 900mA 600mA 400mA 300mA 3 26 Pulse Current Measurements Figure 3 7 Sample STEP Pulse measurement TLEV mA mA TLEV TLEV mA mA TLEV rising edge falling edge rising edge falling edge TLEV5 900 900 TLEV6 TLEV5 900 900 TLEV6 TLEV4 700 TLEV4 700 600 TLEV7 600 TLEV7 TLEV3 500 TEENS 2300 400 TLEV8 400 TLEV8 TLEV2 300 300 TLEV9 TLEV2 300 300 TLEV9 TLEV1 0 6 0 7 TIME seconds Pulse sequences rising and falling Consider the pulse form in Figure 3 8 This pulse form has three falling DOWN level steps followed by three rising UP level steps Since these steps rise and fall to the same steady state current active steps need to be designated as 6 UP and 0 DOWN to measure the step level cur rent If DOWN steps are specified then the step level current measured will be the steady state current
365. pulse Enable ON or disable OFF voltage step feature Query voltage step state Set voltage value when external trigger turned OFF 0 15 Query trigger OFF voltage Set reading measurement mode NONE SYNC or AUTO Query reading measurement mode Set of measurements and or voltage steps 1 20 Query of measurements and or voltage steps Enable ON or disable OFF Voltage Protection Tripping Query VPT state Enable disable external trigger configurations ONEON ONEOFF TWOON TWOOFF BOTHON or BOTHOFF FALLING FALLING Step 1 20 OV step Os delay 12 20 SCPI Tables 13 Performance Verification NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel 1 refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2
366. r charger channel and placed in the instrument measurement output buffer The 27445 490us time interval is the sum of the integration period 33sec and the period required to convert this information into a measurement approximately 241 586 for battery channel 457us for charger channel The instrument initiates the storage and conversion process for the desired number of iterations as specified with the AVERAGE command when the TLEVel threshold is exceeded The message DIGITIZE is displayed instead of readings The PULSE message will be displayed if the pulse is not detected Pulse current digitization is selected by disabling trigger synchronization SENS 1 PCUR SYNC b battery Channel 1 SENS2 PCUR SYNC b Charger Channel 82 lt b gt OFF Select pulse current digitization trigger synchronization disabled ON Select pulse current measurements trigger synchronization enabled The commands to set the trigger level and trigger delay for pulse current measurements also apply for pulse current digitization However the trigger delay can be set up to five seconds SENS 1 PCUR SYNC DEL lt NRf gt Battery Channel 1 SENS2 PCUR SYNC DEL lt NRf gt Charger Channel 2 lt NRf gt 0105 User trigger digitization delay in seconds 10 steps For digitization the internal trigger delay is 15sec To detect the pulse the digitization process synchronizes to the edge specified by the following command
367. rammed for either rising edge or falling edge operation see Commands topic later in this section Figure 6 3 Trigger input signal Triggers Step On Leading Edge High 3V 5V Low 0 8V 2 us Minimum A Falling Edge Input Trigger Figure 6 4 Trigger output signal Trigger Occurs at End of Step 24V lt 0 8 10 us Falling Edge Output Trigger Triggers Step On Leading Edge High 3V 5V Low 0 8V 2 us Minimum B Rising Edge Input Trigger Triggers Occurs at End of Step 24V lt 0 8V 10 us B Rising Edge Output Trigger External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only 6 5 Commands Commands specific to Model 2306 VS external trigger operation are listed in Table 6 1 Detailed command descriptions follow the table Table 6 1 Model 2306 VS external trigger commands Defui TRIGger 1 TRIGger subsystem for Channel 1 battery channel EXTernal Path for external trigger control under TRIGger subsystem BOTH name Select channel both control type NONE VOLT or AUTO NONE EDGE Path for specifying the trigger in amp out pulse edges IN lt name gt Select trigger in pulse polarity RISING or FALLING FALLING OUT name Select trigger out pulse polarity RISING or FALLING FALLING ENABlIe lt b gt Enable ON or disable OFF external trigger feature OFF INIT Initialize channel to take another set of measurements STEP lt NRf1 gt lt NRf2 gt Set volt
368. ration complete Clear OPC Clear SRO ErrCheck PRINT 1 PRINT 1 INPUT 2 IE E lt gt 0 RETURN ReadDMM SLEEP 5 PRINT 1 PRINT 1 INPUT 2 Calibration Program D 5 Error check routine OUTPUT 16 SYST ERR ENTER 16 E THEN PRINT Err EndProg Get reading from DMM OUTPUT 17 FETCH ENTER 17 Readings 5 6 ORI 14 ORI 15 THEN Readings STRS VAL Reading FourOhm IF I 8 RE TURN EndProg OR I 17 THEN Reading STR VAL Reading ThreeK Close files end program BEEP PRINT Calibration aborted PRINT 1 PRINT 1 CLOSE END Messages DATA On DATA On DATA On DATA On DATA On DATA On OUTPUT 16 CAL PROT LOCK LOCAL 16 17 Ch 1 Connect DMM volts input to SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN terminals Ch 1 Connect DMM volts input and 4 ohm resistor to SOURCE and SENSE Ch 1 Connect DMM volts input and 3 k ohm resistor to SOURCE and SENSE Ch 2 Connect DMM volts input to SOURCE SENSE and DVM IN terminals Ch 2 Connect DMM volts input and 4 ohm resistor to SOURCE and SENSE Ch 2 Connect DMM volts input and 3 k ohm resistor to SOURCE and SENSE D 6 Calibration Program Applications Guide NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ are single channel battery simulators functions related to the
369. rent function Set current measurement range Specify expected current in amps 0 to 5 Enable or disable auto range SOURcel subsystem for Channel 1 battery channel Set voltage amplitude in volts 0 to 15 1mV resolution Sets VPT voltage protection range 0 8V Query state of associated command Sets VPT clamp mode ON or OFF Set current limit value in amps 0 006 to 5 100 res Select current limit type LIMit or TRIP Query state of current limit no associated command SOURce2 VOLTage n PROTection lt STATe b CLAMp lt b gt CURRent n lt name gt STATe SOURce2 subsystem for Channel 2 charger channel Set voltage amplitude in volts 0 to 15 1mV resolution Sets range 0 8 Query state of associated command Sets VPT clamp mode ON or OFF Set current limit value in amps 0 006 to 5 100p4A res Select current limit type LIMit or TRIP Query state of current limit no associated command OUTPut 1 STATe lt b gt BANDwidth lt name gt IMPedance lt NRf gt OUTPut 1 subsystem for Channel 1 battery channel Turn the power supply output ON or OFF Specifies output bandwidth HIGH or LOW Specifies output impedance 0 1 2 in 10mQ steps OUTPut2 STATe lt b gt BANDwidth lt name gt OUTPut2 subsystem for Channel 2 charger channel Turn the power supply output ON or OFF Specifies output
370. rison I TOUT 8 gt l lt Long integration Reading time time Summarizing Figure 4 2 1 Reading begins searching for high pulse at point A 2 Earliest pulse detected at point B 3 Reading time equals Long integration time NOTES lfa pulse is not present timeout needs to elapse TOUT before NO PULSE appears on the display Search Time needs to elapse when checking TLEV command for valid setting PULSE TIMEOUT applies only to long integration measurements that are configured to be triggered by rising or falling pulse edges After the long integration function is selected the instrument searches for a pulse If a pulse is not detected within the specified time PULSE TIMEOUT the NO PULSE message will be displayed While the NO PULSE message is displayed the instrument continues to search for a pulse With a long timeout setting the instrument may appear locked up while it is searching for the pulse to start the long integration PULSE TIMEOUT can be set from 1 000 to 63 000 seconds With neither trigger edge selected pulse timeout is not used and a pulse search is not con ducted Therefore the PULSE message is never displayed Measurements start as soon as the long integration function is selected even if no pulse is present It is the responsibility of the us
371. rol source SPE SPD serial polling Use the serial polling sequence to obtain the power supply serial poll byte The serial poll byte contains important information about internal functions Generally the serial polling sequence is used by the controller to determine which of several instruments has requested service with the SRQ line However the serial polling sequence may be performed at any time to obtain the status byte from the power supply 7 8 GPIB Operation Front panel aspects of GPIB operation The following paragraphs describe aspects of the front panel and remote panel that are part of GPIB operation including the remote operation indicator LOCAL key and messages Remote indicator and LOCAL key When the power supply is in the remote state the R character is displayed in the bottom right corner of the display It blinks as a solid block character does not necessarily indicate the state of the REM line as the instrument must be addressed to listen with REM true before the indicator turns on When the instrument is in remote all front panel keys except for the LOCAL key are locked out The LOCAL key cancels the remote state and restores local operation of the instrument Pressing the LOCAL key also turns off the R indicator and returns the display to normal if a user defined message was displayed If the LLO local lockout command is in effect the LOCAL key is also inoperative Error and s
372. rt of exception handling these conditions is exiting trigger external functionality See Outputting voltage and current in Section 2 for current limit and VPT information While using the trigger external features on a channel that channel will always monitor for current limit tripping on either channel for VPT on either channel and for the heat sink or power supply becoming too hot This is done to handle the situation where the supply is constantly being driven by trigger in pulses As soon as the trigger out pulses for a channel a trigger in pulse can be generated for that channel If this happens too quickly the unit is constantly handling the trigger external features and has little time if any to handle other tasks like front panel bus commands and detecting current limiting 6 14 External Triggering Model 2306 VS Only Therefore the unit may appear to be locked up or responding very sluggishly Reducing the rate of trigger in pulses should alleviate the slow responsiveness Even though current limit limiting will be detected by firmware as time permits for processing the hardware will respond quickly 14 Ifthe trigger external feature involves taking a measurement the unit will store enough information about a step s measurement to be able to post process the measurement into a reading after taking the STEP POINts measurement This allows the turn around time between steps to be optimized by not doing all of the post proce
373. rts Table 16 2 Model 2306 analog board parts list cont Circuit designation R415 R615 R416 R616 R721 R724 R417 556 593 651 758 R418 R618 R419 R619 R420 R620 R422 R447 R622 R674 R496 R647 R423 R623 R424 R425 R570 R624 R625 R650 R426 427 449 626 627 R429 R629 R430 444 460 461 467 469 470 455 485 486 R431 R631 R432 R550 R450 R435 R438 R635 R638 R436 R636 R437 R597 R637 R67 1 R439 R639 R665 R440 441 640 641 442 642 445 645 446 646 448 648 R451 R527 R452 R453 R458 R454 R579 R655 R744 R457 R515 R464 R472 R632 R750 R465 R473 R522 R523 474 477 511 677 696 495 652 475 478 534 668 675 678 690 734 594 669 476 676 595 667 481 483 683 688 689 692 693 694 699 700 484 516 518 488 489 492 493 494 499 500 Description RES 49 9K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 475 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 10K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 34K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 82 5 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 4 75K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 100K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 3 01K 1 125MW METAL FILM RES 10K 5 250MW METAL FILM THICK FILM RES 0 1 1 3W RES 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 100 0 1 1 2W METAL FILM RES 10K 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 4 7K 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 470K 5 250MW METAL FILM RES 1M 0 1 0 125MW THIN FILM THICK FILM THICK FILM RES 4 99K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 15K 1 100MW THICK FILM RES 909 1 1W
374. s OUTput 1 IMPedance lt NRf gt Applies to battery channel 1 This battery channel only command may be set from 0 1 in 0 01Q steps The com mand can be used with the output ON or OFF OUTput 1 BANDwidth lt name gt Applies to battery channel 1 OUTput2 BANDwidth lt name gt Applies to charger channel 2 This command specifies HIGH or LOW bandwidth You can program the bandwidth at any time However when the output is OFF or the current range is 5mA for the Model 2306 and 2306 VS or 500mA for the battery channel on 2306 PJ the band width is set to LOW See Table 2 2 NOTE The bandwidth query will return user specified settings not necessarily the present instrument value BOTHOUTON Tums both channels ON BOTHOUTOFF Turns both channels OFF NOTE These commands are available starting in firmware release version B02 Use the Model 2306 REVISION NUMBER menu item located on the main menu to dis play the firmware revision for the microcontroller and the display When sending either command make note that the command is applied to channel 1 battery channel first and then to channel 2 charger channel This allows both channels output state to be controlled with a single bus command while preventing the outputs from being turned ON or OFF simultaneously No short form exists for this command Basic Power Supply Operation 2 15 Reading back V and I Actual V and 1 display mode Measured output voltages and c
375. s typical LONG INTEGRATION MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT TIMES 850ms 840ms to 60 seconds in 1ms steps DIGITAL VOLTMETER INPUT 2 Years 23 5 C INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 5 to 30VDC INPUT IMPEDANCE 2MQ typical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE either input terminal WITH RESPECT TO OUTPUT LOW 5V 30V READING ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READING RESOLUTION ImV CONNECTOR HI and LO input pair part of Output 1 s terminal block MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 89 31ms typical 2302 Battery Simulator GENERAL ISOLATION low earth 22VDC max PROGRAMMING IEEE 488 2 SCPI USER DEFINABLE POWER UP STATES 5 REAR PANEL CONNECTORS 8 position quick disconnect terminal block for output 4 sense 2 and DVM 2 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT outside 23 5 Derate accuracy specification by 0 1 x spec ification C OPERATING TEMPERATURE 0 to 50 Derate to 70 0 to 35 Full power STORAGE TEMPERATURE 20 to 70 HUMIDITY lt 80 35 C non condensing DISPLAY TYPE 2 line x 16 character VFD REMOTE DISPLAY KEYPAD OPTION Disables standard front panel DIMENSIONS 89mm high x 213mm wide x 411mm deep 3 in x 8 in x 1696 in NET WEIGHT 3 2kg 7 1 165 SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 4kg 12 1 5 INPUT POWER 100 120 220 240 50 or 60Hz auto detected at power up POWER CONSUMPTION 150VA max WARRA
376. s typical TRANSIENT RESPONSE High Bandwidth Low Bandwidth Transient Recovery 40us or lt 60ps 80us or lt 100 8 Transient Voltage Drop 75mV or 100mV 250mV or 400mV REMOTE SENSE 1V max drop in each lead Add 2mV to the voltage load regulation specification for each 1V change in the negative output lead due to load current change Remote sense required Integrity of connection continually monitored If compromised output will turn off automatically once settable window 0 to 8 volts around normal voltage exceeded VARIABLE OUTPUT IMPEDANCE RANGE 0 to 1 000 in 0 010 steps Value can be changed with output on DC CURRENT 2 Years 23 5 C CONTINUOUS AVERAGE OUTPUT CURRENT Channel 2 Charger OFF I 50W Vset channel 1 6V 5A max Channel 2 Charger ON I 50W Power consumed by channel 2 Vset channel 1 6V 5A max The power consumed by channel 2 is calculated as Channel 22 sourcing current Power consumed Vset channel 2 6V x current supplied Channel 22 sinking current Power consumed 5 x sink current Peak currents can be a maximum of 5A provided the average current is within the above limits CONTINUOUS AVERAGE SINK CURRENT Channel 2 Charger OFF 0 5 max 5 15V Derate 0 2A per volt above 5V Compliance setting controls sinking Channel 2 Charger ON Available current 50W Power consumed by channel 2 5 max
377. s are taken A background reading is a measurement taken by the power supply between user triggered readings The selected function dictates how background readings are taken between user triggered readings For long integration a background reading involves looking for the pulse and optionally gen erating a reading for the user The various settings of SEARch FAST and DETect allow the user to fine tune the function This enables the function to perform the desired background readings if any between user triggered readings The default settings FAST OFF SEARch ON and DETect OFF allow the long integration background readings to be taken If no pulse is present the setting of TimeOUT affects how responsive the supply is to bus commands If a pulse is present the search time plus reading time TIME setting affects how responsive the supply is to bus commands refer to Figure 4 3 Table 4 3 on page 4 15 contains the available settings for FAST SEARch and DETect commands and a description of the resulting action For more information on search time reading time and TimeOUT see Pulse timeout on page 4 4 Long Integration Measurements 4 15 Figure 4 3 lt TOUT gt TOUT and search time A 6 5 Wines Song tg ation ae Reading Time Time NOTE a pulse is not present timeout needs to elapse TOUT If DETECT ON only search time needs to elapse before respondin
378. s but could be unstable with certain loads The LOW setting mode will have a slower response but will be stable for most loads Testing the performance of the battery charger circuitry in a handset does not require the high bandwidth performance in channel 1 or channel 2 of the Model 2306 Since a charger circuit is a voltage regulated circuit it resembles a high capacitance load to the output of the 2306 For this type of application the LOW bandwidth output mode provides increased stability and elim inates oscillations that may occur The bandwidth can be user programmed at any time However if the output is off or the cur rent range is not 5A output bandwidth is automatically set to low as summarized in Table 2 2 Table 2 2 Output bandwidth setting for a channel Current Bandwidth 5A LOW or HIGH user selectable 5mAor5A LOW 5mA LOW NOTE 5mA current range Table 2 2 may be selected from the front panel over the bus or through autoranging Procedure NOTE This procedure assumes that the appropriate current range is already selected along with current limit mode and voltage protection To set output bandwidth from the front panel 1 Press the MENU key to access the main menu select OUT BANDWIDTH 1 or 2 by scrolling through the primary menu items use the A and keys to scroll Scroll until OUT BANDWIDTH is displayed on the bottom line 3 Select channel for bandwidth Toggle between OUT BANDW
379. s contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel 1 refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 feature only 9 2 Common Commands Overview Common commands are device commands that are common to all devices on the bus These commands are designated and defined by the IEEE 488 2 standard Common commands are listed in Table 9 1 Note that detailed information on the Common Commands to program and read status registers is provided in Section 8 Table 9 1 IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries Mnemonic Name Description CLS Clear status Clears all event registers and error queue ESE lt NRf gt Event enable command Program the standard event enable register ESE Event enable query Read the standard event enable register ESR Event status register query Read the standard event enable register and clear it IDN Identification query Returns the manufacturer model number serial number and firmware revision levels of the unit OPC Operation complete com Set the operation complete bit in the standard event register after mand all pending commands have b
380. s no pulse detected when asked for a user triggered reading N N FF FF For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit is latched until read so the bit may still be set in the status model from a previous timeout See sec tion 8 on the status model for more information Model 2306 User s Manual For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit will be set if the OFF FF O O O O reading times out and the pulse is not detected The unit is more responsive to bus commands in this mode since the supply does not need to wait for TOUT or search time for pulse current background readings However the supply does need to wait for TOUT or search time when checking the parameter setting for TLEV commands Refer to Figure 3 4 Front panel displays SEARCH instead of PULSE HI LO The bottom line may show a previous reading or dashes based on what commands were sent previously when in remote mode The setting of the pulse trigger timeout bits in the status model will only occur between user triggered readings if TLEV commands are sent For triggered readings the PTT Pulse Trigger Timeout bit will be set if the reading times out and the pulse is not detected Also since the PTT bit is latched until read the bit may still be set in the status model from a previous timeout See section 8 on the status model for more information Model 2306 User s Manual Shaded cells designate command with preceden
381. s noise DISPLAY TYPE 2 line x 16 character VFD Based on settled signal 100us pulse trigger delay REMOTE DISPLAY KEYPAD OPTION Disables standard front panel 12 Also applies to other apertures that are integer multiples of 1PLC DIMENSIONS 89mm high x 213mm wide x 411mm deep 3 in x 8 x 1696 in 13 Recovery to within 20mV of previous level NET WEIGHT 3 2kg 7 1 Ibs SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 4kg 12 1 5 INPUT POWER 100 120VAC 220 240VAC 50 or 60Hz auto detected at power up Specifications are subject to change without notice POWER CONSUMPTION 150VA max WARRANTY Two years parts and labor on materials and workmanship EMC Conforms with European Union Directive directive 89 336 EEC SAFETY Conforms with European Union Directive 73 23 EEC AC LINE LEAKAGE CURRENT 450uA 110VAC typ 6004A 220V typ RELAY CONTROL PORT 4 channel each capable of 100mA sink 24V max Total port sink capacity all 4 combined is 250mA max Accepts DB 9 male plug ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED User and service manual output connectors mating terminal part no CS 846 ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE Model 2304 DISP Remote LCD Display Keypad 4 6 in x 2 7 in x 1 5 in Includes 2 7m 9 ft cable and rack mount kit 5 Minimum current in constant current mode is 6mA 6 60Hz 50Hz 7 PLC Power Line Cycle 1PLC 16 7ms 60Hz operation 20ms for 50Hz Operation 2306 5 Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator OUTPUT 1 BATTERY
382. s not exceed the appropriate hysteresis level trigger detection will not occur The three trigger level ranges for the battery channel 1 are displayed as follows 500mA Range PCUR TLEV mA 1 mA 500 0 0000A 100mA Range PCUR TLEV mA 1 mA 100 0 0000A 10mA Range PCUR TLEV mA 1 mA 10 0 0000A To change the range for the trigger level setting place the blinking cursor on the at the far right end of line two of the display and press the 5 or 6 key After keying in the trigger level in amps press ENTER to update the displayed range for that trigger level setting only TRIG LEVEL RANGE Battery channel 1 setting only Use to specify the trigger level range resolution Possible ranges are Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ SA current range 5A FULL SCALE 0 FULL SCALE 0 1 100mA FULL SCALE 0 100mA TRIGGER LEVEL Use to set the trigger level Pulses less than the specified level are not detected Battery Channel 1 On the 5A current range the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 trigger level can be set for either the 5A or 100mA range Trigger level 5A range 0 5A in 5mA steps range 0 1A in ImA steps 100mA range 0 100 in 0 1mA steps Trigger hysteresis is built into the hardware For the 5A range trigger hysteresis is approximately 10mA For the 1A range trigger hysteresis is approximately 2mA For the 100mA range trigger hysteresis is approximately 0 2mA
383. s selected and the READ ARRay command is executed See READ and READ ARRay for details If a function is not specified the measurement s will be performed on the active channel s function that is presently selected NOTE There are no AVERage commands for long integration measurements The array size for long integration readings is fixed at one Therefore MEASure LINTegration and MEASure ARRay LINTegration are basically the same Signal Oriented Measurement Commands 10 5 BOTHTRG Trigger channel 1 then channel 2 BOTHFEICH Get channel 1 reading then channel 2 reading BOTHREAD Trigger both channels then get both readings When sending either the BOTHTRG or the BOTHREAD command make note that the command is applied to channel 1 battery channel first and then to channel 2 charger channel This allows both channels triggers to be controlled with a single bus command The BOTHTRG BOTHFETCH and BOTHREAD commands work with the Models 2306 2306 5 and 2306 but do not work with the Models 2302 or 2302 PJ 1 e the commands do not work with single channel models 10 6 Signal Oriented Measurement Commands 11 DISPlay FORMat and SYS Tem e DISPlay subsystem Covers the SCPI commands that are used to control the display e FORMat subsystem Covers the SCPI commands to configure the format that readings are sent over the bus e SYSTem subsystem Covers miscellaneous SCPI commands NOTES This manual c
384. s the firmware revision levels of the digital board and display board ROMs OPC operation complete Sets OPC bit OPC operation complete query Places a 17 in output queue When OPC is sent the OPC bit in the standard event register will set after all pending com mand operations are complete When OPC is sent an ASCII 1 is placed in the output queue after all pending command operations are complete Typically either one of these commands is sent after a reading or reading array is requested While the instrument is acquiring readings all commands except DCL SDC IFC TRG and GET that are sent are not executed After all readings are acquired the instrument returns to the idle at which time all pending commands including OPC and or OPC are executed Syntax The following syntax rules explain how to use OPC and OPC with other commands refer to Table 9 2 on page 9 4 for examples OPC and OPC can be used in conjuction with battery channel 1 commands or charger channel 2 commands see Table 9 2 9 4 Common Commands Send OPC or OPC separated by a semicolon on the same line with a query see Ref A in Table 9 2 If sent on separate lines an error occurs B OPC or OPC can also be sent on the same line or a separate line with a command that is not a query C and D Table 9 2 and OPC commands VOLT OPC SENS NPLC OPC Valid battery channel command line SOUR2 VO
385. s typical step 4 with B as 0 HW 6 20 03 Rev B Page 5 of 7 2306 VS Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator AUTO MEASUREMENT BOTH CHANNELS WITH CHANNEL 2 TEST CONDITIONS 1 Only a single channel is externally triggered during the sequence while remaining channel stays idle 2 Times based on 0 programmable user delay 3 Measurement time 167 0 01 plc 4 Steps points 4 Channel 2 trigger in Measurement time channel 2 Measurement time channel 1 Channel 2 trigger out Output 1 Battery Output 2 Charger A 43us typical B programmable user delay 0 5 seconds C 18us typical D measurement time channel 2 E measurement time channel 1 F 872us typical with steps 1 2 and 3 G 1 1ms typical for steps 1 2 and 3 with B as 0 16 0ms typical step 4 with B as 0 VOLTAGE STEPPING WITH SYNC MEASUREMENT TEST CONDITIONS 1 Trigger external is enabled on both channels 2 Only a single channel is externally triggered during the sequence while remaining channel stays idle 3 Times based on 0 programmable user delay Channel trigger in Lf o Output voltage Output 1 Battery Output 2 Charger Channel 1 trigger in output voltage start changing Channel 2 trigger in output voltage start changing A 70us typical A 55ys typical within 4ms typical to start search for desired pulse edge Time for trigger out dependent on search time for selecting edge inte
386. s used to separate commands within the program message see next rule e When the path pointer detects a colon that immediately follows a semicolon it resets back to the root level The path pointer can only move down it cannot be moved up a level Executing a command at a higher level requires that you start over at the root command Using common and SCPI commands in the same message Both common commands and SCPI commands can be used in the same message as long as they are separated by semicolons A common command can be executed at any command level and will not affect the path pointer Example Stat oper enab lt NRf gt ESE lt NRf gt Program message terminator PMT Each program message must be terminated with an LF line feed EOI end or identify or an LF EOI The bus will hang if your computer does not provide this termination The following example shows how a program message must be terminated outp on lt PMT gt Command execution rules Commands execute in the order that they are presented in the program message Aninvalid command generates an error and is not executed Valid commands that precede an invalid command in a multiple command program message are executed e Valid commands that follow an invalid command in a multiple command program message are ignored 7 14 GPIB Operation Response messages A response message 15 the message sent by the instrument to the computer in
387. same or different for each channel Table 2 1 Current ranges Model 2306 2306 VS 5A 5mA or AUTO Model 2306 PJ Battery channel 1 5 500mA or AUTO Charger channel 2 5A 5mA or AUTO NOTE Table 1 3 in Section 1 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Procedure To select the CURRENT RANGE from the front panel 1 Press the MENU key to access the main menu Select CURRENT RANGE 1 or 2 by scrolling through the primary menu items use the A V keys to scroll Scroll until CURRENT RANGE is displayed on the bottom line 3 Select channel for CURRENT RANGE Toggle between CURRENT RANGE 1 or 2 using the 4 keys The 1 battery channel active or 2 charger channel active will appear on the bottom line of the display 4 Press ENTER 5 Use the A V keys to display the desired current range value Setting changes can be canceled by pressing MENU 6 Press ENTER to save and return to main menu Selecting current limit mode NOTE The current limit mode setting is channel specific The number after the indicates the channel affected by editing If the current limit is reached the output will either turn off TRIP or stay on LIM The two current limit modes LIM or TRIP are explained as follows LIM mode With LIM mode selected the output will remain on when the current limit is reached The LIM message will appear on the lower line of the display after the
388. se trigger delay 12 Also applies to other apertures that are integer multiples of 1PLC 13 Recovery to within 20mV of previous level Specifications are subject to change without notice 2302 PJ Battery Simulator DCVOLTAGE OUTPUT 2 YEARS 23 5 C OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 to 15VDC OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 05 PROGRAMMING RESOLUTION ImV READBACK ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READBACK RESOLUTION 1mV OUTPUT VOLTAGE SETTLING TIME 5ms to within stated accuracy LOAD REGULATION 0 0196 2mV LINE REGULATION 0 5mV STABILITY 0 01 0 5mV MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01 PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 85 31ms typical TRANSIENT RESPONSE High Bandwidth Low Bandwidth Transient Recovery 40us or lt 60ps 80us or lt 100 8 Transient Voltage Drop 75mV or 100mV 250mV or 400mV REMOTE SENSE 1V max drop in each lead Add 2mV to the voltage load regulation specification for each 1V change in the negative output lead due to load current change Remote sense required Integrity of connection continually monitored If compromised output will turn off automatically once settable window 0 to 8 volts around normal voltage exceeded VARIABLE OUTPUT IMPEDANCE RANGE 0 to 1 000 in 0 010 steps Value can be changed with output on DC CURRENT 2 Years 23 5 C CONTINUOUS AVERAGE OUTPUT CURRENT 0 4V max 24V lax 60W
389. second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix for specific Model 2302 and 2302 PJ information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel 1 refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 feature only 2 Applications Guide Simulating battery impedance Variable output impedance control on channel 1 The electronic resistance of batteries varies according to a variety of factors such as but not limited to chemistry cell construction number of charge discharge cycles temperature and depth of discharge If a battery 15 used as a source in circuit with a dynamic load changes in the voltage across the load will be produced proportional to the electronic resistance of the battery and other sources of resistance in the circuit If the peak load current is high enough or the electronic resistance of the battery and the resistance between the source and the DUT is large the voltage drop will compromise the performance of the device This phenomenon occurs in TDMA and GSM cellular handsets where the magnitude of the
390. simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 2302 and 2302 information Information contained in this section applies to all power supply channels unless otherwise noted In this manual channel I refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS feature only 1 2 Getting Started General information Warranty information Warranty information is located at the front of this manual Should your power supply require warranty service contact the Keithley representative or authorized repair facility in your area for further information When returning the instrument for repair be sure to fill out and include the service form at the back of this manual to provide the repair facility with the necessary information Contact information If you have any questions after reviewing this information please contact your local Keithley representative or call one of our Applications Engineers at 1 800 348 3735 U S and Canada only Worldwide phone numbers are l
391. sistance of NiCd NiMH and L130n battery ae Effect of the variable output impedance control Li ion voltage drop during the transmit portion OUie NE Model 2306 voltage drop during the transmit portion FO Ri D o Model 2302 Specifics Model 2302 and 2302 PJ single channel battery simulator F 3 List of Tables 1 Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 2 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 3 Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Table 3 3 Table 3 4 Table 3 5 Table 3 6 4 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 5 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 6 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 7 1 Getting Started Display Sale S oboe ideae mai cites even ere 1 11 Factory 1 12 Main MENU structure accessed by pressing the MENU key on the Front Panel 1 15 Basic Power Supply Operation ION IUS TT 2 6 Output bandwidth setting for a 1 2 10 SCPI command summary outputting voltage and GUT lb eco iia 2 12 SCPI commands measure V and I and DVM input 2 17 Pulse Current Measurements TRIG NOT DETECTED message eene 3 12 SCPI commands pulse current measurements 3 13 PCURrent FAST SEARch and DETect commands 3 20 Setting UP and DOWN 3 24 Sample TL
392. sitive devices 15 3 Status byte register 8 7 command summary 12 15 model structure 8 3 register sets 8 2 8 10 structure 8 1 Status byte and service request SRQ 8 6 service request commands 8 9 SRQ 8 2 status register 16 bit 8 5 Step measurements Integration time 3 29 Trigger level range 3 29 SYSTem command summary 12 17 TDMA and GSM cellular handsets E 2 Temperature coefficient 13 4 14 4 Test connections 2 2 TRG LEV mA RANGE 1 16 TRG LEVEL mA 1 16 TRIG LEV RANGE 1 15 1 16 Trigger 6 3 6 4 12 18 G 4 G 5 G 6 Trigger continuous mode G 6 TRIGGER DELAY 1 15 Trigger delay 3 3 Trigger delay for High Pulse current measurement 3 4 TRIGGER EDGE 1 16 Trigger edge trigger level and trigger level range 4 7 TRIGGER LEVEL 1 16 Trigger level 3 3 4 4 Trigger level range pulse current trigger level 3 3 Triggering the start of the measurement 4 3 Typical trigger sequence 6 2 Using common and SCPI commands in the same message 7 13 Using FAST SEARch and DETect 3 18 4 14 Using TimeOUT 4 5 Variable output impedance control E 2 Verification Ambient temperature 13 3 Environmental conditions 13 3 Line power 13 3 Recommended test equipment 13 4 Test requirements 13 3 Warm up period 13 3 VFD BRIGHTNESS 1 7 1 15 VOLT PROTECT 1 15 Voltage drop during the transmit portion of the pulse E 6 E 7 Voltage drop equation 2 11 Warranty information 1 2 Waveform filtering 4 2 Waveform with low pulse time
393. size HW 6 20 03 Rev B Page of 7 2306 5 Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator OUTPUT 2 CHARGER DC VOLTAGE OUTPUT 2 YEARS 23 5 OUTPUT VOLTAGE 0 to 15VDC OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 05 10mV PROGRAMMING RESOLUTION 10mV READBACK ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READBACK RESOLUTION ImV OUTPUT VOLTAGE SETTLING TIME 5 to within stated accuracy LOAD REGULATION 0 01 2mV LINE REGULATION 0 5mV STABILITY 0 0196 0 5mV MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS to 10 READING TIME 31ms typical TRANSIENT RESPONSE High Bandwidth Low Bandwidth Transient Recovery Time 50us or lt 80us 60us 100us Transient Voltage Drop 120mV or 150mV lt 160 or lt 200mV REMOTE SENSE max drop in each lead Add 2mV to the voltage load regulation specification for each 1V change in the negative output lead due to load current change Remote sense required Integrity of connection continually monitored If compromised output will turn off automatically once settable window 0 to 8 volts around normal voltage exceeded DC CURRENT 2 YEARS 23 5 C CONTINUOUS AVERAGE OUTPUT CURRENT Channel 71 Battery OFF I 50W Vset channel 2 6V 5A max Channel 71 Battery ON I SOW Power consumed by channel 1 Vset channel 2 6V 5A max The power consumed by channel 1 is calculated as Channel 1 sourcing
394. ssing necessary to store a reading in the buffer for FETCh ARRay query However after taking the STEP POINts measurement the post processing for all points occurs before the trigger out pulses for that step For example if STEP POINts equals 20 then steps 1 to 19 will see a faster time for trigger in to trigger out than the time for step 20 s trigger in to trigger out This happens since step 20 after completing it s measurement will then post process all 20 measurements into the buffer for a FETCh ARRay query With this implementation the status bits for reading available reading overflow and buffer full will not occur until the last steps measurement completes and post processing starts If all steps are not performed the temporary stored measurements are not available for viewing The only way to see the measurements is to complete all steps 15 Ifan exception is detected while processing a trigger in pulse but before it completes the required configuration functionality the trigger out pulse will not be generated 16 Do not perform a PCUR AUTO Section 3 or LINT AUTO Section 4 time sequence while a channel is being externally triggered Doing so may result in erroneous pulse times Table 6 2 External trigger sequences for various operating modes BOTH VOLT READ Sequence After Detecting Trigger In Pulse See programming example number 5 The channel voltage will step The step delay setting will elapse T
395. t Setthe Model 2306 output current to the correct value as determined from the digital multimeter voltage reading and 3 resistance value Note that it may not be possible to set the output current to the exact value In that case set the current to the closest possible value and modify reading limits accordingly e Allow the reading to settle Verify that the actual Model 2306 current reading is within the limits given in the table 6 Repeat steps 1 through 5 for Channel 2 use the and keys to toggle between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Table 13 6 5 range current readback accuracy limits Nominal output Model 2306 Current readback limits Voltage output current 2 Years 18 C 28 C 1 0000mA 0 9970 to 1 0030mA 2 0000mA 1 9950 to 2 0050mA 3 0000mA 2 9930 to 3 0070mA 4 0000mA 3 9910 to 4 0090mA 4 9000mA 4 8892 to 4 9108mA l As determined from digital multimeter voltage reading and 3kQ resistance value 13 14 Performance Verification 500mA range readback accuracy 1 With the power supply s output off connect the digital multimeter and characterized 30Q resistor to the Model 2306 PJ OUTPUT 1 terminals as shown in Figure 13 4 Be sure to observe proper polarity and connections 30Q resistor between SOURCE and DMM INPUT HI SOURCE to DMM INPUT LO Figure 13 4 Connections for 500mA current verification tests Input HI Input LO KEITHLEY SNB INPUT OUTPUT
396. t No effect 5 Enable disable Power up Clears list of messages error queue CLS and STATus PRESet No effect messages 12 16 SCPI Tables Table 12 6 cont STATus command summary cont refer to Section 8 parameter STATus OPERation CONDition Read the condition register QUEStionable Path to control the questionable status registers EVENt Read the event register Note 2 lt NRf gt Program the enable register Note 3 Read the enable register CONDition Read the condition register PRESet Return status registers to default states QUEue Path to access error queue NEXT Read the least recent error message Note 4 ENABIe lt list gt Specify error and status messages for queue Note 5 ENABlIe Read the enabled list of messages DISable list Specify messages not to be placed in queue Note 5 DISable Read the disabled messages Ne 52 CLEar Clear all messages from error queue Notes 1 Commands in this subsystem are not affected by RST The effects of cycling power CLS and STATus PRESet are explained by the following notes 2 Event registers Power up and CLS Clears all bits of the registers STATus PRESet No effect 3 Enable registers Power up and STATus PRESet Clears all bits of the registers CLS No effect 4 Error queue Power up and CLS Clears the error queue STATus PRESet No effec
397. t SOURce command summary cont refer to Table 2 3 T Default SOURce2 CURRent LIMit VALue lt NRf gt Specify current limit value in amps 0 006 5 with 0 25 100LA resolution VALue Query current limit lt name gt Select current limit type LIMit or TRIP LIM Query current limit type 5 Query state of current limit 1 in current limit for LIMit type or output tripped for TRIP type 0 2 not in LIMit TRIP Table 12 6 STATus command summary refer to Section 8 parameter STATus Note 1 MEASurement Path to control the measurement event registers EVENt Read the event register Note 2 lt NRf gt Program the enable register Note 3 ENABlIe Read the enable register CONDition Read the condition register OPERation Path to control the operation status registers EVENt Read the event register Note 2 lt NRf gt Program the enable register Note 3 ENABlIe Read the enable register Notes 1 Commands in this subsystem are not affected by RST The effects of cycling power CLS and STATus PRESet are explained by the following notes 2 Event registers Power up and CLS Clears all bits of the registers STATus PRESet No effect 3 Enable registers Power up and STATus PRESet Clears all bits of the registers CLS No effect 4 Error queue Power up and CLS Clears the error queue STATus PRESe
398. t 5 Enable disable Power up Clears list of messages error queue CLS and STATus PRESet No effect messages SCPI Tables 217 Table 12 7 SYSTem command summary refer to System subsystem in Section 11 parameter SYSTem VERSion ERRor CLEar LiFRequnecy POSetup name POSetup MEP STATe b STATe AZERo STATe b 5 TRIGger BOTH b BOTH CONTInuous lt b gt CONTInuous Query SCPI version level Read and clear oldest message in error queue Clears error queue Query power line frequency setting Select power on setup RST or SAVx where x 0 to 4 2306 x 0 to 2 2306 2306 5 Query power on setup Path to select GPIB protocol Select 488 1 OFF or SCPI ON protocol Query selected protocol Path to control auto zero Enable ON or disable OFF auto zero Query auto zero state Path to trigger commands Path to talk commands Set b to 1 or ON to enable 2 reading trig on talk 0 or OFF dis able 2 reading trig on talk but reads the active channel CH1 READI CH2 READ2 Query trigger on talk Set b to 1 ON to enable trig ger continuous mode which automat ically turns display OFF 0 or OFF disables mode and automatically turns display back ON Query trigger continuous mode 12 18 SCPI Tables Table 12 8 Model 2306 VS external trigger command summary re
399. t message mode FORMat subsystem The commands for this subsystem are used to select the data format for transferring instrument readings over the bus These commands are summarized in Table 11 2 Table 11 2 SCPI commands data format FORMat DATA type Specify data format ASCii SREal or DREal BORDer lt name gt Specify byte order NORMal SWAPped SWAP DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem 11 5 Command notes SCPI commands data format FORMat DATA type Select data format Parameters type 5 ASCII format SREal IEEE754 single precision format DREal IEEE754 double precision format This command is used to select the data format for transferring readings over the bus The reading s that is sent depends on the presently selected function voltage current pulse current DVM or long integration See the FUNCtion command SENSe subsystem in Section 2 and Signal Oriented Measurement Commands Section 1010 for more information NOTE Regardless of which data format for output strings is selected the power supply will only respond to input commands using the ASCII format ASCII format The ASCII data format is in a direct readable form for the operator Most Basic languages easily convert ASCII mantissa and exponent to other formats However some speed is compromised to accommodate the conversion The following shows the ASCII format for a reading of 10 058 volts 1 00580000 E 01
400. t nrf gt STEP2 lt nrf gt 5 5 4 lt nrf gt 5 5 lt nrf gt 5 6 lt nrf gt 5 5 8 lt nrf gt STEPO lt nrf gt STEPIO lt nrf gt STEP11 lt nrf gt STEPI2 STEPI3 lt nrf gt STEPIA lt nrf gt STEPIS lt nrf gt STEPI6 STEPI7 lt nrf gt Calibration data will not be saved if Calibration subsystem Cal commands protected by password Unlock cal changes code if cal is already unlocked Default code 1002306 Query number of times 2306 has been calibrated Program calibration year month day Query calibration year month day Initiate calibration must be sent before other cal steps save calibration data to EEPROM Lock out calibration Abort if calibration is incomplete Output Ch 1 full scale voltage 14V Calibrate Ch 1 output voltage using external DMM reading Calibrate Ch 1 voltage measuring using external DMM reading Perform Ch 1 DVM input full scale 14 cal Output current 1 9A for Ch 1 5A full scale cal Calibrate Ch 1 output current limit using calculated current Calibrate Ch 1 5A measurement range using calculated current Output 5mA nominal current for Ch 1 5mA range full scale cal Calibrate Ch 1 5mA measurement range Output Ch 2 full scale voltage 14V Calibrate Ch 2 output voltage setting using DMM reading Calibrate Ch 2 voltage measuring using external DMM reading Perform Ch 2 DVM input full scale 14 ca
401. t panel calibration Use the following procedure to calibrate the Model 2306 from the front panel Table 14 2 summarizes calibration steps NOTE Calibration must be performed in the following sequence or an error will occur To abort calibration and revert to previous calibration constants at any time during the procedure press the MENU key Follow message prompts to abort calibration Use A and W keys to select desired response Step 1 Prepare the Model 2306 for calibration 1 Turn on the Model 2306 and the digital multimeter and allow them to warm up for at least one hour before performing calibration 2 Press the MENU key then choose CALIBRATE UNIT and press ENTER The instrument will display the date last calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT LAST ON 02 01 2003 3 Press the A key The instrument will display the number of times it was calibrated CALIBRATE UNIT TIMES 1 Table 14 2 Model 2306 front panel calibration summary Steps Description Output 14V Calibration 14 5 Press the A key The unit will then prompt you to run calibration CALIBRATE UNIT RUN Press ENTER The unit will then prompt for the calibration code CALIBRATE UNIT Cal Code KI002306 Using the edit keys set the display to the current calibration code then press ENTER Default KI002306 The unit will then prompt you as to whether or not to change the code CALIBRATE UNIT Change Code NO Be sure NO is selected use the A and W keys press
402. t pres stat oper enab lt NRf gt When this command 15 sent the first command word is recognized as the root command stat When the next colon is detected the path pointer moves down to the next command level and executes the command When the path pointer sees the colon after the semicolon it resets back to the root level and starts over Commands that are on the same command level can be executed without having to retype the entire command path Example stat oper enab lt NRf gt enab After the first command enab is executed the path pointer is at the third command level in the structure Since enab is also on the third level it can be typed in without repeating the entire path name Notice that the leading colon for enab is not included in the program message If a colon were included the path pointer would reset to the root level and expect a root command Since enab is not a root command an error would occur GPIB Operation 7 13 Command path rules e Each new program message must begin with the root command unless it is optional e g SOURcel If the root is optional treat a command word on the next level as the root The colon at the beginning of a program message 15 optional and need not be used Example Stat pres stat pres When the path pointer detects a colon it moves down to the next command level An exception is when the path pointer detects a semicolon which i
403. t subsystem for channel 2 charger channel Turn output ON or OFF Query state of output Specifies HIGH or LOW bandwidth when the output state is ON and current range is set to 5A When output is OFF the bandwidth is LOW When current range is 5mA bandwidth is LOW Query bandwidth setting for when output is ON and not on 5mA range BOTHOUTON Turns both power supply channels ON BOTHOUTOFF Turns both power supply channels OFF I Default is HIGH for firmware version 1302 and lower does not apply to Model 2306 Model 2306 VS does not support relay control No query or short form exists SCPI Tables 12 5 Table 12 4 SENSe command summary refer to Tables 2 3 3 2 and 4 2 A Default SENSe 1 SENSe subsystem for channel 1 battery channel FUNCtion lt name gt Select measurement function VOLTage CURRent DVMeter PCURrent or LINTegration FUNCtion Query measurement function NPLCycles n Specify integration rate in line cycles for voltage current and DVM measurements 0 01 to 10 NPL Cycles Query integration rate AVERage lt NRf gt Specify the average count for voltage current and DVM measurements 1 to 10 Query average count CURRent DC Path to configure the current measurement function RANGe Current measurement range UPPer NRf Specify expected current measurement which will select 5 0 5mA or 5A amp range for the
404. t temperature coefficient information Table 14 1 Recommended calibration equipment Description Manufacturer Model Specifications Digital Multimeter Keithley 2001 DC Voltage 20 22ppm Resistance 200 59 20kQ 36ppm Precision Resistor 40 0 1 100W Precision Resistor 0 1 0 125 W Full range 90 day 23 5 accuracy specifications of ranges required for various measurement points Characterize resistor using 4 wire ohms function of DMM before use 14 4 Calibration Resistor connections When performing calibration steps that use either the 4Q or resistor connect the Model 2306 OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 SENSE leads and DMM test leads as close to the resistor body as possible Resistor considerations The test resistors should be characterized using the 4 wire ohms function of the DMM recommended in Table 14 1 to measure the resistance values Use the measured resistance values to calculate the actual currents during the calibration procedures NOTE The temperature coefficient and temperature change of the 40 resistor when passing current at full load must be low enough so that the change in resistance does not cause incorrect readings This is summarized in the following equation y QUT R AR lt 25 of Model 2306 amps specification where Voyr is the Model 2306 output voltage R is the characterized value of the resistor AR is the change in resistance caused by heating Fron
405. t with the trigger level setting of HALFamp HUNDred or TEN Queries receive responses of 0 5 0 1 or 0 01 accordingly For example if a value of 75mA is sent with the command a value of 0 1A will be returned as a response to a query DELay lt NRf gt Specify trigger delay in seconds 0 0 0 1 pulse current measurements or 0 0 5 0 pulse current digitization STEP lt b gt Performs a series of measurements See Pulse current step method on page 3 23 UP lt NRf gt 0 20 max is for both up and down combined 1 DOWN lt NRf gt 0 20 max is for both up and down combined 1 TIME lt NRf gt 33 3usec 100msec 200usec Time OUT lt NRf gt TimeOUT other than the first 2msec 200msec 2ms INITial lt NRf gt First TimeOUT step 10msec 60secs 2sec DELay lt NRf gt Omsec 100msec 1Omsec steps 0 RANGe lt NRf gt Model 2306 2306 VS or 2306 PJ when on 5A current range Set 5A trigger level range 100mA 1A or 5A The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with the trig ger level setting of MILL ONE or AMP Queries receive responses of 0 1 1 0 or 5 0 accordingly In other words if a value of 2 0A 15 sent with the command a value of 5A will be returned as a response to a query MILLiamp lt NRf gt Model 2306 PJ when on 500mA current range Set trigger level range 100mA or 500mA The parameter lt NRf gt sent with this command causes the trigger to be set with t
406. t your performance verification procedures in a test environment with Anambient temperature of 18 28 65 82 F Arelative humidity of less than 70 unless otherwise noted Warm up period Allow the Model 2306 to warm up for at least one hour before conducting the verification procedures If the unit has been subjected to temperature extremes those outside the ranges stated above allow additional time for the instrument s internal temperature to stabilize Typically allow one extra hour to stabilize a unit that is 10 C 18 F outside the specified temperature range Allow the test equipment to warm up for the minimum time specified by the manufacturer Line power The Model 2306 requires a line voltage of 100 to 240V and a line frequency of 50 or 60Hz Verification tests must be performed within this range 13 4 Performance Verification Recommended test equipment Table 13 1 summarizes recommended verification equipment You can use alternate equipment as long as that equipment has specifications at least four times better than corresponding Model 2306 specifications Keep in mind however that test equipment accuracy will add to the uncertainty of each measurement Table 13 1 Recommended verification equipment Description Manufacturer Model Specifications Digital Multimeter Keithley 2001 DC Voltage 20 22ppm Resistance 200 59 2000 43ppm 20kQ 36ppm Precision Resistor 10 0 1 1
407. tains a sample with the one trigger level as shown and also with unique trigger levels for each Step SENS PCUR STEP TLEVI 200e 3 Step 1 TLEV value SENS PCUR STEP TLEV2 2006 3 Step 2 TLEV value SENS PCUR STEP TLEV3 2006 3 Step 3 TLEV value SENS PCUR STEP TLEV4 200e 3 Step 4 TLEV value SENS PCUR STEP TLEV5 200e 3 Step 5 TLEV value SENS PCUR STEP TLEV6 200e 3 Step 6 TLEV value READ ARR Trigger and return the 6 step measurements After sending this command wait a few seconds before generating a one shot pulse sequence 3 34 Pulse Current Measurements Continuous pulse train NOTE For the Model 2306 PJ to function correctly the current range must be selected before selecting the trigger level range The following command sequence measures pulses similar to the one shown in Figure 3 9 in a continuous pulse train The step duration is 600usec with a step period of 2 seconds DISP SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS SENS READ CHAN CURR PCUR FUNC PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR PCUR ARR l RANG STEP PCUR STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP STEP TLEV3 TLEV4 5 ON UP 4 DOWN 0 RANGE 75 TIME 100e 6 DEL 50e 6 TOUT 3e 3 TOUT INIT 3 750e 3 400e 3 500e 3 625e 3 Set active
408. tandard event enable register STATus STATus subsystem OPERation Operation event enable register lt NRf gt Program enable register see Parameters ENABle Read enable register MEASurement Measurement event enable register lt NRf gt Program enable register see Parameters ENABle Read enable register QUEStionable Questionable event enable register lt NRf gt Program enable register see Parameters Read enable register Parameters lt NRf gt Oto 65535 Decimal format Note Power up and STATus PRESet resets all bits of all enable registers to 0 CLS has no effect STATus PRESet has no effect on settings for ESE Status Structure 8 19 Programming example program and read measurement event register The following command sequence enables the battery channel 1 buffer full bit B9 of the measurement register set and then reads the event register After the programmed number of readings average count have been taken reading the event register will return a value that has bit 9 set bit 9 has a decimal value of 512 STAT MEAS ENAB 512 Enable BF1 Buffer Full for battery channel TRG Trigger buffer data STAT MEAS Read Measurement Event Register Once STAT MEAS returns a value that has bit 9 bit 9 has a decimal value of 512 set you may talk the instrument for the data FETCh ARR Request
409. tatus messages See Appendix B for a list of error and status messages associated with IEEE 488 programming The instrument can be programmed to generate an SRQ and command queries can be performed to check for specific error conditions GPIB Operation 7 9 Programming syntax The information in the following paragraphs covers syntax for both common commands and SCPI commands For information not covered here refer to Section 9 for common commands or to Section 12 for SCPI commands Also refer the IEEE 488 2 and SCPI standards Command words Program messages are made up of one or more command words and parameters Commands and command parameters Common commands and SCPI commands may or may not use a parameter The following are some examples SAV lt NRf gt Parameter NRf required RST No parameter used DISPlay TEX T STATe lt b gt Parameter b required S TATus PRESet No parameter used Put at least one space between the command word and the parameter Brackets Some command words are enclosed in brackets These brackets used to denote an optional command word that does not need to be included in the program message For example FORMat DATA These brackets indicate that DATA 15 implied optional and does not have to be used Thus the above command can be sent as FORMat or FORMat DATA Notice that the optional command is used without the brackets When using optional command words
410. te channel enabled with both conflict Channel step read and step volt conflict Channel step read and function conflict Trigger external enable init conflict Bothtrigext command on parameter conflict Bothon parameter with a channel both conflict Both volt has step volt or step read conflict Both auto has step volt or step read conflict Channel one and two have step points conflict Parameter with both set to none conflict Parameter with both not set to none conflict Both volt with a step volt or read conflict Both auto with a step volt or read conflict Trigger external setting channel enabled conflict Trigger external enabled system setting conflict Trigger continuous and external enable conflict Trigger external enable long integration conflict EE error event If TRIG EXT ENA B OFF is sent while channels BOTH VOLT or AUTO or the other channel has BOTH set to VOLT AUTO with external trigger enabled an error 234 will be generated In this case use BOTHTRGEXT to disable Error 235 generated for these commands if external trigger enabled TRG TRGI TRG2 READI READ2 MEAS BOTHREAD BOTHFETCh BOTHTRG See Section 9 and Section 10 6 Error and Status Messages Calibration Reference C 2 Calibration Reference Introduction This appendix contains detailed information on the various Model 2306 remote calibration commands calibration error messages and methods to detect the end of each calibration step
411. ted In this manual channel 1 refers to the battery channel while channel 2 refers to the charger channel 2306 2306 VS and 2306 feature only 14 2 Calibration Introduction Use the procedures in this section to calibrate the Model 2306 These procedures require accurate test equipment to measure precise DC voltages and currents Calibration can be performed either from the front panel or by sending SCPI calibration commands over the IEEE 488 bus with the aid of a computer WARNING The information in this section is intended only for qualified service personnel Do not attempt these procedures unless you are qualified to do SO Environmental conditions Temperature and relative humidity Conduct the calibration procedures at an ambient temperature of 18 28 65 82 F with a relative humidity of less than 70 unless otherwise noted Warm up period Allow the Model 2306 to warm up for at least one hour before performing calibration If the instrument has been subjected to temperature extremes those outside the ranges stated above allow additional time for the instrument s internal temperature to stabilize Typically allow one extra hour to stabilize a unit that is 10 18 F outside the specified temperature range Allow the test equipment to warm up for the minimum time specified by the manufacturer Line power The Model 2306 requires a line voltage of 100 to 240V at line frequency of 50 or 60Hz The instrum
412. tegration measurements are displayed with the long integration display mode selected This display mode is selected as follows NOTE display measured readings if the instrument is in the settings mode press the SET key until the blinking stops the measured readings can then be displayed To determine if the instrument is in the settings mode check for a blinking cursor in a digit of the voltage or current field if present the instrument is in the setting mode Press the DISPLAY key to access the display menu If the desired active display is not selected use the and keys to toggle the active display The top line of the display will show which display is active as either DISPLAY TYPE 1 or DISPLAY TYPE 2 3 Scroll through the DISPLAY menu A or V key until LONG INTEGRATION is dis played and press ENTER me NOTE For details on display modes see Display modes in Section 1 Long integration measurement procedure The following steps summarize the procedure to perform long integration current measurements 1 Set the output voltage and current limit and press OPERATE NOTE Setting the trigger level with the output off will also cause the pulse timeout message to appear However the trigger level will be set 2 Whenusing the battery channel select the desired trigger level range 5A 1A or 100mA from the TRIG LEVEL RANGE item of the LONG INTEGRAT 1 menu For both channels long integration measurements ar
413. tently entered or entered in on the wrong chan nel press the SET key until the blinking cursor disappears to exit Set Mode once out of Set Mode active channel switching is enabled Editing voltage and current values using the SET key cannot be canceled with the MENU key the values are immediately committed Enter the old values by repeating the editing procedure and manually using the W and keys to key in the desired output voltage or current value s SET key This key is active in any front panel menu or display mode if not already in the output settings mode the SET key will select it Pressing SET to exit the output settings mode returns the instrument to the previous display mode or front panel menu V and I DACs are updated in real time if the output is on the output is updated immediately when a value is altered Basic Power Supply Operation 2 9 Editing shortcuts With the output OFF the following editing shortcuts can be used e Output voltage can be quickly set to the maximum value by incrementing the tens digit MSD Note that if the tens digit 18 zero it 15 not displayed Place the cursor to the left of the units digit e Output voltage can be quickly set to zero 0 000V by decrementing the first leading zero of the reading If there is no leading zero decrement the tens digit e Current limit can be quickly set to its maximum value by incrementing the units digit MSD Current limit
414. tep 2 voltage is 0 5 with 2 second delay TRIG2 EXT STEP 3 047541 step 3 voltage is 0 75 with 1 second delay TRIG2 EXT STEP 4 1 2 step 4 voltage is 1 with 2 second delay TRIG2 EXT STEP 5 1 25 1 step 5 voltage is 1 25 with 1 second delay TRIG2 EXT STEP 6 1 5 2 step 6 voltage is 1 5 with 2 second delay TRIG2 EXT STEP READ AUTO take auto measurements TRIG2 EXT STEP VOLT OFF disable voltage stepping TRIG2 EXT STEP POIN 6 step voltage is 6 on both channels Loop 1 BOTHTRIGEXT BOTHON enable both functionality on each channel monitor for the trigger out pulses Loop 2 generate 6 trigger in pulses on each channel amp look for trigger out pulses make sure a new trigger in pulse occurs after each trigger out pulse Trigger in pulses are ignored until the trigger out pulses Trigger ins detected on falling edge and trigger outs pulse low for about 10us FETCH ARR read channel 1 measurements FETCH2 ARR read channel 2 measurements TRIG2 EXT ENAB INIT init for a new set of measurements on each channel channel one will cycle list since stepping only even though channel 2 stops measuring go back to Loop 2 BOTHTRIGEXT BOTHOFF turn off both functionality when down or for changes go back to Loop 1 after making changes NOTE Ifyou unable to monitor for trigger out pulses either 1 monitor the buffer full bit in the status model Section 8 or 2 allow sufficient time between trigger
415. ternal trigger delay 15usec You can manually set the pulse high time pulse low time and pulse average time However you must make sure the integration time covers the portion of the pulse of interest For example if the pulse is high for 600usec the high integration time must be lt 600usec If not you will integrate a low portion of the pulse and the high pulse measurement will be compromised Be Pulse Current Measurements 3 5 sure to factor in the trigger delay both internal plus user when determining integration times see Figure 3 2 When manually set using the front panel keys the values are changed in increments of 33 3333usec This ensures that an integral value of 33 3333uUsec will be selected NOTE Auto time does not account for user trigger delay if using auto time make sure the user trigger delay is appropriately set for the desired overall measurement time NOTE Do not use auto time with the Model 2306 VS if the other channel has trigger external enabled Section 6 After auto time acquires a time value auto time the auto time is adjusted for the internal trigger delay of 15usec auto internal time The auto internal time is then adjusted to be an integral time value of 33 3333uUsec auto integral time For example auto time value 28 053msec auto internal time 28 053ms 0 015msec 28 038ms auto integral time 28 033ms response returned when time setting 1s queried When pulse time is set via
416. ters and queues When the power supply is turned on the bits of all registers in the status structure are clear reset to 0 and the two queues are empty Commands to reset the event and event enable registers and the error queue are listed in Table 8 1 In addition to these commands any enable register can be reset by sending the 0 parameter value with the individual command to program NOTE the register RST has no effect on status structure registers and queues See Queues on page 8 19 for details on the error queue Table 8 1 Common and SCPI commands reset registers and clear queues To reset registers CTS STATus PRESet To clear error queue CLS STATus QUEue NEXT CLEar SYSTem ERRor CLEar Notes Reset all bits of the following event registers to 0 Standard event register Operation event register Measurement event register Questionable event register STATus subsystem Reset all bits of the following enable registers to 0 Operation event enable register Measurement event enable register Questionable event enable register Clear all messages from error queue STATus subsystem Error queue Read and clear the oldest error status message Clear all messages from error queue SYSTem subsystem Read and clear the oldest error status message Clear all messages from error queue The standard event enable register 15 not reset by STATus PRESet or CLS Send the 0 parameter
417. the charger channel 2 the trigger level range setting is not user selectable NOTE Setting the trigger level and or the trigger range may cause PULSE CURR TRIG NOT DETECTED to appear Pulse Current Measurements 3 13 SCPI programming pulse current measurements The commands for pulse current measurements are summarized in Table 3 2 a listing following the table contains specific command notes Programming examples on page 3 29 demonstrate how to use these commands Table 3 2 SCPI commands pulse current measurements Default SENSe 1 SENSe subsystem for Channel 1 battery channel FUNCtion PCURrent Select pulse current measurement function PCURrent Pulse current configuration AVERage lt NRf gt Specify average count 1 100 pulse current measurements or 1 5000 pulse current digitization MODE name Select measurement mode HIGH LOW or AVERage TIME Set integration times AUTO Integration times set automatically HIGH lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for high pulse measurements 3 333e 5 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 LOW lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for low pulse measurements 3 333e 5 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 AVERage lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for average pulse measurements 3 333e 5 33 33 6 to 0 8333 DIGitize lt NRf gt Specify integration time in sec for digitizing or burst measurements 3 333e 5 B10 firmware and later 33 33e 6 to 0 8
418. the previous Revision of the manual are incorporated into the new Revision of the manual Each new Revision includes a revised copy of this print history page Revision A Document Number 2306 901 01 Addendum A Document Number 2306 901 02 eese Revision B Document Number 2306 901 01 Addendum B Document Number 2306 901 02 cessere Revision C Document Number 2306 901 01 Revision D Document Number 2306 901 01 Revision E Document Number 2306 901 01 Keithley product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of Keithley Instruments Inc Other brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders November 2000 Mala Safety Precautions The following safety precautions should be observed before using this product and any associated instrumentation Although some instruments and accessories would normally be used with non hazardous voltages there are situations where hazardous conditions may be present This product is intended for use by qualified personnel who recognize shock hazards and are familiar with the safety precautions required to avoid possible injury Read and follow all installation operation and maintenance informat
419. ting TOUT TimeOUT timeout setting specifies the timeout length for detecting a given pulse step When the TOUT value is reached an overflow value for that step reading is returned Although all step measurements after the first TOUT step are returned as overflow readings all step measurements performed before TOUT was exceeded will have correct readings Two timeout settings are used one for the initial step and another for the rest of the active steps The setting for the initial timeout should be set slightly longer than the period of the pulse for continuous pulse trains The other timeout setting should cover the longest step duration Also make sure to account for trigger delays when determining timeout settings There are two possible trigger delays the internal trigger delay 15usec necessary for code execution and any user specified trigger delay optional The trigger delays occur before the integration process begins but after pulse detection To use the pulse current step method to measure a one shot pulse train set the initial timeout to the maximum setting of 60 seconds This allows the Model 2306 to be triggered for step measurements then a few seconds of delay before generating the one shot pulse train The few seconds of delay are required to ensure the Model 2306 is setup and ready to detect the first step when it happens along with the rest of the steps Pulse Current Measurements 3 29 Integration time For the p
420. tion volt age applied to the power supply must not exceed 24VDC and current for the relay circuit must not exceed 100mADC per channel Figure 5 2 shows the simplified power supply control circuit and a typical configuration to control an external relay driven by the internal power source If the supplied 5 source is used to drive the external relay the relay circuit must not exceed 250mADC total 100mADC per channel Note that the coil protection diodes are built in to the power supply driver the user is not required to add external protection diodes to protect the relay coils CAUTION To prevent damage to the power supply that is not covered by the warranty always make sure to Connect suppression diodes pin 7 to the appropriate voltage source the appropriate voltage source will either be an external power source or pin 8 if using the internal source Never exceed the voltage and current limits of the power supply s relay control port External Source 24VDC 100mA per channel Internal source D 5VDC 250mA maximum total current from all channels combined 2 100mA per channel maximum not to exceed the 250mA maximum total current Connect and disconnect relay drive circuits with the power supply power Relay Control 5 3 Figure 5 1 External source relay control CAUTION For external source relay control Do not exceed 100mA DC per channel D 24V D Power Supply Relay Control n
421. to RST defaults When the RST command is sent the power supply performs the following operations 1 Returns the instrument to RST default conditions see Default column of SCPI tables 2 Cancels all pending commands 3 Cancels response to any previously received OPC and OPC commands TRG 1 trigger Send battery channel 1 bus trigger to power supply RG2 trigger Send charger channel 2 bus trigger to power supply Use the TRG command to trigger a single reading for the function presently selected If the average count is gt 1 then the single reading will be the average reading TST self test query Run self test and read result Use this query command to perform a checksum test on ROM The command places the coded result or 1 in the output queue When the power supply is addressed to talk the coded result is sent from the output queue to the computer A returned value of zero 0 indicates that the test passed and a value of one 1 indicates that the test failed WAI wait to continue Wait until previous commands are completed Effectively the WAI command is a no op no operation for the power supply and therefore does not need to be used Two types of device commands exist Sequential commands A command whose operations are allowed to finish before the next command is executed e Overlapped commands A command that allows the execution of subsequent commands while devic
422. trument G 8 488 1 Protocol Programming sequence example Table G 3 shows an example of programming for the trigger continuous mode This example assumes that the 488 1 protocol is already enabled Table G 3 Trigger continuous mode programming example Description RST Set the power supply to default reset conditions FORM SRE Select SREal format for readings Send commands here to configure the instrument for the desired measurements SYST TRIG CONT 1 Enable Continuous Trigger Mode which turns display OFF OPC Query the power supply for when done processing the commands to configure instrument for desired measurements Talk the power supply to get the ASCII one response back for OPC Talk the power supply for readings Keep talking the power supply for readings If after taking readings and desire to make a change in configuration then SYST TRIG CONT 0 Disable Continuous Trigger Mode before changing other settings This turns display ON Send commands here to make the desired system change SYST TRIG CONT 1 Enable Continuous Trigger Mode which turns display OFF OPC Query the power supply for when done processing the commands to configure the instrument for desired measurements Talk the power supply to get the ASCII one response back for OPC Resume talking and taking power supply readings in continuous trigger mode Index Numerics A 488 G 2 Actual V and I 1 10 Ac
423. trument Some circuit board areas have high impedance devices or sensitive circuitry where contamination could cause degraded performance Handling PC boards Observe the following precautions when handling PC boards e Wear cotton gloves e Only handle PC boards by the edges and shields Do not touch any board traces or components not associated with repair Do not touch areas adjacent to electrical contacts Use dry nitrogen gas to clean dust off PC boards Solder repairs Observe the following precautions when soldering a circuit board Use an OA based organic activated flux and take care not to spread the flux to other areas of the circuit board e Remove the flux from the work area when you have finished the repair by using pure water with clean foam tipped swabs or a clean soft brush Once you have removed the flux swab only the repair area with methanol then blow dry the board with dry nitrogen gas After cleaning allow the board to dry in a 50 C low humidity environment for several hours Disassembly 15 3 Static sensitive devices CMOS devices operate at very high impedance levels Therefore any static that builds up on you or your clothing may be sufficient to destroy these devices if they are not handled properly Use the following precautions to avoid damaging them CAUTION Many CMOS devices are installed in the Model 2306 Handle all semiconductor devices as being static sensitive
424. ts while stepping voltage EXT STEP VOLT ON enable voltage stepping EXT STEP POIN 6 step voltage is 6 on channel 1 EXT ENAB ON monitor for trigger generate trigger in enable voltage stepping on channel 1 out on channel 1 will pulse low for about 10us trigger in detected on falling edge after generating the 6th trigger in pulse repeat generate trigger in pulses to cycle the list again or to make changes TRIG OFF after changes go back to Loop pulses after detecting trigger out pulses on channel 1 the list will cycle back to 1 NOTES Since only voltage stepping is used the TRIG EXT ENAB INIT command is not needed when the list reaches the 6th step point When only voltage stepping is used the list will automatically loop back around to step 1 after completing the TRIG EXT STEP POIN step number If you are unable to monitor for trigger out pulses allow sufficient time between trigger in pulses to allow the unit to complete each step see the specifications in Appendix A for time guidelines 4 GPIB Operation Introduction Describes the IEEE 488 GPIB standards used by the power supply e GPIB bus connections Shows how to connect the power supply to the GPIB e Primary address Explains how to check and or change the primary address for the bus e Setting the GPIB timeout for responses Documents general bus commands to set the GPIB timeout e Genera
425. tual V and I display mode 2 15 Ambient temperature 13 3 Calibration 14 2 AMP 4 12 Analog board parts list 16 7 Analog board removal 15 4 Angle Brackets 7 10 ASCII format 11 5 Assembly drawings 15 3 AUTO TIME 1 15 1 16 4 6 Average readings 1 15 2 16 AVERAGE TIME 1 15 Basic power supply operation 2 1 Battery schematic E 2 BOTHOUTOFF 2 12 2 14 BOTHOUTON 2 12 2 14 Bus G 4 CALIBRATE UNIT 1 15 Calibration Acquiring date and count by remote 14 19 Ambient temperature 14 2 Changing the code 14 17 Changing the code by remote 14 17 Changing the code from the front panel 14 17 Connections Resistor 14 4 Considerations 14 3 Cycle 14 3 Enter dates and save 14 11 Environmental conditions 14 2 Front panel 14 4 Introduction 14 2 Jumper connections to reset code 14 18 Line power 14 2 Prepare the Model 2306 14 4 14 12 Program date 14 15 Recommended equipment 14 3 Remote 14 11 Remote display 14 11 Remote procedure 14 12 Remote summary 14 16 Resetting the code 14 18 Resistor considerations 14 4 Save constants and lock out 14 15 Temperature and relative humidity 14 2 Viewing date and count 14 19 Viewing date and count from the front panel 14 19 Warm up period 14 2 Calibration steps Perform Channel 1 Battery Channel 14 6 14 12 Perform Channel 2 Charger Channel 14 9 14 14 Case cover removal 15 4 Case sensitivity 7 11 Clearing registers and queues 8 4 Command execution rules 7 13 Command notes IEEE 488 2
426. tus byte register CLS Clear Status Byte Register SRE 4 Enable EAV BAD COMMand Send an invalid command to generate an error STB Read status byte The value 68 will be returned to indicate that bits B2 EAV and B6 MSS of the Status Byte Register are set 8 10 Status Structure Status register sets As shown in Figure 8 1 there are four status register sets in the status structure of the power supply standard event status operation event status measurement event status and questionable event status Register bit descriptions Standard event status The used bits of the standard event register shown in Figure 8 4 are described as follows Bit BO operation complete OPC Set bit indicates that all pending selected device operations are completed and the power supply is ready to accept new commands This bit only sets in response to the command See Section 9 for details on OPC Bit B2 query error QYE Set bit indicates that you attempted to read data from an empty output queue Bit B3 device dependent error DDE Set bit indicates that an instrument operation did not execute properly due to some internal condition Bit B4 execution error EXE Set bit indicates that the power supply detected an error while trying to execute a command Bit B5 command error Set bit indicates that a command error has occurred Command errors include JEEE 488 2 syntax
427. tus messages all models B 2 Error and status messages Model 2306 VS only B 5 Calibration Reference Remote calibration command summary C 3 deca ques na 7 488 1 Protocol Trigger on talk bus G 5 Trigger continuous bus 5 G 6 Trigger continuous mode programming example G 8 Getting Started e General information Provides general information including warranty information contact information safety symbols and terms inspection and available options and accessories Power supply overview Summarizes the capabilities of the power supply e Remote display option Explains how to use the optional Model 2306 DISP Display Module Power up Covers line power connection the power up sequence and fuse replacement Display modes Explains the four display modes of the power supply Default settings Lists the factory default settings and explains how to save and recall settings Menu Provides a table that summarizes the menu items and includes rules to navigate the menu structure e SCPI programming Explains how SCPI commands are presented in this manual NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ and 2306 VS
428. tween CUR LIM MODE 1 or 2 using the lt gt The 1 battery channel active or 2 charger channel active will appear on the bottom line of the display 4 Press ENTER 5 Use the A V keys to display the desired current limit mode LIM or TRIP Setting changes can be canceled by pressing MENU 6 Press ENTER to save and return to main menu Editing output voltage and current limit values NOTE Output voltage and current limit values are channel specific The number after the indicates the channel affected by editing Current limit is a feature that protects the load from damage under overload conditions The current limit setting indicates the maximum amount of current allowed to flow through the sys tem The setting applies to any of the current range settings For the Model 2306 and 2306 VS the current range settings are 5A 5mA or AUTO On the Model 2306 PJ the current range set tings are 500mA or AUTO do not apply more than 600mA on the 500mA range The current limit setting for the 5 AMPS and AUTO ranges is remembered by that range For the following examples assume the current limit setting on the 5 amps range is 3A selecting the 5 MILLIAMPS range defaults the current limit setting to since that is the maximum allowable setting on that range Toggling back to the 5 amps range reinstates the 3A limit If the current limit value on the 5 amps range is 1A the limit on the 5mA range will be
429. ual characterized resistor values when entering the parameters Check thoroughly for errors then save the program using a convenient filename Run the program and follow the prompts on the screen to perform calibration For test connections refer to the following figures in Section 14 Voltage connections Figure 14 1 5A current connections Figure 14 2 e SmA current connections Figure 14 3 Program D 1 Model 2306 ca libration program Model 2306 calibration program for using Keithley Model 2001 DMM Rev 1 0 3 15 98 2306 primary address 16 2001 primary address 17 OPEN IEEE FOR OUTPUT AS 1 Open IEEE 488 output path OPEN IEEE FOR INPUT AS 2 Open IEEE 488 input path PRINT 1 INTERM CRLF Set input terminator PRINT 1 OUTTERM LF Set output terminator PRINT 1 REMOTE 16 17 Put 2306 2001 in remote PRINT 1 OUTPUT 16 CLS Initialize 2306 PRINT 1 OUTPUT 16 ESE 1 SRE 32 Enable OPC and SRQ PRINT 1 OUTPUT 17 SYST PRES Initialize 2001 PRINT 1 OUTPUT 17 FORM ELEM READ Reading only CS CAL PROT STEP Partial command header FourOhm 4 Use characterized 4 ohm value ThreeK 3000 Use characterized 3 ohm value CLS PRINT Model 2306 Calibration Program PRINT 41 OUTPUT 16 CAL PROT CODE KI002306 Unlock calibration PRINT 1 OUTPUT 16 CAL PROT INIT Initiate calibration GOSUB ErrCheck GOSUB KeyCheck FOR 1 TO 17 Loop f
430. ual output voltage and current This display mode is the RST default See Section 2 for details DVM INPUT This mode is used to display the DC voltage applied to the DVM input of the power supply See Section 2 for details e PULSE CURRENT This mode is used to display high low or average pulse current measurements See Section 3 for details LONG INTEGRATION This mode is used to display average current measurements of a pulse or pulses measuring periods between 850msec to 60sec 60 Hz line frequency and 840msec to 60sec 50 Hz line frequency See Section 4 for details Any one of the four display modes can be the power on default Use the SAVE SETUP item of the MENU to save the selected display mode in memory and use the POWER ON SETUP item to specify the power on setup see Setups Save Power on and Recall on page 1 14 for details A display mode is selected as follows 1 Press the DISPLAY key and use the A or W key to display the desired mode ACTUAL V AND I DVM INPUT PULSE CURRENT or LONG INTEGRATION DISPLAY TYPE 1 or DISPLAY TYPE 2 will be shown on the top line of the display NOTE DISPLAY TYPE 1 is the display mode for the Battery Channel while DISPLAY TYPE 2 is the display mode for the Charger Channel 2 Toggle active channel using the or keys NOTE lfactive channel is changed back to the original channel the initial settings are displayed Getting Started 1 11 3
431. ulse current step method the integration time is required to be at least 400usec less than the step duration This 400uUsec allows for the Model 2306 to complete the previous measurement conversion and become ready for the next pulse edge With this in mind Table 3 6 lists appropriate integration times Integration time applies to all active steps when step measurements are requested each step has the same integration time Table 3 6 Sample integration times Pulse step duration Step integration times 3 8ms lt 3 4ms 1 25ms lt 0 85ms 800 lt 400uUsec 500 lt 100uUsec Trigger level range Select an appropriate trigger level range for the desired measurements For the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ 5A current range three trigger level ranges are available 5 amps 1 amp and 100 milliamps For the Model 2306 PJ the step readings can also be taken on the 500mA current range which adds the 500mA 100 and 10mA trigger level ranges Make sure all TLEV values are valid in the selected trigger level range There is only one trigger level range for all active steps each step does not have a unique trigger level range Changing ranges When changing ranges the currently active TLEV trigger level step values are checked This check verifies that the new range maximum setting does not exceed the range 1 for 5A range for range or 100mA for 100mA range If just one of the activ
432. um rapidly jump to the maximum value increment the most significant digit the left further most digit Note that if the tens digit is the most significant but is not displayed place the cursor to the left of the units digit To rapidly jump to the minimum value decrement the first leading zero or tens digit if there is not a leading zero For a selection use the A or W keys to display the desired option unless noted otherwise With the desired setting or selection displayed press ENTER for it to take effect Pressing MENU will cancel the edit operation Use the MENU key to back out of the MENU structure 1 18 Getting Started SCPI programming SCPI programming information is integrated with front panel operation throughout this manual SCPI commands are listed in tables and additional information that pertains exclusively to remote operation is provided after each table Also the SCPI tables may reference other sections of this manual NOTE Except for Section 12 all SCPI tables in this manual are abridged That is they exclude most optional command words and query commands Optional command words and query commands are summarized as follows Optional command words In order to be in conformance with the IEEE 488 2 standard the power supply accepts optional command words Any command word that is enclosed in brackets is optional and does not have to be included in the program message Query commands
433. unded outlet may result in personal injury or death due to electric shock 1 Before plugging in the power cord make sure the front panel power switch is in the off 0 position 2 Connect the female end of the supplied power cord to the AC receptacle on the rear panel Turn on the power supply by pressing the front panel power switch to the on 1 position Power up sequence On power up the power supply performs self tests on its RAM and EPROM After a blinking cursor appears on line one RAM tests are completed After a blinking cursor appears on line two EPROM self tests are completed NOTE Ifa problem develops while the instrument is under warranty return it to Keithley Instruments Inc for repair If the instrument passes the self tests the following information is briefly displayed line The model number and the IEEE 488 address are displayed The factory default GPIB address is 16 Bottom line Firmware revision levels are displayed for the main board and the display board Also displayed is the detected line frequency After displaying the above information any errors that occurred during the startup sequence will be displayed Then the instrument goes to the default settings or the saved power up settings RST or SAVO 4 display type with the output off see Default settings on page 1 11 Any missed error messages may be viewed over the bus using the SYST ERR see Error Queue in Se
434. uracy reading offset rms noise 0 2 900 uA 2mA 0 2 900 pA 1 5mA 0 2 900 1mA 0 2 600 uA 0 8mA 0 2 400 pA 0mA 0 2 400 pA 100uA BURST MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT APERTURE 33 3 833ms in 33 3us steps CONVERSION RATE 3650 second at 33 3us meas aper typical INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15 5 with 33us NUMBER OF SAMPLES 1 to 5000 TRANSFER SAMPLES ACROSS IEEE BUS IN BINARY MODE 4800 bytes s typical LONG INTEGRATION MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT 850ms 840ms to 60 seconds in I ms steps DIGITAL VOLTMETER INPUT 2 YEARS 23 C 5 C INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 5 to 30VDC INPUT IMPEDANCE 2MQ typical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE either input terminal WITH RESPECT TO OUTPUT LOW 5 30V READING ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READING RESOLUTION ImV CONNECTOR HI and LO input pair part of Output 1 s terminal block MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 31ms typical VOLTAGE SETTLING TIMES Voltage Step Settling Times Typical 10 90 Rise Time 50us 50us to 1 2ms Increasing Voltage Voltage step lt 7V Voltage step gt 7V Settling Time 300 5 300us to 1 81015 10 90 Fall Time 50us to 250us Decreasing Voltage 0V Voltage step 15V Settling Time 300us NOTE Times are under no load condition and settling times defined at 2 of step
435. urement Aperture Settings 33 3us to 833ms in 33 3 5 steps Average Readings 1 to 100 PULSE CURRENT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 2 Years 23 5 APERTURE ACCURACY reading offset rms noise 100 us 0 2 900HA 2 mA 100 us 200 us 0 2 900 1 5mA 200 us 500 us 0 2 900 1 mA 500 us 1 PLC 0 2 600 0 8mA 1 PLCL 0 2 400 0 mA gt PLC 0 2 400 uA 100 uA BURST MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT APERTURE 33 3ys CONVERSION RATE 2040 second typical INTERNAL TRIGGER DELAY 15158 NUMBER OF SAMPLES 1 to 5000 TRANSFER SAMPLES ACROSS IEEE BUS IN BINARY MODE 4800 bytes s typical LONG INTEGRATION MODE CURRENT MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT TIMES 850ms 840ms to 60 seconds in 1ms steps DIGITAL VOLTMETER INPUT 2 Years 23 5 C INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 5 to 30VDC INPUT IMPEDANCE 2 typical MAXIMUM VOLTAGE either input terminal WITH RESPECT TO OUTPUT LOW 5V 30V READING ACCURACY 0 05 3mV READING RESOLUTION I mV CONNECTOR HI and LO input pair part of Output 2 s terminal block MEASUREMENT TIME CHOICES 0 01 to 10 PLC in 0 01PLC steps AVERAGE READINGS 1 to 10 READING TIME 89 31ms typical 2306 Dual Channel Battery Charger Simulator GENERAL ISOLATION low earth 22VDC max Do not exceed 60VDC between any two terminals of either connector PROGRAMMING IEEE 488 2 SCPI USER DEFINABLE POWER UP STATES 5 REAR PANEL
436. urrents are displayed with the actual V and I display mode selected This display mode is selected as follows NOTE To display measured readings if the instrument is in the settings mode press the SET key until the blinking stops the measured readings can then be displayed To deter mine if the instrument is in the settings mode check for a blinking cursor in a digit of the voltage or current field if present the instrument is in the setting mode 1 Press the DISPLAY key to access the display menu DISPLAY TYPE 1 battery chan nel active or DISPLAY TYPE 2 charger channel active will appear on the top line of the display Use or gt keys to toggle the active channel 2 Pressthe A or V keys until ACTUAL V is displayed 3 Press ENTER Voltage readings are located on the top line of the display and current readings are located on the bottom line NOTE For details on display modes see Display modes in Section 1 Measurement configuration CURRENT RANGE 71 12 INTEGRATION RATE 71 22 and the AVER READINGS 11 422 be checked or changed from the menu which is accessed by pressing the MENU key The 1 battery channel active or 2 charger channel active will appear on the top line of the display Use or gt keys to toggle the active channel NOTE Table 1 3 shows the menu structure Rules to navigate the menu follow the table Current range Current range 1s linked with current limit
437. uter before another program message can be sent to the power supply Status Structure e Overview Provides an operational overview of the status structure for the power supply Clearing registers and queues Covers the actions that clear reset registers and queues Programming and reading registers Explains how to program enable registers and read any register in the status structure Status byte and service request SRQ Explains how to program the status byte to generate service requests SRQs Shows how to use the serial poll sequence to detect SRQs Status register sets Provides bit identification and command information for the four status register sets standard event status operation event status measurement event status and questionable event status e Queues Provides details and command information on the output queue and error queue NOTES This manual covers Keithley Models 2302 2302 PJ 2306 2306 PJ 2306 VS simulators power supplies Since the Model 2302 and 2302 are single channel battery simulators functions related to the second channel i e the charger channel are not available for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Therefore battery and charger channel features contained in this manual apply for the Models 2306 2306 VS and 2306 PJ only battery channel features contained in this manual apply for the Model 2302 and 2302 PJ Refer to Appendix F for specific Model 23
438. utomatically Specify integration time in sec for high pulse measurements 3 333e 5 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Specify integration time in sec for low pulse measurements 3 333e 5 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Specify integration time in sec for average pulse measurements 3 333e 5 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Specify integration time in sec for digitizing or burst measurements 3 333e 5 B10 firmware and later 33 33e 6 to 0 8333 Pulse detection triggering Send ON to select pulse current measurements or OFF to select pulse current digitization Set trigger level in amps 0 0 5 0 Specify trigger delay in seconds 0 0 0 1 pulse current measurements or 0 0 5 0 pulse current digitization Enable or disable pulse current fast readings Enable or disable pulse current search Enable or disable pulse current detection mode Specify length of timeout 5ms 32s incrementing in 1ms Trigger and return one reading for Channel 1 battery channel Trigger an array of readings and return them for Channel 1 battery channel Trigger and return one reading for Channel 2 charger channel Trigger an array of readings and return them for Channel 2 charger channel 3 16 Pulse Current Measurements Command notes pulse current measurements SENSe 1 FUNCtion PCURrent Applies to battery channel 1 SENSe2 FUNCtion PCURrent Applies to charger channel 2 This parameter name can also be enclosed in single quotes as shown above SENSe 1
439. utput is applied to the input of the OR gate and therefore sets the MSS RQS bit B6 in the status byte register The individual bits of the service request enable register can be set or cleared by using the SRE common command To read the service request enable register use the SRE query command The service request enable register clears when power is cycled or a parameter value of 0 is sent with the SRE command i e SRE 0 The commands to program and read the SRQ enable register are listed in Table 8 2 Serial polling and SRQ Any enabled event summary bit that goes from 0 to 1 will set bit and generate an SRQ service request In your test program you can periodically read the status byte to check if an SRQ has occurred and what caused it If an SRQ occurs the program can for example branch to an appropriate subroutine that will service the request Typically SRQs are managed by the serial poll sequence of the power supply If an SRQ does not occur bit B6 RQS of the status byte register will remain cleared and the program will simply proceed normally after the serial poll is performed If an SRQ does occur bit B6 of the status byte register will set and the program can branch to a service subroutine when the SRQ is detected by the serial poll The serial poll automatically resets RQS of the status byte register This allows subsequent serial polls to monitor bit B6 for an SRQ occurrence generated by other event types
440. wo shielded IEEE 488 bus cables Keithley Model 7007 Software requirements To use the calibration program you will need the following computer software e Microsoft QBasic supplied with MS DOS 5 0 or later e MS DOS version 5 0 or later e HPestyle Universal Language Driver CECHP EXE supplied with Keithley and interface cards listed above Calibration equipment The following calibration equipment is required Keithley Model 2001 Digital Multimeter 40 0 1 100W resistor 0 1 0 25W resistor Refer to Section 14 for detailed equipment specifications as well as details on test connections Calibration Program 0 3 General program instructions Follow the steps below to use the example calibration program which calibrates both Channel 1 and Channel 2 l e With the power off connect the Model 2306 and the digital multimeter to the IEEE 488 interface of the computer Be sure to use shielded IEEE 488 cables for bus connections Turn on the computer the Model 2306 and the digital multimeter Allow the Model 2306 and the multimeter to warm up for at least one hour before performing calibration Make sure the Model 2306 is set for a primary address of 16 Make sure the digital multimeter primary address is set to 17 Make sure that the computer bus driver software is properly initialized Enter the QBasic editor and type in Program C 1 Be sure to use the act
441. y board parts list 16 14 Display command summary 12 3 Display modes 1 10 Display samples 1 11 DISPlay subsystem 11 2 Drawings 15 3 DVM 1 6 Input 1 10 input display mode 2 18 measurements 2 22 Editing Restrictions 2 9 Shortcuts 2 9 Effect of the variable output impedance control E 5 Electronic resisitance of NiCd NiMH and Li ion battery packs E 4 Error and status messages 7 8 Error queue 8 20 Event enable registers 8 18 Event registers 8 17 External 6 5 6 12 6 14 External source relay control 5 3 Factory service 16 2 FAST SEARch and DETect command reference Long Integration 4 14 Pulse Current 3 18 FORMat 11 4 FORMat command summary 12 3 FORMat subsystem 11 4 Four wire sense connections for battery and charger channels 2 3 Front panel aspects of GPIB operation 7 8 calibration 14 4 disassembly 15 5 Fuse drawer location 1 9 General bus commands 7 6 information 1 2 notes 4 10 GET group execute trigger 7 7 Getting around the MENU 1 17 Go to local 7 7 GPIB ADDRESS 1 15 bus connections 7 2 Operation 7 1 Group execute trigger 7 7 GSM cellular handsets E 2 GTL go to local 7 7 Handling and cleaning 15 2 HIGH TIME 1 15 hysteresis 3 8 Identification query 9 3 IEEE 754 formats 11 5 IEEE 488 connector 7 2 IEEE 488 2 common commands and queries 9 2 IEEE 754 double precision data format 11 6 IEEE 754 single precision data format 11 5 IFC interface clear 7 6 Independent voltage measurements DVM 2 18
442. yte and service request ee 8 6 Standard event status ee 8 11 Operation event SLALUS isi 6 13 Measurement event status 8 15 Questionable event 4 5 0 20 8 16 DISPlay FORMat and SYSTem IEEE 754 single precision data format 11 5 IEEE 754 double precision data format 11 6 Performance Verification Connections for voltage verification tests 13 6 Connections for output current and 5A range current wei 13 9 Connections for 5mA current verification tests 13 12 Connections for 500mA current verification tests 13 14 Connections for DVM accuracy verification 13 16 Calibration Connections for voltage calibration 14 6 Connections for 5A 500mA current calibration 14 7 Connections for 5mA range calibration 14 9 Jumper connections to reset calibration 14 18 Figure E 1 Figure E 2 Figure E 3 Figure E 4 Figure E 5 Figure E 6 Figure E 7 F Figure F 1 Applications Guide Actual battery pack terminal voltage during GSM phone VH PIU Simulated GSM phone current profile Electronic re

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

BKS-2005 SANDWICHERA  一オープンパネルLEDスタンド 取扱説明書  EVGA 02G-P4-2645-KR NVIDIA GeForce GT 640 2GB graphics card  LUBW Dokumentation    Integral 8GB DDR3 1333MHz Module  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file